Administrator Guide

ManualsBrandsDell ManualsAccess PlatformsC9010 Modular Chassis Switch

Dell EMC Networking Command-Line

Reference Guide for the C9010 Series

Version 9.14.2.5

Summary of content (1737 pages)

PAGE 1
Dell EMC Networking Command-Line Reference Guide for the C9010 Series Version 9.14.2.
PAGE 2
Notes, cautions, and warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your product. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. © 2018 - 2019 Dell Inc. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved. Dell, EMC, and other trademarks are trademarks of Dell Inc. or its subsidiaries.
PAGE 3
Contents 1 About this Guide......................................................................................................................... 44 Objectives.............................................................................................................................................................................44 Audience......................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 4
ip telnet server enable.........................................................................................................................................................82 ip telnet source-interface................................................................................................................................................... 83 ip tftp source-interface....................................................................................................................................
PAGE 5
copy..................................................................................................................................................................................... 163 delete...................................................................................................................................................................................166 dir..................................................................................................................................
PAGE 6
Access Control Lists (ACL)........................................................................................................ 212 Commands Common to all ACL Types............................................................................................................................212 remark............................................................................................................................................................................212 show config......................
PAGE 7
Extended MAC ACL Commands.....................................................................................................................................263 deny...............................................................................................................................................................................263 mac access-list extended...........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 8
bfd all-neighbors................................................................................................................................................................300 bfd disable...........................................................................................................................................................................301 bfd enable (Configuration).......................................................................................................................
PAGE 9
clear ip bgp peer-group...............................................................................................................................................337 debug ip bgp.................................................................................................................................................................338 debug ip bgp dampening............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 10
set extcommunity bandwidth.................................................................................................................................... 376 shutdown all................................................................................................................................................................. 376 shutdown address-family-ipv4–multicast................................................................................................................
PAGE 11
bgp always-compare-med..........................................................................................................................................424 bgp bestpath as-path ignore......................................................................................................................................424 bgp bestpath med confed..........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 12
neighbor maximum-prefix........................................................................................................................................... 451 neighbor next-hop-self............................................................................................................................................... 452 neighbor peer-group (assigning peers)....................................................................................................................
PAGE 13
cam-acl (Configuration)............................................................................................................................................. 478 cam-acl-egress............................................................................................................................................................. 481 cam-acl-egress-pe......................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 14
clear ets counters........................................................................................................................................................ 518 show interfaces ets..................................................................................................................................................... 519 DCBX Commands.......................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 15
debug ip dhcp client events....................................................................................................................................... 593 debug ip dhcp client packets..................................................................................................................................... 594 debug ip dhcp server..................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 16
hash-algorithm seed......................................................................................................................................................... 625 ip ecmp-group................................................................................................................................................................... 626 ip ecmp weighted..........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 17
timer....................................................................................................................................................................................658 19 GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP).............................................................................................660 clear gvrp statistics............................................................................................................................................................661 debug gvrp...
PAGE 18
no port-delay-restore (Interface Mode).................................................................................................................. 706 port-delay-restore (Configuration Mode)................................................................................................................ 706 portmode hybrid...........................................................................................................................................................707 rate-interval............
PAGE 19
23 Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS).................................................................776 adjacency-check................................................................................................................................................................ 777 advertise............................................................................................................................................................................. 778 area-password..........
PAGE 20
metric-style.........................................................................................................................................................................812 multi-topology.....................................................................................................................................................................813 net.............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 21
crypto ipsec transform-set.............................................................................................................................................. 856 crypto ipsec policy.............................................................................................................................................................857 management crypto-policy.......................................................................................................................................
PAGE 22
show ip management-route.............................................................................................................................................903 show ipv6 management-route........................................................................................................................................ 904 show ip protocols..............................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 23
show cam-ipv6 extended-prefix..................................................................................................................................... 949 show ipv6 cam linecard....................................................................................................................................................950 show ipv6 control-plane icmp..........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 24
untagged...................................................................................................................................................................... 990 Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD)...................................................................................................................................991 debug fefd............................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 25
advertise med location-identification...................................................................................................................... 1024 advertise med power-via-mdi.................................................................................................................................. 1025 advertise med softphone-voice...............................................................................................................................
PAGE 26
clear ip msdp peer........................................................................................................................................................... 1052 clear ip msdp sa-cache................................................................................................................................................... 1053 clear ip msdp statistic.......................................................................................................................................
PAGE 27
retrans-time......................................................................................................................................................................1085 router–lifetime................................................................................................................................................................. 1086 router–preference maximum..........................................................................................................................
PAGE 28
graceful-restart helper-reject....................................................................................................................................1123 graceful-restart mode................................................................................................................................................ 1123 graceful-restart role...................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 29
auto-cost......................................................................................................................................................................1173 clear ipv6 ospf process.............................................................................................................................................. 1174 clear ipv6 route.................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 30
stack-unit.......................................................................................................................................................................... 1224 42 Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+)...................................................................................1226 description........................................................................................................................................................................ 1226 disable........
PAGE 31
show ip pim bsr-router...............................................................................................................................................1261 show ip pim snooping neighbor................................................................................................................................1262 show ip pim interface................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 32
reset pe unschedule........................................................................................................................................................ 1298 show config...................................................................................................................................................................... 1298 show ecid...............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 33
show vlan private-vlan.................................................................................................................................................... 1345 switchport mode private-vlan........................................................................................................................................ 1348 49 Quality of Service (QoS)........................................................................................................
PAGE 34
threshold..................................................................................................................................................................... 1387 trust............................................................................................................................................................................. 1388 wred................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 35
distribute-list in.................................................................................................................................................................1425 distribute-list out..............................................................................................................................................................1426 ip poison-reverse.................................................................................................................................
PAGE 36
login authentication.................................................................................................................................................... 1461 password.....................................................................................................................................................................1462 password-attributes.............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 37
dot1x supplicant-timeout...........................................................................................................................................1493 dot1x tx-period........................................................................................................................................................... 1493 show dot1x interface.................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 38
54 Service Provider Bridging...................................................................................................... 1528 debug protocol-tunnel.....................................................................................................................................................1528 protocol-tunnel................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 39
clear logging................................................................................................................................................................1566 clear logging auditlog................................................................................................................................................. 1567 default logging buffered.........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 40
storm-control multicast (Interface)............................................................................................................................... 1612 storm-control pfc-llfc.......................................................................................................................................................1612 storm-control unknown-unicast (Configuration).........................................................................................................
PAGE 41
ntp disable.........................................................................................................................................................................1640 ntp master ......................................................................................................................................................1641 ntp offset-threshold....................................................................................................................................
PAGE 42
show vlt counters............................................................................................................................................................ 1675 show vlt detail.................................................................................................................................................................. 1676 show vlt inconsistency................................................................................................................................
PAGE 43
ip vrf forwarding................................................................................................................................................................ 1711 ip route-export.................................................................................................................................................................. 1712 ip route-import...................................................................................................................................
PAGE 44
1 About this Guide This guide provides information about the Dell EMC Networking operating system (OS) command line interface (CLI). This book also includes information about the protocols and features supported in Dell EMC Networking OS.
PAGE 45
CAUTION: The Caution icon signals information about situations that could result in equipment damage or loss of data. NOTE: The Warning icon signals information about hardware handling that could result in injury.
PAGE 46
2 CLI Basics This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. The Dell Networking operating software commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols.
PAGE 47
When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, Dell Networking OS sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2. Obtaining Help As soon as you are in a command mode there are several ways to access help. To obtain a list of keywords at any command mode: Type a ? at the prompt or after a keyword. There must always be a space before the ?.
PAGE 48
linecard link-bundle-distribution load-balance logging mac mac-address-table management monitor no ntp openflow password-attributes policy-map-input policy-map-output port-channel privilege protocol protocol-tunnel qos-policy-input qos-policy-output qos-rate-adjust frame for rate policing/shaping radius-server redundancy reload-type rmon route-map mode router script service service-class Routing mapping sflow snmp snmp-server storm-control strict-priority switch mount tacacs-server uplink-state-group config
PAGE 49
Key Combination Action CNTL-E Moves the cursor to the end of the line. CNTL-F Moves the cursor forward one character. CNTL-I Completes a keyword. CNTL-K Deletes all the characters from the cursor to the end of the command line. CNTL-L Re-enters the previous command. CNTL-N Returns to the more recent commands in the history buffer after recalling commands with Ctrl-P or the up Arrow key. CNTL-P Recalls commands, beginning with the last command. CNTL-R Re-enters the previous command.
PAGE 50
find searches for the first occurrence of a pattern grep displays text that matches a pattern. The grep command option has an ignore-case suboption that makes the search case-insensitive.
PAGE 51
CONFIGURATION Mode In EXEC Privilege mode, use the configure command to enter CONFIGURATION mode and configure routing protocols and access interfaces. To enter CONFIGURATION mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to EXEC Privilege mode. 2. Enter the configure command. The prompt changes to include (conf). From this mode, you can enter INTERFACE mode by using the interface command.
PAGE 52
2. Enter the ecmp-group command then enter the ECMP group ID. The prompt changes to include (conf-ecmp-group-ecmp-groupid). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. EIS Mode To enable or configure Egress Interface Selection (EIS), use EIS mode. For more information, see EIS Commands. To enter EIS mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the management egress-interface-selection command. The prompt changes to include (conf-mgmt-eis).
PAGE 53
GRUB Mode To enable GRUB mode, press ESC when the following message appears during a system boot: Press ESC key to stop autoreboot.... Select Force10 Boot using the arrow keys and then press the “C” key to enter the GRUB Command Line Interface. The command prompt changes to grub>. INTERFACE Mode Use INTERFACE mode to configure interfaces or IP services on those interfaces. An interface can be physical (for example, a 10-Gigabit Ethernet port) or virtual (for example, the Null interface).
PAGE 54
LLDP Mode To enable and configure Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP), use LLDP mode. For more information, see Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP). To enter LLDP mode: 1. To enable LLDP globally, verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. To enable LLDP on an interface, verify that you are logged in to INTERFACE mode. 2. Enter the protocol lldp command. The prompt changes to include (conf-lldp) or (conf-if-interface-lldp).
PAGE 55
2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree mstp command. The prompt changes to include (conf-mstp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. PE Configuration Mode To configure certain the port extender features such as, the PoE feature, use the PE CONFIGURATION mode. For more information, see the Port Extenders (PE) To enter PE CONFIGURATION mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter thepe pe-id command.
PAGE 56
PROTOCOL GVRP Mode To enable and configure GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP), use PROTOCOL GVRP mode. For more information, see GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP). To enter PROTOCOL GVRP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol gvrp command. The prompt changes to include (config-gvrp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. QOS POLICY Mode To configure ETS bandwidth allocation and scheduling for priority traffic, use QOS POLICY mode.
PAGE 57
2. Enter the router ospf {process-id} command. The prompt changes to include (conf-router_ospf-id). You can switch to INTERFACE mode by using the interface command or you can switch to ROUTER RIP mode by using the router rip command. ROUTER OSPFV3 Mode To configure OSPF for IPv6, use ROUTER OSPFV3 mode. For more information, see Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3). To enter ROUTER OSPFV3 mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2.
PAGE 58
UPLINK STATE GROUP Mode To enable and configure an uplink-state group, use UPLINK STATE GROUP mode. For more information, see Uplink Failure Detection (UFD). To enter UPLINK STATE GROUP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the uplink-state-group command then the group ID number. The prompt changes to include (conf-uplink-state-groupgroupID).
PAGE 59
3 Control and Monitoring This chapter contains the commands to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP) as they are implemented in the Dell Networking OS on the switch.
PAGE 60
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • show cpu-traffic-stats show cpu-interface-stats show debugging show environment show inventory show linecard show login statistics show memory show processes cpu show processes ipc show processes ipc flow-control show processes memory show reset-reason show rpm show software ifm show system linecard show tech-support show util-threshold cpu show util-threshold memory show version telnet terminal length traceroute undebug all upload trace-log util-th
PAGE 61
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information You must save the configuration and reload the system to implement ASF. When you enter the command, the system sends a message stating that the new mode is enabled when the system reloads. banner exec Configure a message that is displayed when your enter EXEC mode. C9000 Series Syntax banner exec c line c To delete a banner, use the no banner exec command.
PAGE 62
console This is the banner Dell Networking OS con0 now available Press RETURN to get started. 4d21h6m: %RPM0-P:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user on line console This is the banner Dell> Related Commands line — enables and configures the console and virtual terminal lines to the system. banner login Set a banner to display when logging on to the system.
PAGE 63
Usage Information After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character. Enter the banner text then the second delineator character. When the user is connected to the router, if a message of the day banner is configured, it displays first. If no message of the day banner is configured, the login banner and prompt appear. After the user has logged in, the EXEC banner (if configured) displays.
PAGE 64
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command Usage Information After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character. Enter the banner text then the second delineator character. When the user is connected to the router, if a message of the day banner is configured, it displays first. If no message of the day banner is configured, the login banner and prompt appear.
PAGE 65
ipv4acl number Enter ipv4acl and the FP block number for IPv4. The FP block number range is from 0 to 8. ipv6acl number Enter ipv6acl and the FP block number for IPv6. The FP block number range is from 0 to 4 (multiples of 2). ipv4qos number Enter ipv4qos and the FP block number for IPv4–QoS. The FP block number range is from 0 to 8. l2qos number Enter l2qos and the FP block number for L2–QoS. The FP block number range is from 1 to 8.
PAGE 66
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added the keywords fcoeacl and iscsioptacl on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Added the keywords ecfmacl, vman-qos, and vman-dual-qos. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information For the new settings to take effect, save the new CAM settings to the startup-config (write-mem or copy run start) then reload the system.
PAGE 67
clear alarms Clear alarms on the system. C9000 Series Syntax clear alarms Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 68
This output is only applicable for the C9000 platform (not the port extenders). DellEMC#clear average-power Proceed to clear Average power ? Confirm [yes/no]:yes DellEMC# clear line Reset a terminal line. C9000 Series Syntax clear line {line-number | console 0 | vty number} Parameters line-number Enter a number for one of the 12 terminal lines on the system. The range is from 0 to 11. console 0 Enter the keywords console 0 to reset the console port.
PAGE 69
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Dell#configure Dell(conf)# debug cpu-traffic-stats Enable the collection of computer processor unit (CPU) traffic statistics.
PAGE 70
NOTE: This command must be enabled before the show cpu-traffic-stats command displays traffic statistics. Dell Networking recommends disabling debugging (no debug cpu-trafficstats) after troubleshooting is complete. Related Commands show cpu-traffic-stats — displays the cpu traffic statistics. debug ftpserver View transactions during an FTP session when a user is logged into the FTP server.
PAGE 71
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information You can also use the disable command from port extender(PE) console to turns off access to the privileged mode commands.
PAGE 72
Example Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)#do clear counters Clear counters on all interfaces [confirm] Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)# Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)#do clear logging Clear logging buffer [confirm] Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)# Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)#do reload System configuration has been modified. Save? [yes/no]: n Proceed with reload [confirm yes/no]: n Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)# enable Enter EXEC Privilege mode or any other privilege level configured. After entering this command, you may need to enter a password.
PAGE 73
Related Commands enable password — configures a password for the enable command and to access a privilege level. enable cpu-clock-monitor Enables Intel CPU LPC (Low Pin Count) clock-failure monitoring. Syntax enable cpu-clock-monitor To disable this feature, use the no enable cpu-clock-monitor command. Parameters None Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 74
end Return to EXEC Privilege mode from other command modes (for example, CONFIGURATION or ROUTER OSPF modes). C9000 Series Syntax end Command Modes • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 75
Parameters minutes Enter the number of minutes of inactivity on the system before disconnecting the current session. The range is from 0 to 35791. The default is 10 minutes for the console line and 30 minutes for the VTY line. seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 0 to 2147483. The default is 0 seconds. Defaults 10 minutes for console line; 30 minutes for VTY lines; 0 seconds Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 76
• • • Command History ROUTER RIP ROUTER ISIS ROUTER BGP This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 77
Example Related Commands morpheus% ftp 10.31.1.111 Connected to 10.31.1.111. 220 FTOS (1.0) FTP server ready Name (10.31.1.
PAGE 78
Related Commands ftp-server enable — enables FTP server functions on the switch. ftp-server username — sets a username and password for incoming FTP connections. ftp-server username Create a user name and associated password for incoming FTP server sessions. C9000 Series Syntax ftp-server username username password [encryption-type] password To delete a user name and its password, use the no ftp-server username username command.
PAGE 79
Parameters name Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long. Defaults Dell Networking OS Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 80
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 81
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. ip ftp username Assign a user name for outgoing FTP connection requests.
PAGE 82
ip http source-interface Configure an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for HTTP connections. C9000 Series Syntax ip http source-interface interface To delete an interface, use theno ip http source-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel then a number.
PAGE 83
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 84
Related Commands Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command telnet — telnets to another device. ip tftp source-interface Assign an interface’s IP address in outgoing packets for TFTP traffic.
PAGE 85
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command line Enable and configure console and virtual terminal lines to the system. This command accesses LINE mode, where you can set the access conditions for the designated line. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters line {console 0 | vty number [end-number]} console 0 Enter the keyword console 0 to configure the console port. The console option for the S-Series is <0-0>.
PAGE 86
logging coredump server Configure the switch to move (upload) a core dump for an application or kernel crash to an external FTP server. C9000 Series Syntax logging coredump server {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} username name password [type] password Parameters {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} Enter the server IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X). name Enter a username to access the target server. type Enter the password type: • • password Enter 0 to enter an unencrypted password.
PAGE 87
login concurrent-session Configures the limit of concurrent sessions for each user on console and virtual terminal lines. Syntax login concurrent-session {limit number-of-sessions | clear—line enable} no login concurrent-session {limit number-of-sessions | clear—line enable} Parameters limit number-of- sessions Sets the number of concurrent sessions that any user can have on console and virtual terminal lines. The range is from 1 to 12 (10 VTY lines, one console, and one AUX line).
PAGE 88
Line Location 2 vty 0 10.14.1.97 3 vty 1 10.14.1.97 Clear existing session? [line number/Enter to cancel]: When you try to create more than the permitted number of sessions, the following message appears, prompting you to close one of your existing sessions. Close any of your existing sessions to log in to the system. $ telnet 10.11.178.14 Trying 10.11.178.14... Connected to 10.11.178.14. Escape character is '^]'. Login: admin Password: Maximum concurrent sessions for the user reached.
PAGE 89
If you enable user login statistics, the system displays the last successful login details of the current user, the details of any failed login attempts by others, and if the current user’s permissions have changed since the last login. If you use the login statistics time-period days command to set a custom time period, the system only reports the login statistics during that interval. NOTE: Login statistics are not applicable for login sessions that do not use authentication on user names.
PAGE 90
Parameters host (OPTIONAL) Enter the host name of the devices to which you are testing connectivity. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv4 address of the device to which you are testing connectivity. The address must be in the dotted decimal format. ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address, in the x:x:x:x::x format, to which you are testing connectivity. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. count Enter the number of echo packets to be sent. The default is 5.
PAGE 91
• • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 92
Example (IPv4) Dell#ping 172.31.1.255 Type Ctrl-C to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 172.31.1.255, timeout is 2 seconds: Reply to request 1 from 172.31.1.208 0 ms Reply to request 1 from 172.31.1.216 0 ms Reply to request 1 from 172.31.1.205 16 ms :: Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.209 0 ms Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.66 0 ms Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.87 0 ms Dell# Example (IPv6) Dell#ping 100::1 Type Ctrl-C to abort.
PAGE 93
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Added ‘conditional’ parameter. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 94
Usage Information Messages can contain an unlimited number of lines; however, each line is limited to 255 characters. To move to the next line, use . To send the message use CTR-Z; to abort a message, use CTR-C. service timestamps To debug and log messages, add time stamps. This command adds either the uptime or the current time and date with local time zone time difference included or excluded.
PAGE 95
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information If you do not specify parameters and enter service timestamps, it appears as service timestamps debug datetime in the running-configuration. To view the current options set for the service timestamps command, use the show running-config command. From 9.14.1.
PAGE 96
Examples DellEMC#show alarms -- Minor Alarms -Alarm Type Duration --------------------------------------------------------------------------No minor alarms -- Major Alarms -Alarm Type Duration --------------------------------------------------------------------------PEM 0 in unit 0 down 25 sec PEM 2 in unit 0 down 6 sec DellEMC#show alarm threshold -- Temperature Limits (deg C) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------Minor Off Minor Major Off Major Shutdown linecard0 78 9
PAGE 97
============== Minor Alarms Fan tray Major Alarms linecard linecard PE ID: 010 ========== Minor Alarms PEM 0 in Major Alarms No major PE ID: 020 ========== Minor Alarms No minor Major Alarms No major 2 of unit 0 has 1 fan(s) failure 21 min, 56 sec 0 failure 11 failure 15 min, 34 sec 15 min, 34 sec unit 3 removed 12 hr, 0 min alarms alarms alarms DellEMC# show alarms pe all Alarm Type Duration --------------------------------------------------------------------------PE ID: 010 ========== Minor Ala
PAGE 98
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 99
LinecardId Type Status ReqTyp CurTyp Version Ports ------------------------------------------------------------------0 Linecard online C9000LC0640 C9000LC0640 9.9(0.0) 24 1 Linecard not present 2 Linecard not present C9000LC2410T 3 Linecard not present 4 Linecard not present 5 Linecard online C9000LC0640 C9000LC0640 9.9(0.0) 24 6 Linecard online C9000LC2410G C9000LC2410G 9.9(0.0) 24 7 Linecard not present 8 Linecard not present 9 Linecard not present C9000LC0640 10 Linecard online C9000-RPM-2.
PAGE 100
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Usage Information One trace log message is generated for each command. No password information is saved to this file. A command-history trace log is saved to a file after failover. Dell EMC Networking TAC analyzes this file to help identify the root cause of it.
PAGE 101
show console lp View the buffered boot-up log of a line card, Route Processor or Control Processor CPU, including background resets, calls, and initialization, on the console. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show console {lp slot-id | rp | cp} lpslot-id Enter a line-card slot number to view the boot-up log of a line-card (LP) processor. The range of the slot IDs is from 0 to 2. rp Enter the rp keyword to view the boot-up log for the Route Processor CPU.
PAGE 102
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 103
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 104
txPkt(COS3) :0 txPkt(COS4) :0 txPkt(COS5) :0 txPkt(COS6) :0 txPkt(COS7) :0 txPkt(UNIT0) :0 txPkt(UNIT1) :0 txPkt(UNIT2) :0 txPkt(UNIT3) :0 -- OOB ethernet statistics -Link state : N/A Recv Interrupts/Polls: 0 Recv Packets : 2269516 Transmit Packets : 549631 Recv Desc Error : 0 Transmit Desc Error : 0 Recv Out of Mem : 0 Transmit Out of Mem : 0 Recv Upper Layer Full: 0 Transmit Pause Pkts : 0 Recv Other Error : 0 Transmit Other Error: 0 Recv Restarts : 0 Recv Restarts Fatal : 0 -- Thread info ...i ..
PAGE 105
0 ifdbg 0 ifacl 0 if6db 0 if6db Related Commands 0 2000 0 2000 0 2000 0 2000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 debug cpu-traffic-stats — enables CPU traffic statistics for debugging. show debugging View a list of all enabled debugging processes. C9000 Series Syntax show debugging Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 106
Parameters all Enter the keyword all to view all components. fan Enter the keyword fan to view information on the fans. The output of this command is chassis-dependent. pem Enter the keyword pem to view only information on power entry modules. stack-unit unit-id Enter the keywords stack-unit then the unit-id to display information on a specific stack member. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 107
-- Unit Environment Status -Unit Status Temp Voltage ---------------------------------* 1 online 28C ok * Management Unit -- Thermal Sensor Readings (deg C) -Unit Sensor-CPU Sensor-MAC Sensor-Left Sensor-Right Sensor-QSFP Sensor-DCFAN Sensor-BCM ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 25 28 25 22 26 23 36 Example (System Power Log) This output is applicable for the C1048P, N20xx, and N30xx series port-extenders.
PAGE 108
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to include Piece Part ID (PPID) and eSR4 optics. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced this version of the command for S-Series. S-Series output differs from ESeries. Usage Information Use the show inventory command to display information about installed pluggable media (QSFP, SFP) on a line card.
PAGE 109
1 N/A C1048P-FAN N/A N/A N/A * - Management Unit Software Protocol Configured --------------------------LLDP Related Commands • • show interfaces — displays the interface configuration. show interfaces transceiver — displays the physical status and operational status of an installed transceiver. The output also displays the transceiver’s serial number. show linecard Display the linecard(s) status.
PAGE 110
show linecard output Field Description Num Ports Displays the number of ports in the line card. Up Time Displays the number of hours and minutes the card is online. Dell Networking OS Version Displays the operating software version. Jumbo Capable Displays Yes or No indicating if the line card can support Jumbo frames. Boot Flash Ver Displays the two possible Bootflash versions. The [Booted] keyword next to the version states which version was used at system boot.
PAGE 111
Next Boot Required Type (EF) Current Type (EF) Hardware Rev Num Ports Up Time FTOS Version Jumbo Capable Boot Flash Memory Size Temperature Power Status Voltage Serial Number Part Number Vendor Id Date Code Country Code Dell# Example (CSeries) : E48PF - 48-port GE line card with SFP optics : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Base - 1.0 PP0 - n/a PP1 - n/a 48 12 hr, 37 min 6.2.1.x yes A: 2.0.3.4 B: 2.0.3.
PAGE 112
show login statistics Displays login statistics of users who have used the console or virtual terminal lines to log in to the system. Syntax show login statistics [all | [[successful-attempts | unsuccessful-attempts] [user login-id] [time-period days]] | user login-id] Parameters all (Optional)Displays the login statistics of all users in the last 30 days or the custom defined time period.
PAGE 113
Example The following is sample output of the show login statistics command. DellEMC#show login statistics -----------------------------------------------------------------User: admin Last login time: 12:52:01 UTC Tue Mar 22 2016 Last login location: Line vty0 ( 10.16.127.
PAGE 114
The following is sample output of the show login statistics unsuccessful-attempts timeperiod days command. DellEMC# show login statistics unsuccessful-attempts time-period 15 There were 0 unsuccessful login attempt(s) for user admin in last 15 day(s). The following is sample output of the show login statistics unsuccessful-attempts user login-id command. DellEMC# show login statistics unsuccessful-attempts user admin There were 3 unsuccessful login attempt(s) for user admin in last 12 day(s).
PAGE 115
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information The output for show memory displays the memory usage of the line-card processor (LP) part (sysdlp) of the system. The sysdlp is an aggregate task that handles all the tasks running on the LP. The total counter size in show memory and show processes memory differs based on which OS processes are counted.
PAGE 116
Parameters cp Enter the keyword cp to view CPU usage for the Control Processor. lp Enter the keyword lp to view CPU usage for the Line Processor. rp Enter the keyword rp to view CPU usage for the Route Processor. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender (PE) ID. Range is from 0 to 255. stack-unit unit Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack unit number. Range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 117
0x000000df 0x000000d7 0x00000095 0x00000079 0x00000043 0x00000013 0x00000002 0x00000001 0x00000327 0x0000029d 0x00000250 0x0000024a Example show processes rp 3140 0 750 40 10 610 40 0 100 10 10 190 314 0 75 4 1 61 4 0 10 1 1 19 10000 0 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 0 10000 10000 10000 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.
PAGE 118
0x4c5f3020 0x4c5dd020 0x4c5c7020 0x4beab020 0x4be93020 0x4bd6e020 0x4bd55020 0x4bd39020 0x4bb4f020 0x4baa8020 0x4ba74020 0x4ba72020 0x4c679020 Example: show process cpu pe pe-id all 200 0 30 2410 3050 4210 80 0 8530 440 1430 560 7120 20 0 3 241 305 421 8 0 853 44 143 56 712 10000 0 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 0 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.33% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.
PAGE 119
show processes ipc Display the IPC messaging used internally between Dell Networking OS processes. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show processes ipc [recv-stats | send-stats] [cp | rp | lp | pe {slot-id | all}] recv-stats Enter the keyword recv-stats to display information on IPC receiver-side messages. send-stats Enter the keyword send-stats to display information on IPC sender-side messages. cp Enter the keyword cp to view IPC message statistics on the Control Processor CPU.
PAGE 120
Fails - No of guaranteed IPC pkts that could not be transmitted RTT(ms) - Avg. Round Trip time for guaranteed IPC packets in millisecs NonG-S - No of non-guaranteed IPC pkts succesfully sent.
PAGE 121
129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 184320 129024 129024 129024 163840 129024 129024 131072 131072 129024 129024 129024 184320 129024 129024 129024 1 DIAGAGT: 5 0 DIAGAGT: 5 1 EVHDLR: 0 1 EVHDLR: 0 1 DNLDAGENT: 5 0 DNLDAGENT: 5 1 SYSADMTSK: 5 0 SYSADMTSK: 5 1 PMMGR: 5 0 PMMGR: 5 1 KPLR: 5 0 KPLR: 5 1 KPLR: 5 0 TIMERMGR: 5 0 DEBUGAGNT: 5 0 DEBUGAGNT: 5 1 F10STKMGR: 5 0 F10STKMGR: 5 1 ENVMGR: 5 0 ACL: 0 8
PAGE 122
129024 0 0 0 DSAGT: 2 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 5 129024 1 0 0 ---------- More ---------- 0 0 show processes ipc flow-control Display Single Window Protocol Queue (SWPQ) statistics. C9000 Series Syntax show processes ipc flow-control [cp | lp | pe | rp {slot-id | all}] Parameters cp Enter the keyword cp to view SWPQ statistics for the Control Processor CPU. lpslot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to view IPC message statistics. The range of switch slot IDs is from 0 to 11.
PAGE 123
Field Description Retries Number of retransmissions Msg Sent Number of messages sent Ack Rcvd Number of messages acknowledged Available Retra Number of retries left Max Retra Number of retries allowed Important Points: • The SWP provides flow control-based reliable communication between the sending and receiving software tasks. A sending task enqueues messages into the SWP queue3 for a receiving task and waits for an acknowledgement.
PAGE 124
0 40 67 11 12 10 33 23 0 0 1 Example: show processes ipc flow-control pe 0 IFMGR0 40 IFMGR0 67 IFMGR0 11 IFMGR0 12 IFMGR0 10 IFMGR0 33 IFMGR0 23 PORTMIRR0 0 IFMGR0 0 IFMGR0 1 60 60 L2PM0 60 60 DIFFSERV0 60 60 RTM0 60 60 LLDP0 60 60 MRTM0 60 60 IPMGR1 60 60 LACP0 60 60 ACL_AGENT2 50 50 IGMP0 50 50 IFAGT2 60 60 Dell#show processes ipc 0 29 0 0 0 51 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 12 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 33 0 0 0 23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 flow-control pe 255 stack-unit 1 Q Statistics
PAGE 125
Command Modes • • Defaults Display detailed information on memory usage on all switch CPUs (Control Processor, Route Processor, Port Extender, and Line Cards). Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9 (0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 126
Example: show processes memory Dell#show processes memory Total : 3203928064, MaxUsed : CurrentUsed: 804720640, CurrentFree: SharedUsed : 9776664, SharedFree : PID Process Current 597 clish 0 0 631 login 0 0 464 ipSecMgr 367528 443 ssMgr 0 0 434 ipm 330360 419 sysd 6255242 425 sysdlp 0 0 427 sysmon 0 0 421 sysmon 0 0 398 flashmntr 0 0 327 inetd 0 0 244 sh 0 0 74 sh 0 0 30 mount_mfs 0 0 25 mount_mfs 0 0 22 mount_mfs 0 0 19 mount_mfs 0 0 12 mount_mfs 0 0 2 sh 0 0 1 init 0 0 0 [system] 0 0 506 sh 0 0 ipc 3406
PAGE 127
Current 597 clish 0 0 631 login 0 0 464 ipSecMgr 367528 443 ssMgr 0 0 434 ipm 330360 419 sysd 6255242 425 sysdlp 0 0 427 sysmon 0 0 421 sysmon 0 0 398 flashmntr 0 0 327 inetd 0 0 244 sh 0 0 74 sh 0 0 30 mount_mfs 0 0 25 mount_mfs 0 0 22 mount_mfs 0 0 19 mount_mfs 0 0 12 mount_mfs 0 0 2 sh 0 0 1 init 0 0 0 [system] 0 0 506 sh 0 0 ipc 34060 irc 943436 RpmAvailMgr 9376 ev 133188 evterm 26752 evhdlr 2528 dlm 7556256 dla 416 tsm 15136 fmg 766560 fileProc 416 sysAdmTsk 42028 3891200 106496 0 0 4816896 21708
PAGE 128
2817257472 TaskName f10appioserv sysdlp sysmon flashmntr inetd sh sh mount_mfs mount_mfs mount_mfs mount_mfs mount_mfs sh init [system] tme ipc timerMgr sysAdmTsk count tFib4 aclAgent ifagt_1 dsagt MacAgent fib6 ofagt tnlagt frrpagt Example: show processes memory rp TotalAllocated 163840 16543744 24576 36864 45056 2301952 2297856 2310144 2310144 2310144 2310144 2310144 2301952 2297856 0 433054 33036 66072 33036 33036 2016720 1490790 202348 1325606 301474 1654292 367522 165180 334400 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PAGE 129
302 sysd 965786 965786 263 sysmon 0 0 296 flashmntr 0 0 198 inetd 0 0 122 sh 0 0 74 sh 0 0 30 mount_mfs 0 0 25 mount_mfs 0 0 Example show processes memory pe 4 stack-unit 0 Example show processes memory pe 4 all 15392768 3305472 965786 0 704512 24576 0 0 839680 36864 0 0 995328 45056 0 0 802816 2301952 0 0 708608 2297856 0 0 13467648 2310144 0 0 56033280 2310144 0 0 Dell#show processes memory pe 4 stack-unit 0 Total: 1073741824, MaxUsed: 343912448, CurrentUsed: 343896064,
PAGE 130
sysdlp f10appioserv sysd flashmntr inetd sh sh mount_mfs mount_mfs mount_mfs mount_mfs sh init [system] tme ipc timerMgr sysAdmTsk count sflPEAgt aclAgent ifagt_1 dsagt L2Agent nvAgent brAgent frrpagt Example show processes memory pe 4 summary 22097920 184320 31105024 24576 49152 2641920 2641920 2654208 2654208 2654208 2654208 2641920 2641920 0 220048 16652 33304 33212 88 965642 24232 38367072 24254 286530 4566 106006 38052 Dell#show processes memory pe 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 877892 0 3
PAGE 131
rpm 1 (CP) rpm 1 (RP) linecard 0 linecard 1 linecard 2 linecard 3 linecard 4 linecard 5 linecard 6 linecard 7 linecard 8 linecard 9 linecard 10 linecard 11 Power on Reset Power on Reset N/A N/A N/A N/A Warm Reset N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Power on Reset Power on Reset N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A DellEMC#show reset-reason pe all Last Reset Reason: --------------------Type Cause Time ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------PE ID: 10 ==========
PAGE 132
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Field Description Status Displays the RPM’s status. Next Boot Displays whether the RPM is to be brought online at the next system reload. Card Type Displays the RPM catalog number. Hardware Rev Displays the hardware revision level. Num Ports Displays the number of active ports.
PAGE 133
Boot Selector : 3.3.0.1 RP Boot Selector : 3.3.0.
PAGE 134
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the switch ports on a line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 11. trace-flags Enter the keyword trace-flags to display IFM information for internal trace flags. Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 135
cardAlive = 0 ppStatus[0] = 0x00000001 pStatusMask = 0xffffffff ppStatus[1] = 0x00000001 Dell# show software ifm linecard 0 | save flash://sh_sf_ifm_linecard0 Start saving show command report ....... show system linecard Display the status of a specified linecard. Syntax Parameters show system linecard slot-id fanout {configured | count} slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id. The slot-id range is from 0 to 11. count Enter the keyword count to view the fanout ports configured or present on a linecard.
PAGE 136
pe pe-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword pe and the port extender(PE) ID. The PE ID range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: The pe option is only visible when the extended bridge feature is enabled. stack-unit unit- Enter the keyword stack-unit and the unit number. The stack-unit range is from 0 to 7. number Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 137
Control Processor:Intel Rangeley with 2 Gbytes (2127536128 bytes) of memory, core(s) 2. Route Processor:Intel Rangeley with 2 Gbytes (2127536128 bytes) of memory, core(s) 2. 16G bytes of boot flash memory. 2 Route Processor Module. 3 24-port TE/GE 3 24-port TE/GE 4 6-port TE/FG 2 4-port TE/GE 200 Ten GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) 12 Forty GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.
PAGE 138
timerMgr 66072 0 66072 66072 sysAdmTsk 33036 0 330 Example (PE Console) Dell#show tech-support ------------------------------- show version ---------------------------Dell Real Time Operating System Software Dell Operating System Version: 2.0 Dell Application Software Version: 9.9(0.0) Copyright (c) 1999-2015 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved.
PAGE 139
Current address is f8:b1:56:62:61:0a Interface index is 1054730 Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :f8b15662610a MTU 16364 bytes, IP MTU 16346 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:00:00 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadc
PAGE 140
193229 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 3869767 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 3978357 packets, 4298183062 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 110 over 64-byte pkts, 187904 over 127-byte pkts 94 over 255-byte pkts, 17498 over 511-byte pkts, 3772751 over 1023-byte pkts 187593 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 3790764 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 141
Port-channel 257 is up, line protocol is up Created by Auto LAG Hardware address is f8:b1:56:62:61:0a, Current address is f8:b1:56:62:61:0a Interface index is 1258422784 Minimum number of links to bring Port-channel up is 1 Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :f8b15662610a MTU 16364 bytes, IP MTU 16346 bytes LineSpeed 10000 Mbit Members in this channel: Te 1/1(U) ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 4062996 packets, 7995
PAGE 142
sysAdmTsk count sflPEAgt aclAgent ifagt_1 dsagt L2Agent nvAgent brAgent 33212 88 2704862 24232 3272338996 24254 1247242 4566 155698 0 0 2583984 0 3272334148 0 612868 0 82820 33212 88 137442 24232 104232 24254 650938 4566 72878 33212 88 120878 24232 4848 24254 634374 4566 72878 Memory Statistics Of stack-unit 3 (bytes) =========================================================== Total: 1073741824, MaxUsed: 340434944, CurrentUsed: 340385792, CurrentFree: 733356032 TaskName TotalAllocated TotalFreed MaxHel
PAGE 143
0x4ab5f020 0x4ab3e020 0x40697020 0x4c593020 0x4c17a020 0x4be61020 0x4be4a020 0x4bd28020 0x4bd0f020 0x4bcf4020 0x4bb7b020 0x4bb86020 0x4bbbe020 0x4bbbb020 0x4bba7020 0x4c77a020 20 68110 590 0 370 494050 569630 887440 230 0 30 7240 267310 129340 0 1612410 2 6811 59 0 37 49405 56963 88744 23 0 3 724 26731 12934 0 161241 10000 10000 10000 0 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 0 10000 10000 10000 10000 0 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.
PAGE 144
Master priority : 0 Hardware Rev : 5.0 Num Ports : 52 Up Time : 6 day, 21 hr, 13 min Dell Networking OS Version : 9.9(0.
PAGE 145
-- Thermal Sensor Readings (deg C) Unit Sensor0 Sensor1 Sensor2 --------------------------------1 38 28 41 3 42 29 47 -- ----------------------------------- show inventory ------------------System Type : C1048P System Mode : 1.0 Software Version : 9.9(0.
PAGE 146
module 0 of unit 1 is inserted Sep 8 13:07:32: %PE-UNKN-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-0-PS_UP: Power supply 0 in unit 1 is up Sep 8 13:07:32: %PE-UNKN-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-5-PEM_REMOVED: Power entry module 1 of unit 1 is absent Sep 8 13:07:32: %PE-UNKN-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-5-FANTRAY_INSERTED: Fan tray 0 of Unit 1 is inserted Sep 8 13:07:32: %PE-UNKN-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-4-TEMP_STATUS_CHANGE: Unit 1 temperature state changed to 1 (Current temperature 40C).
PAGE 147
on console Sep 10 15:20:45: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %IFMGR-5-OSTATE_UP: state to up: Te 1/1 Sep 10 15:20:50: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %IFMGR-5-ASTATE_UP: Admin state to up: Te 0/1 Sep 10 15:20:50: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %IFMGR-5-ASTATE_UP: Admin state to up: Te 0/2 Sep 17 11:39:00: %PE1-UNIT1-M:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: user peadmin on line vty0 ( internal Ipa ) Dell# Related Commands • • • Changed interface Changed interface Changed interface Login successful for show version — displays the Dell Networking OS version.
PAGE 148
Related Commands • • util-threshold cpu – Configure CPU utilization thresholds. util-threshold mem – Configure memory utilization thresholds. show util-threshold memory Display the memory utilization thresholds of switch CPUs. C9000 Series Syntax show util—threshold memory Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9 (0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 149
show version Display the current Dell Networking OS version information on the system. C9000 Series Syntax show version [all |[pe pe-id] From a PE console, use show version to view the software version information. Parameters all Enter the keyword all to view all components. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender (PE) ID to view show version output for a specific PE. The PE ID range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: The pe option is only available when the extended bridge feature is enabled. .
PAGE 150
Lines Lines Beginning With Beginning With Example Example: show version all Chassis Type: Chassis type (for example, E1200, E600, E600i, E300, C300, C150, S25, S50, S55, S60, S4810) Control Processor:... Control processor information and amount of memory on processor Route Processor 1:... Route processor 1 information and the amount of memory on that processor Route Processor 2:... Route processor 2 information and the amount of memory on that processor 128K bytes...
PAGE 151
12 Forty GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) PE-ID: 0 ---------Dell Real Time Operating System Software Dell Operating System Version: 2.0 Dell Application Software Version: 1-0(0-4079) Copyright (c) 1999-2015 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved.
PAGE 152
telnet Connect through Telnet to a server. The Telnet client and server in the Dell Networking OS support IPv4 and IPv6 connections. You can establish a Telnet session directly to the router or a connection can be initiated from the router. C9000 Series Syntax telnet {host | ip-address | ipv6-address prefix-length | vrf vrf instance name} [/source-interface] Parameters host Enter the name of a server. ip-address Enter the IPv4 address in dotted decimal format of the server.
PAGE 153
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series only. terminal length Configure the number of lines displayed on the terminal screen. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters terminal length screen-length screen-length Enter a number of lines. Entering zero causes the terminal to display without pausing. The range is from 0 to 512. Defaults 24 lines Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 154
Defaults • • • • • Timeout = 5 seconds Probe count = 3 30 hops max 40 byte packet size UDP port = 33434 Command Modes • • EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 155
----------------------------------------------Tracing the route to 100::1, 64 hops max, 60 byte packets ----------------------------------------------Hops Hostname Probe1 Probe2 Probe3 1 100::1 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms Dell#traceroute 3ffe:501:ffff:100:201:e8ff:fe00:4c8b Type Ctrl-C to abort.
PAGE 156
upload trace-log Upload a trace log file from a switch CPU. C9000 Series Syntax upload trace-log {cp [cmd-history]| linecard | slot-id | pe pe-id [stack-unit unit number ] |rp } [sw-trace | hw-trace] Parameters rp Enter the keyword rp to upload a trace log from the Route Processor. cp Enter the keyword cp to upload a trace log from the Control Processor. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the line-card CPU whose trace log you want to upload.
PAGE 157
• • • 5 sec 1 min 5 min cp Enter the keyword cp to configure the CPU utilization time for the Control Processor CPU. rp Enter the keyword rp to configure the CPU utilization time for the Route Processor CPU. lp slot-id Enter the keyword lp and the linecard processor (lp) slot-id for which you want to configure the CPU utilization time. The range for lp slot-id is from 0 to 11. pe Enter the keywordpe to configure the CPU utilization time for port extenders (PE) configured in the system.
PAGE 158
util-threshold memory Configure the high or low memory utilization thresholds for SNMP traps. C9000 Series Syntax util—threshold memory {all | cp | lp slot–id | pe | rp [high {0-100} | low {0-100}]} Parameters all Enter the keyword all to configure the memory utilization threshold on all switch CPUs: Control Processor, Route Processor, line cards, and port extenders (PE). cp Enter the keyword cp to configure the memory utilization threshold for the Control Processor CPU.
PAGE 159
Example pe Related Commands Dell(conf)# util-threshold memory pe high 85 low 70 • • show util-threshold memory – Display the configured values of memory utilization thresholds. show util-threshold cpu – Display the configured values of CPU utilization thresholds. virtual-ip Configure a virtual IP address for the active management interface. You can configure virtual addresses both for IPv4 and IPv6 independently.
PAGE 160
write Copy the current configuration to either the startup-configuration file or the terminal. C9000 Series Syntax write {memory | terminal} Parameters memory Enter the keyword memory to copy the current running configuration to the startup configuration file. This command is similar to the copy running-config startupconfig command. terminal Enter the keyword terminal to copy the current running configuration to the terminal. This command is similar to the show running-config command.
PAGE 161
4 File Management This chapter contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files as well as other file management commands. The commands in this chapter are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the C9000 switch.
PAGE 162
ftp: Enter the keyword FTP: to retrieve the image from an FTP server: ftp://userid:password @host-ip/filepath. system A: | B: Enter A: or B: to boot one of the flash system partitions. tftp: Enter the keyword TFTP: to retrieve the image from a TFTP server: tftp://host-ip/ filepath. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 163
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added the nfsmount: parameters to support remote NFS file system. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 164
To copy the running configuration enter the keyword running-config To copy the startup configuration enter the keyword startup-config To copy using a Secure Copy (SCP), enter the keyword scp: • • To copy a file on a TFTP server If you enter scp: in the source position, enter the target URL; If you enter scp: in the target position, first enter the source URL; enter tftp://hostip/filepath To copy a file from enter usbflash://filepath an external USB drive Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command Histo
PAGE 165
When you use the copy running-config startup-config command to copy the running configuration to the startup configuration file, Dell Networking OS creates a backup file on the internal flash of the startup configuration. When you load the startup configuration or a configuration file from a network server such as TFTP to the running configuration, the configuration is added to the running configuration. This does not replace the existing running configuration.
PAGE 166
Source file name []: Test Destination file name [Test]: Example (PE Console) Related Commands Dell# copy flash://Diag_Test_Report_SU_1.txt flash://PE255_Report.txt ! 19705 bytes successfully copied cd– changes the working directory. delete Delete a file from the flash. After deletion, files cannot be restored.
PAGE 167
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information You can also use the delete {flash: file name/path | usbflash file name/path} command from a port extender (PE) console to delete a file from the flash or USB flash.
PAGE 168
Enter one of the following: • • For a directory or file on the internal Flash, enter flash:// then the directory name or filename and the path. For a directory or file on the external Flash, enter usbflash:// then the directory name or filename and the path. Defaults The default is the current directory. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 169
8 -rwx 19705 Jun 08 2015 23:41:44 +00:00 Diag_Test_Report_SU_1.txt flash: 100450304 bytes total (99524608 bytes free) Related Commands cd – changes the working directory. format flash Erase all existing files and reformat the file system in the internal flash memory or the USB drive. After the file system is formatted, files cannot be restored.
PAGE 170
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced this command. Dell#mkdir nfsmount:/nfs-mountpoint/guest rmdir – removes a directory. mount nfs Mount an NFS file system to a device. C9000 Series Syntax mount nfs rhost:path mount-point [username password] Parameters Enter the following location keywords and information: rhost:path Enter the remote hosts’s path directory. mount-point Enter the folder name in the local file system.
PAGE 171
Command History Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command Dell#pwd flash:/default_diag_report_dir cd – changes the directory. rename Rename a file in the local file system.
PAGE 172
Usage Information To rename a file in the local file system from a PE console, use the rename {flash: directory name/ path | usbflash directory name/path} command . restore factory-defaults Restore factory defaults on a switch.
PAGE 173
rmdir Remove a directory from the NFS mounted file system. C9000 Series Syntax rmdir nfsmount://mount-point/usrname Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 Series. 9.7(0.0) Introduced this command.
PAGE 174
show boot system Display information about boot images currently stored on the system. C9000 Series Syntax show boot system all From a PE console, use the following: show boot system {stack-unit unit number | all} Parameters all Display the boot images stored on the system for the Control Processor, Route Processor, and line card CPUs. From a PE console, display boot image information on all the unit. stack-unit unit- number Display the boot image information for a specified stack-unit.
PAGE 175
Type Boot Type A B ----------------------------------------------------------stack-unit 0 is not present. stack-unit 1 FLASH BOOT 1-0(0-3995) 1-0(0-4046)[boot] stack-unit 2 FLASH BOOT 1-0(0-3995) 1-0(0-4046)[boot] stack-unit 3 FLASH BOOT 1-0(0-3995) 1-0(0-4046)[boot] stack-unit 4 is not present. stack-unit 5 is not present. stack-unit 6 is not present. stack-unit 7 is not present. show bootvar Display the variable settings for the boot parameters.
PAGE 176
show file Display contents of a text file in the local filesystem. C9000 Series Syntax show file filesystem From a PE console, use show file filesystem to view the contents of a text file. Parameters filesystem Enter one of the following: • • For internal flash, enter flash: For USB flash, enter usbflash: Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 177
username admin password 7 1d28e9f33f99cf5c ! linecard 0 provision C9000LC2410G ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 ! protocol lldp no shutdown ! ! ! Example (PE Console) Related Commands format flash — Erases all the existing files and reformats the file system in the internal flash memory. show file-systems Display information about the file systems on the system. Syntax show file-systems From a PE console, use show file-systems to view the file-system information.
PAGE 178
Example Example (PE Console) Dell#show file-systems Size(b) Free(b) Feature Type Flags Prefixes 63938560 51646464 dosFs2.0 MMC rw flash: 63938560 18092032 dosFs1.
PAGE 179
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. NOTE: A filepath that contains a dot ( . ) is not supported. Dell#show os-version RELEASE IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Platform Version Size ReleaseTime C-Series:C9000 9.9(0.
PAGE 180
RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM Example: PE 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 FPGA 1 CPLD FPGA 2 Backup FPGA IAP FPGA 1 CPLD FPGA 2 Backup FPGA IAP 3.12 3.6 2.0 2.0 3.2 3.12 3.6 2.0 2.0 3.2 Dell#show os-version RELEASE IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Platform Version Size ReleaseTime C-Series:C9000 9.9(0.
PAGE 181
RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 Backup FPGA IAP FPGA 1 CPLD FPGA 2 Backup FPGA IAP 2.0 3.2 3.12 3.6 2.0 2.0 3.2 PE RELEASE IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Platform Version Size ReleaseTime C-Series:C1048P 9.9(0.0) 27132884 Sep 8 2015 06:06:18 PE BOOT IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target Checksum boot flash 3.3.1.
PAGE 182
NOTE: If you did not configure anything that entity, nothing displays and the prompt returns.
PAGE 183
managementroute for the current Management port forwarding configuration mld for the current MLD configuration monitor for the current Monitor configuration mroute for the current Mroutes configuration msdp for the current MSDP configuration ntp for the current NTP configuration openflow for the current Openflow instances configuration ospf for the current OSPF configuration pe for the current Port Extender configuration pim for the current PIM configuration policy-mapinput for the curr
PAGE 184
uplink-stategroup for the uplink state group configuration users for the current users configuration vlt for the current VLT configuration vrf for the current VRF configuration vxlan for the current Vxlan instances configuration wred-profile for the current wred-profile configuration configured (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword configuration to display line card interfaces with non-default configurations only.
PAGE 185
show startup-config Display the startup configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show startup-config Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 186
upgrade Upgrade the bootflash, bootselector, or Dell Networking OS (system) image on the switch CPUs. C9000 Series Syntax upgrade {bootflash—image | bootselector-image| system—image} [all | linecard [slot-id |all] [pe pe-id {stack-unit unit-number}] | rpm{0|1} {booted | flash: | ftp: | rpmA:| rpmB:| scp:| tftp: | usbflash:} Parameters bootflash-image Enter the keyword bootflash-image to upgrade the bootflash image on the switch CPUs.
PAGE 187
Version Description 9.0(0.0) Added support for IPv6 for the file-url parameter. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Added support for the SSD on the Z9000 only. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added support for TFTP and SCP. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information A system message displays with status information about the bootflash upgrade.
PAGE 188
upgrade system-image-os6 This command removes Dell Networking OS 9.x.x.x and installs Dell Networking OS 6.x.x.x on a N-series port extender, so that it can be used as a switch. C9010 Syntax upgrade system-image-os6 {pe {pe-id}} {stack-unit {stack-unit-id} {tftp:// | Scp:// | ftp:// | usbflash:// | flash://} Parameters NOTE: This command is a hidden command and would not show up in the Dell Networking OS help file. This command needs to be entered manually.
PAGE 189
Default flash drive Command Modes EXEC mode Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL.
PAGE 190
5 802.1X An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking OS supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
PAGE 191
• • • show dot1x cos-mapping interface show dot1x interface show dot1x profile debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface] all Enable all 802.1X debug messages. auth-pae-fsm Enable authentication PAE FSM debug messages. backend-fsm Enable backend FSM debug messages. eapol-pdu Enable the EAPOL frame trace and related debug messages.
PAGE 192
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.
PAGE 193
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x auth-type mab-only To authenticate a device with MAC authentication bypass (MAB), only use the host MAC address. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x auth-type mab-only Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 194
dot1x authentication (Configuration) Enable dot1x globally. Enable dot1x both globally and at the interface level. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x authentication To disable dot1x globally, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 195
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Use this command to enable dot1x on an interface. Use in the Interface Batch Mode to enable dot1x on an interface in a dual-homing setup.
PAGE 196
Critical VLAN: Critical VLAN id: Mac-Auth-Bypass: Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Enable 400 Disable Disable 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 SINGLE_HOST Authenticated Idle dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable.
PAGE 197
VLAN (which has an IP address), routing through the guest VLAN is the same as any other traffic. However, the interface may join/leave a VLAN dynamically. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to configure a guest VLAN in a dual-homing setup. Related Commands • • • • dot1x auth-fail-vlan dot1x reauthentication dot1x reauth-max show dot1x interface dot1x host-mode Enable single-host or multi-host authentication.
PAGE 198
dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass. If 802.1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame, the system attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x mac-auth-bypass To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, use the no dot1x mac-auth-bypass command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 199
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x max-supplicants Restrict the number of supplicants that can be authenticated and permitted to access the network through the port.
PAGE 200
dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | force-unauthorized} Parameters force-authorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result. forceunauthorized Enter the keywords force-unauthorized to forcibly deauthorize a port.
PAGE 201
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series, S4048–ON, S4048–ON, S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010, Z9100–ON, and Z9500. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Information The dot1x profile command configures a dot1x profile to define a list of trusted supplicant MAC addresses. Maximum number of dot1x profiles is limited to 10. This command launches dot1x profile mode for entering profile related commands such as the mac command.
PAGE 202
dot1x reauthentication Enable periodic reauthentication of the client. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x reauthentication [interval seconds] To disable periodic reauthentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command. Parameters interval seconds Defaults 3600 seconds (1 hour) Command Modes INTERFACE (Optional) Enter the keyword interval then the interval time, in seconds, after which reauthentication is initiated. The range is from 1 to 31536000 (one year). The default is 3600 (1 hour).
PAGE 203
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 204
Where the default values are as follows: dot1x server-timeout (30 seconds), radius-server retransmit (3 seconds), and radius-server timeout (5 seconds). For example: Dell(conf)#radius-server host 10.11.197.105 timeout 6 Dell(conf)#radius-server host 10.11.197.105 retransmit 4 Dell(conf)#interface tengigabitethernet 2/23 Dell(conf-if-te-2/23)#dot1x server-timeout 40 Use this command in Interface Batch Mode to configure the server time-out in a dual-homing setup.
PAGE 205
Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Auth PAE State: Backend State: 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 SINGLE_HOST Authenticated Idle dot1x supplicant-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time-out. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x supplicant-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x supplicant-timeout command.
PAGE 206
Parameters seconds Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 30. INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 207
Example Dell(conf)#dot1x profile mySupplicants Dell(conf-dot1x-profile)#mac 00:50:56:AA:01:10 00:50:56:AA:01:11 Dell(conf-dot1x-profile)#show config dot1x profile mySupplicants mac 00:50:56:aa:01:10 mac 00:50:56:aa:01:11 Dell(conf-dot1x-profile)# Dell(conf-dot1x-profile)#exit show dot1x cos-mapping interface Display the CoS priority-mapping table the RADIUS server provides and applies to authenticated supplicants on an 802.1X-enabled system.
PAGE 208
2 3 4 5 6 7 5 4 3 2 1 0 Dell#show dot1x cos-mapping int g 2/21 mac-address 00:00:01:00:07:00 802.1p CoS re-map table on Gi 2/21: ---------------------------------802.1p CoS re-map table for Supplicant: 00:00:01:00:07:00 Dot1 Remapped Dot1p 0 7 1 6 2 5 3 4 4 3 5 2 6 1 7 0 show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X configuration of an interface.
PAGE 209
Usage Information If you enable 802.1X multi-supplicant authentication on a port, additional 802.1X configuration details (Port Authentication status, Untagged VLAN ID, Authentication PAE state, and Backend state) are displayed for each supplicant, as shown in the following example. Example Dell#show dot1x int tengig 2/32 802.
PAGE 210
Re-Authentication: Guest VLAN: Guest VLAN id: Auth-Fail VLAN: Auth-Fail VLAN id: Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Mac-Auth-Bypass: Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Max-Supplicants: Disable Enable 100 Disable NONE NONE Disable Disable 30 seconds 60 seconds 3 30 seconds 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 MULTI_AUTH 128 Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:00:00:00:10 Port Auth Status: Untagged VLAN id: Auth PAE S
PAGE 211
Example Dell#show dot1x profile 802.1x profile information ----------------------------Dot1x Profile mySupplicants Profile MACs 00:50:56:aa:01:10 00:50:56:aa:01:11 802.
PAGE 212
6 Access Control Lists (ACL) Access control lists (ACLs) are supported on the Dell Networking operating system on the switch.
PAGE 213
Parameters remark-number (Optional) Enter the remark number. The range is from 0 to 65535 for MAC ACL and 0 to 4294967290 for IP ACL. NOTE: You can use the same sequence number for the remark and an ACL rule. description Enter a description of up to 80 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • • • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 214
Example The following example shows the use of the remark command twice within CONFIGURATION-STANDARDACCESS-LIST mode. The remark precedes the rule in the running configuration because it is assumed that the remark is for the rule with the same sequence number, or the group of rules that follow the remark. DellEMC(config-std-nacl)# remark 10 Deny rest of the traffic DellEMC(config-std-nacl)# remark 5 Permit traffic from XYZ Inc.
PAGE 215
Example Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(config-ext-nacl)#show conf ! ip access-list extended patches Dell(config-ext-nacl)# Common IP ACL Commands The following commands are available within both IP ACL modes (Standard and Extended) and do not have mode-specific options.
PAGE 216
ip access-group Assign an IP access list (IP ACL) to an interface. Syntax ip access-group access-list-name {in | out} [implicit-permit] [vlan vlan-id] [vrf vrf-name] To delete an IP access-group configuration, use the no ip access-group access-list-name {in | out} [implicit-permit] [vlan vlan-id][layer3] command. Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of a configured access list, up to 140 characters. in Enter the keyword in to apply the ACL to incoming traffic.
PAGE 217
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can assign one ingress ACL and one egress ACL to an interface. NOTE: This command supports Loopback interfaces EE3 and EF series route processor modules (RPMs). This command does not support Loopback interfaces ED series RPMs and S-Series Loopback interfaces.
PAGE 218
show ip accounting access-list Display the IP access-lists created on the switch and the sequence of filters. C9000 Series Syntax show ip accounting {access-list access-list-name | cam_count} interface interface Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of the ACL to be displayed. cam_count List the count of the CAM rules for this ACL.
PAGE 219
seq seq seq seq seq 5 deny ip any 191.1.0.0 /16 count (0x00 packets) 10 deny ip any 191.2.0.0 /16 order 4 15 deny ip any 191.3.0.0 /16 20 deny ip any 191.4.0.0 /16 25 deny ip any 191.5.0.0 /16 Standard IP ACL Commands When you create an ACL without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. The C9000 supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common IP ACL Commands sections.
PAGE 220
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
PAGE 221
Usage Information After enabling the acloptimized feature, reboot the system. Example DellEMC(conf)#feature acloptimized Configuration change will be in effect after save and reload. ACL config containing TTL, layer3 and VRF conflicts with ACL Cam optimzation feature and these keywords would be discarded while applying the ACL. ip access-list standard Create a standard IP access list (IP ACL) to filter based on IP address.
PAGE 222
Example Related Commands Dell(conf)#ip access-list standard TestList Dell(config-std-nacl)# ip access-list extended — creates an extended access list. show config — displays the current configuration. permit Configure a filter to permit packets from a specific source IP address to be processed and forwarded to another interface on the switch.
PAGE 223
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 224
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv6). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv4). 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.
PAGE 225
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you have exhausted all the sequence numbers, this feature permits re-assigning a new sequence number to entries of an existing prefix list. Related Commands resequence access-list — resequences an access-list. seq Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an IP access list while creating the filter.
PAGE 226
Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 227
Parameters interface Enter the keyword interface then one of the following keywords and slot/port or peid / stack-unit / port-id information: • • • • • • • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information.
PAGE 228
When an ACL is created without any rule and then applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common IP ACL Commands sections. deny Configure a filter that drops IP packets meeting the filter criteria.
PAGE 229
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
PAGE 230
host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL matches in the log. dscp Enter this keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter.
PAGE 231
ICMP Message ICMP Message Type Name Type Keywords conversion-error Datagram conversion error dod-hostprohibited Host prohibited dod-netprohibited Net prohibited echo Echo echo-reply Echo reply generalparameterproblem Parameter problem host-isolated Host isolated host-precedenceunreachable Host unreachable for precedence host-redirect Host redirect host-tos-redirect Host redirect for TOS host-tosunreachable Host unreachable for TOS host-unknown Host unknown host-unreachable Host unre
PAGE 232
ICMP Message ICMP Message Type Name Type Keywords redirect All redirects routeradvertisement Router discovery advertisements router-solicitation Router discovery solicitations source-quench Source quenches source-routefailed Source route failed time-exceeded All time exceeded timestamp-reply Timestamp replies timestamprequest Timestamp requests traceroute Traceroute ttl-exceeded TTL exceeded unreachable All unreachables deny tcp Configure a filter that drops transmission control protocol
PAGE 233
• • • • • port port eq = equal to neq = not equal to gt = greater than lt = less than range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port command) Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535. The following list includes some common TCP port numbers: • • • • 23 = Telnet 20 and 21 = FTP 25 = SMTP 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent.
PAGE 234
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Usage Information Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch. For more information, refer to the Quality of Service chapter in the C9000 Series Configuration Guide.
PAGE 235
deny udp To drop user datagram protocol (UDP) packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax deny udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} [operator port [port]] {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [dscp] [operator port [port]] [count [bytes]] [log] [order] [monitor] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 236
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 237
ip access-list extended Configure an extended IP access list (IP ACL) based on IP addresses or protocols. C9000 Series Syntax ip access-list extended access-list-name [cpu-qos] To delete an access list, use the no ip access-list extended access-list-name [cpu-qos] command. Parameters access-list-name Enter a string up to 140 characters long as the access list name.
PAGE 238
permit To pass IP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax permit {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ipaddress} [count [bytes]] [dscp value] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 239
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.5.
PAGE 240
dscp Enter the keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is 0 to 63. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. bytes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority).
PAGE 241
permit tcp To pass TCP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax permit tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} [bit] [operator port [port]] {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [bit] [dscp] [operator port [port]] [count [bytes]] [log] [order] [monitor] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 242
order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 243
7 0001111100000000 1111111111000000 7936 7999 64 8 0001111101000000 1111111111111111 8000 8000 1 Total Ports: 4001 Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands ip access-list extended — creates an extended ACL. permit — assigns a permit filter for IP packets. permit udp — assigns a permit filter for UDP packets.
PAGE 244
order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lowerorder numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL matches in the log.
PAGE 245
Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM. However, rules with TCP and UDP port operators (for example, gt, lt, or range) may require more than one entry. The range of ports is configured in the CAM based on bit mask boundaries; the space required depends on exactly what ports are included in the range. Example An ACL rule with a TCP port range of 4000–8000 uses eight entries in the CAM.
PAGE 246
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you have exhausted all the sequence numbers, this feature permits re-assigning a new sequence number to entries of an existing prefix list. Related Commands resequence access-list— resequences an access-list.
PAGE 247
The following list includes some common TCP port numbers: • • • • 23 = Telnet 20 and 21 = FTP 25 = SMTP 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. message-type (OPTIONAL) Enter an ICMP message type, either with the type (and code, if necessary) numbers or with the name of the message type. The range is from 0 to 255 for ICMP type and from 0 to 255 for ICMP code. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes.
PAGE 248
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated the keyword established. 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Usage Information If you configure the sequence-number, the sequence-number is used as a tie breaker for rules with the same order. Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch.
PAGE 249
Term heading Command History Description heading Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000. Usage Information You can configure up to eight different ACL VLAN groups at a time on the switch. When you configure an ACL VLAN group, you enter ACL VLAN Group configuration mode.
PAGE 250
Usage Information The VLAN ContentAware Processor (VCAP) application is a pre-ingress CAP that modifies the VLAN settings before packets are forwarded. To support the ACL CAM optimization functionality, the CAM carving feature is enhanced. A total of four VACP groups are present, of which two are for fixed groups and the other two are for dynamic groups.
PAGE 251
You can create an ACL VLAN group and attach the ACL with the VLAN members. The optimization is applicable only when you create an ACL VLAN group. If you apply an ACL separately on the VLAN interface, each ACL has a mapping with the VLAN and increased CAM space utilization occurs. Attaching an ACL individually to VLAN interfaces is similar to the behavior of ACL-VLAN mapping storage in CAM prior to the implementation of the ACL VLAN group functionality.
PAGE 252
2-10,99 Group Name : HostGroup Egress IP Acl : Group5 Vlan Members : 1,1000 show cam-acl-vlan Display the number of FP blocks of CAM that are allocated for different ACL VLAN services, including ACL VLAN optimization, VLAN iSCSI counters, and Open Flow. C9000 Series Syntax show cam-acl-vlan Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL.
PAGE 253
VlanFcoe : VlanAclOpt : 1 0 -- Stack unit 0 -Current Settings(in block sizes) VlanOpenFlow : 0 VlanIscsi : 2 VlanHp : 1 VlanFcoe : 1 VlanAclOpt : 0 show running config acl-vlan-group Display the running configuration of ACL VLAN groups. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show running config acl-vlan-group group-name group-name Default None Command Modes EXEC Display the specified ACL VLAN group (140 characters maximum). EXEC Privilege Command History Examples Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 254
The C9000 supports both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs. You can apply a MAC ACL on physical, port-channel and VLAN interfaces. The permit/deny statements in the ACL determine how traffic on an interface, VLAN members, or port-channel members is handled. clear counters mac access-group Clear counters for all or a specific MAC ACL. C9000 Series Syntax clear counters mac access-group [mac-list-name] Parameters mac-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured MAC access list.
PAGE 255
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Information Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to enable user egress ACL for L2 control traffic in a dual-homing setup. mac access-group Apply a MAC ACL to traffic entering or exiting an interface. You can apply a MAC ACL on a physical, port-channel, or VLAN interface.
PAGE 256
If you apply a MAC ACL on an ACL VLAN group, none of the VLANs in the group can have another ACL applied. Related Commands mac access-list standard — configures a standard MAC ACL. mac access-list extended — configures an extended MAC ACL. show mac access-lists Display all of the Layer 2 ACLs configured in the system, whether or not they are applied to an interface, and the count of matches/ mismatches against each ACL entry displayed.
PAGE 257
If no ingress or egress access-list is attached to an interface, no information displays and you return to the DELL# prompt.
PAGE 258
If no access-list is attached to the interface, no information displays and you are returned to the DELL# prompt. Example show mac accounting access-list mac access-list standard mac seq 5 permit 11:22:33:44:55:66 count seq 10 deny any log threshold-in-msgs 10 interval 5 order 1 seq 15 permit any order 2 monitor ! Standard MAC ACL Commands The following commands configure standard MAC ACLs. The C9000 supports both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs.
PAGE 259
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 260
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 261
log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL messages in the log. threshold-in msgs (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate count the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated.
PAGE 262
To remove this filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters sequence-number Enter a number from 0 to 65535. deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition. permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this criteria. any Enter the keyword any to filter all packets. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format.
PAGE 263
Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter in the C9000 Series Configuration Guide. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Related Commands deny — configures a filter to drop packets. permit — configures a filter to forward packets.
PAGE 264
count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL messages in the log. threshold-in msgs (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate count the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands.
PAGE 265
mac access-list extended Configure an extended MAC access control list (extended MAC ACL). C9000 Series Syntax mac access-list extended access-list-name [cpu-qos] To delete a MAC access list, use the no mac access-list extended access-list-name [cpuqos] command. Parameters access-list-name Enter a text string as the MAC access list name, up to 140 characters.
PAGE 266
Extended mac access-list snickers on TenGigabitEthernet 0/47 seq 10 permit any any ev2 eq 800 count bytes (559851886 packets 191402152148 bytes) seq 20 permit any any ev2 eq 806 count bytes (74481486 packets 5031686754 bytes) seq 30 permit any any ev2 eq 86dd count bytes (7751519 packets 797843521 bytes) Related Commands mac access-list standard — configures a standard MAC access list. show mac accounting access-list — displays MAC access list configurations and counters (if configured).
PAGE 267
of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 268
To delete a filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters sequence-number Enter a number as the filter sequence number. The range is from zero (0) to 65535. deny Enter the keyword deny to drop any traffic matching this filter. permit Enter the keyword permit to forward any traffic matching this filter. any Enter the keyword any to filter all packets. host mac-address Enter the keyword host and then enter a MAC address to filter packets with that host address.
PAGE 269
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packet details.
PAGE 270
Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increase the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip prefix-list — configures a prefix list. deny To drop packets meeting the criteria specified, configure a filter.
PAGE 271
ip prefix-list Enter the PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. C9000 Series Syntax ip prefix-list prefix-name To delete a prefix list, use the no ip prefix-list prefix-name command. Parameters prefix-name Enter a string up to 16 characters long as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters long. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 272
Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 273
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the bit mask option. Usage Information If you do not use the ge or le options, only packets with an exact match to the prefix are filtered.
PAGE 274
show ip prefix-list detail Display details of the configured prefix lists. C9000 Series Syntax show ip prefix-list detail [prefix-name] Parameters prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 275
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 276
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 277
To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the route map (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 278
Related Commands Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set as-path — adds information to the BGP AS_PATH attribute. match community To match routes that have a certain COMMUNITY attribute in their BGP path, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax match community community-list-name [exact] To delete a community match filter, use the no match community command. Parameters community-listname Enter the name of a configured community list.
PAGE 279
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • For the loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information.
PAGE 280
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 281
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface.
PAGE 282
Related Commands Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match metric — redistributes routes that match a specific metric. match route-type — redistributes routes that match a route type. match tag — redistributes routes that match a specific tag.
PAGE 283
match origin To match routes based on the value found in the BGP path ORIGIN attribute, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax match origin {egp | igp | incomplete} To disable matching filter, use the no match origin {igp | egp | incomplete} command. Parameters egp Enter the keyword egp to match routes originating outside the AS. igp Enter the keyword igp to match routes originating within the same AS. incomplete Enter the keyword incomplete to match routes with incomplete routing information.
PAGE 284
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 285
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ip route-source — redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match metric — redistributes routes that match a specific metric.
PAGE 286
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Use caution when you delete route maps because if you do not specify a sequence number, all route maps with the same map-name are deleted when you use the no route-map map-name command. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)#route-map dempsey Dell(config-route-map)# show config — displays the current configuration. set as-path To modify the AS path for border gateway protocol (BGP) routes, configure a filter.
PAGE 287
set automatic-tag To automatically compute the tag value of the route, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set automatic-tag To return to the default, enter no set automatic-tag. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 288
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 289
none Enter the keyword none to remove the community attribute from routes meeting the route map criteria. additive (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword additive to add the communities to already existing communities. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 290
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 291
Usage Information The set local-preference command changes the LOCAL_PREF attribute for routes meeting the route map criteria. To change the LOCAL_PREF for all routes, use the bgp default local-preference command. Related Commands bgp default local-preference — changes the default LOCAL_PREF attribute for all routes. set metric To assign a new metric to redistributed routes, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set metric [+ | -] metric-value To delete a setting, enter no set metric.
PAGE 292
To delete a setting, use the no set metric-type command. Parameters internal Enter the keyword internal to assign the Interior Gateway Protocol metric of the next hop as the route’s BGP MULTI_EXIT_DES (MED) value. external Enter the keyword external to assign the IS-IS external metric. type-1 Enter the keyword type-1 to assign the OSPF Type 1 metric. type-2 Enter the keyword type-2 to assign the OSPF Type 2 metric. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 293
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 294
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set tag To specify a tag for redistributed routes, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set tag tag-value To delete a setting, use the no set tag command. Parameters tag-value Enter a number as the tag. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 295
When there are multiple routes to the same destination, the routes with a higher weight are preferred. Defaults router-originated = 32768; all other routes = 0 Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 296
Example Dell(config-route-map)#show config ! route-map hopper permit 10 Dell(config-route-map)# show route-map Display the current route map configurations. C9000 Series Syntax show route-map [map-name] Parameters map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured route map, up to 140 characters. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 297
ip as-path access-list Enter AS-PATH ACL mode and configure an access control list based on the BGP AS_PATH attribute. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters ip as-path access-list as-path-name as-path-name Enter the access-list name, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 298
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show ip as-path-access-lists ip as-path access-list 1 permit ^$ permit ^$.*$$ deny .* ip as-path access-list 91 permit ^$ deny .* permit ^$.*$$ Dell# IP Community List Commands Use the following commands to configure IP community lists on the
PAGE 299
Example Dell(conf)#ip community-list TestComList Dell(config-community-list)# show ip community-lists Display configured IP community lists in alphabetic order. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip community-lists [name] name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the standard or extended IP community list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 300
7 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection. The Dell Networking OS implementation is based on the standards specified in the IETF Draft draft-ietf-bfd-base-03.
PAGE 301
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF ROUTER OSPFv3 ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS INTERFACE (BFD for VRRP only) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.11(2.1P1) Introduced support for enabling BFD on non-default VRFs for OSPFv2.
PAGE 302
Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on S4810. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 303
bfd enable (Interface) Enable BFD on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax bfd enable Defaults BFD is enabled on all interfaces when you enable BFD from CONFIGURATION mode. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 304
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 305
ip route bfd Enable BFD for all neighbors configured through static routes. Syntax ip route bfd [prefix-list prefix-list-name] [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] To disable BFD for all neighbors configured through static routes, use the no ip route bfd [prefix-list prefix-list-name] [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] command.
PAGE 306
ipv6 route bfd Enable BFD for all IPv6 neighbors configured through static routes. Syntax ipv6 route bfd [vrf vrf-name] [prefix-list prefix-list-name] [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] To disable BFD for all IPv6 neighbors configured through static routes, use the no ipv6 route bfd [vrf vrf-name] [prefix-list prefix-list-name] [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] command.
PAGE 307
Parameters disable (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword disable to disable BFD on this interface. interval (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval to specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 200. milliseconds min_rx milliseconds Enter the keywords min_rx to specify the minimum rate at which the local system receives control packets from the remote system. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 200.
PAGE 308
interval milliseconds min_rx milliseconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval to specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 200. Enter the keywords min_rx to specify the minimum rate at which the local system receives control packets from the remote system. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 200.
PAGE 309
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.3 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 310
• • The neighbor does not inherit the global BFD disable values configured with the bfd all-neighbors command or configured for the peer group to which the neighbor belongs. The neighbor only inherits the global timer values configured with the bfd all-neighbors command: interval, min_rx, and multiplier.
PAGE 311
Example Dell# show bfd neighbors * - Active session role Ad Dn - Admin Down B - BGP C - CLI I - ISIS O - OSPF R - Static Route (RTM) LocalAddr * 10.1.3.2 Example (Detail) RemoteAddr 10.1.3.1 Interface State Rx-int Tx-int Mult Clients Te 1/3 Up 300 250 3 C Dell# show bfd neighbors detail Session Discriminator: 1 Neighbor Discriminator: 1 Local Addr: 10.1.3.2 Local MAC Addr: 00:01:e8:02:15:0e Remote Addr: 10.1.3.
PAGE 312
interval milliseconds min_rx milliseconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval to specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval. The range is 50 to 1000. The default is 200. Enter the keyword min_rx to specify the minimum rate at which the local system would like to receive control packets from the remote system. The range is 50 to 1000. The default is 200.
PAGE 313
8 Border Gateway Protocol BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables.
PAGE 314
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.5.1.0 Introduced aggregate-address To minimize the number of entries in the routing table, summarize a range of prefixes. C9000 Series Syntax aggregate-address ip-address mask [advertise-map map-name] [as-set] [attributemap map-name] [summary-only] [suppress-map map-name] Parameters ip-address mask Enter the IP address and mask of the route to be the aggregate address.
PAGE 315
Usage Information At least one of the routes included in the aggregate address must be in the BGP routing table for the configured aggregate to become active. If routes within the aggregate are constantly changing, do not add the as-set parameter to the aggregate as the aggregate flaps to keep track of the changes in the AS_PATH. In route maps used in the suppress-map parameter, routes meeting the deny clause are not suppress; in other words, they are allowed.
PAGE 316
bgp always-compare-med Allows you to enable comparison of the MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attributes in the paths from different external ASs. C9000 Series Syntax bgp always-compare-med To disable comparison of MED, enter no bgp always-compare-med. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software only compares MEDs from neighbors within the same AS). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 317
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Before enabling this feature, enable the enable bgp four-octet-as-supportcommand. If you disable the four-octect-support command after using dot or dot+ format, the AS numbers revert to asplain text. When you apply an asnotation, it is reflected in the running-configuration. If you change the notation type, the running-config updates dynamically and the new notation shows.
PAGE 318
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path. bgp bestpath as-path multipath-relax Include prefixes received from different AS paths during multipath calculation.
PAGE 319
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Inroduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The software compares the MEDs only if the path contains no external autonomous system numbers. If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path.
PAGE 320
Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
PAGE 321
bgp cluster-id Assign a cluster ID to a BGP cluster with more than one route reflector. C9000 Series Syntax bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} To delete a cluster ID, use the no bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address as the route reflector cluster ID. number Enter a route reflector cluster ID as a number from 1 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 322
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 323
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added support for the 4-byte format. Usage Information All the routers in the Confederation must be 4 byte or 2 byte identified routers. You cannot mix them. The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each autonomous system is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other autonomous systems.
PAGE 324
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If you enter the bgp dampening command, the default values for half-life, reuse, suppress, and maxsuppress-time are applied.
PAGE 325
bgp dmzlink-bw Enable BGP Link Bandwidth. C9000 Series Syntax bgp dmzlink-bw To disable BGP Link Bandwidth, enter the no bgp dmzlink-bw command. Parameters dmzlink-bw Defaults N/A Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Enter the keyword dmzlink-bw to enable BGP Link Bandwidth in BGP multipath. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 Series. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 326
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information This command is enabled by default, that is for all updates received from EBGP peers, BGP ensures that the first AS of the first AS segment is always the AS of the peer. If not, the update is dropped and a counter is increments. Use the show ip bgp neighbors command to view the “failed enforce-first-as check” counter.
PAGE 327
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 328
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information This feature is advertised to BGP neighbors through a capability advertisement. In Receiver Only mode, BGP saves the advertised routes of peers that support this capability when they restart. BGP graceful restart is active only when the neighbor becomes established.
PAGE 329
Defaults Disabled (that is, paths/routes for the same destination but from different ASs do not have their MEDs compared). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 330
bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop Enable next-hop resolution through other routes learned by BGP. C9000 Series Syntax bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop To disable next-hop resolution, use the no bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 331
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced Usage Information BGP uses regular expressions (regex) to filter route information. In particular, the use of regular expressions to filter routes based on AS-PATHs and communities is common.
PAGE 332
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 333
capture bgp-pdu neighbor Enable capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet. C9000 Series Syntax capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv4-address direction {both | rx | tx} To disable capture of the IPv4 BGP neighbor packet, use the no capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv4address command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IPv4 address of the target BGP neighbor. direction {both | rx | tx} Enter the keyword direction and a direction — either rx for inbound, tx for outbound, or both. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 334
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced capture bgp-pdu neighbor — enables capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor — displays BGP packet capture information for an IPv6 address on the E-Series.
PAGE 335
ipv6 Enter the ipv6 address family to clear. peer-group Enter the peer-group to clear all members of the peer-group. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.
PAGE 336
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 337
• • • • • • • • • . = (period) any single character (including a white space). * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (0 or more sequences). + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (1 or more sequences). ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either 0 or 1 sequences). NOTE: Enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element.
PAGE 338
NOTE: You can use this attribute on a specific VRF to remove history routes corresponding to that VRF. You can also use this attribute to return the suppressed routes corresponding to a specific VRF to an active state. peer-group-name Enter the peer group name to reset the BGP sessions within that peer group. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to reset ipv4 multicast routes.
PAGE 339
peer-group peer- group-name Enter the keywords peer-group then the name of the peer group to debug. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound BGP routes. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound BGP routes. A.B.C.D Enter the IP address of peer in the A.B.C.D format. X:X:X:X::X Enter the IPv6 IP address of peer in the X:X:X:X::X format. dampening Enter the keyword dampening to view BGP dampening.
PAGE 340
debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp dampening command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view information on dampened routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 341
X:X:X:X::X (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv6 address. peer-group peer- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group then the name of the peer group. group-name in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only events on inbound BGP messages. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only events on outbound BGP messages. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 342
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command.
PAGE 343
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debug. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group-name] softreconfiguration To disable, use the debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-groupname] soft-reconfiguration command.
PAGE 344
debug ip bgp updates View information about BGP updates. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] updates [in | out | prefix-list prefix-list-name] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] updates [in | out | prefix-list prefix-list-name] command.
PAGE 345
default-metric Allows you to change the metric of redistributed routes to locally originated routes. Use this command with the redistribute command. C9000 Series Syntax default-metric number To return to the default setting, use the no default-metric command. Parameters number Enter a number as the metric to be assigned to routes from other protocols. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. Defaults 0 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 346
Related Commands permit bandwidth – specify link band width extended-community attribute as the matching criteria to permitting incoming or outgoing traffic.. description Enter a description of the BGP routing protocol C9000 Series Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the BGP protocol (80 characters maximum).
PAGE 347
Command Modes ROUTER BGP (conf-router_bgp_af) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.
PAGE 348
Version Description 8.3.8.0 Support from 2 to 64 paths on the S4810. Command syntax changed to max-path (was maximum-paths). 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path.
PAGE 349
Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group. send Enter the keyword send to indicate that the system sends multiple paths to peers. receive Enter the keyword receive to indicate that the system accepts multiple paths from peers. both Enter the keyword both to indicate that the system sends and accepts multiple paths from peers. path-count Enter the number paths supported.
PAGE 350
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor advertisement-start To send BGP routing updates, set the minimum interval before starting.
PAGE 351
Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. number Enter a number of times to allow this neighbor ID to use the AS path. The range is from 1 to 10. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 352
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If you apply a route map to a BGP peer or neighbor with the neighbor default-originate command configured, the software does not apply the set filters in the route map to that BGP peer or neighbor. neighbor description Assign a character string describing the neighbor or group of neighbors (peer group).
PAGE 353
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to apply the distribute list filter to all routers in the peer group. prefix-list-name Enter the name of an established prefix list. If the prefix list is not configured, the default is permit (to allow all routes). in Enter the keyword in to distribute only inbound traffic. out Enter the keyword out to distribute only outbound traffic. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 354
Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information Configuring or un-configuring the command will bring down and bring up the BGP Route Manager, this will result in tear down and re-establishment of all active sessions. Link Bandwidth has to be configured on the router in order to tell it to associate Link Bandwidth with prefixes (paths) and/or to use Link Bandwidth in BGP Multipath route selection.
PAGE 355
neighbor fall-over Enable or disable fast fall-over for BGP neighbors. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv4-address | peer-group-name} fall-over To disable, use the no neighbor {ipv4-address | peer-group-name} fall-over command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 356
out Enter the keyword out to filter outbound BGP routes. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. ROUTER BGP ROUTER BGP-address-family The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.
PAGE 357
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. neighbor maximum-prefix Control the number of network prefixes received.
PAGE 358
Usage Information If you configure the neighbor maximum-prefix command and the neighbor receives more prefixes than the neighbor maximum-prefix command configuration allows, the neighbor goes down and the show ip bgp summary command displays (prfxd) in the State/PfxRcd column for that neighbor. The neighbor remains down until you enter the clear ip bgp command for the neighbor or the peer group to which the neighbor belongs or you enter the neighbor shutdown and neighbor no shutdown commands.
PAGE 359
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the router to be included in the peer group. peer-group-name Enter the name of a configured peer group. encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 as the encryption type for the password entered. 7 means that the password is encrypted and hidden. password Enter a text string up to 80 characters long. The first character of the password must be a letter. You cannot use spaces in the password. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 360
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the router to be included in the peer group. peer-group-name Enter the name of a configured peer group. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 361
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 362
For passive eBGP limits, the Remote AS must be different from the AS for this neighbor. Related Commands neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound — assigns a subnet to a dynamically configured BGP neighbor. neighbor remote-as — assigns an indirectly connected AS to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor remote-as Create and specify the remote peer to the BGP neighbor.
PAGE 363
neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as To return to the default, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} removeprivate-as command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to remove the private AS numbers. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to remove the private AS numbers.
PAGE 364
If the Route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). in Enter the keyword in to filter inbound routes. out Enter the keyword out to filter outbound routes. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 365
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information A route reflector reflects routes to the neighbors assigned to the cluster. Neighbors in the cluster do not need not to be fully meshed. By default, when you use no route reflector, the internal BGP (IBGP) speakers in the network must be fully meshed.
PAGE 366
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To configure a COMMUNITY attribute, use the set community command in ROUTE-MAP mode. Before using this command, you must execute the clear ip bgp command. neighbor shutdown Disable a BGP neighbor or peer group. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} shutdown To enable a disabled neighbor or peer group, use the neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} no shutdown command.
PAGE 367
To disable, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} soft-reconfiguration inbound command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 368
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 369
• • the lower of the holdtime value is the new holdtime value, and whichever is the lower value; one-third of the new holdtime value, or the configured keepalive value, is the new keepalive value. neighbor timers extended Set idle hold time for a BGP neighbor or a peer group. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | ipv6-address | peer-group-name} timers extended idle holdtime To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ip-address | ipv6-address | peer-groupname} timers extended idle holdtime command.
PAGE 370
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced ont he C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 371
If you configure the set weight command in a route map applied to this neighbor, the weight set in that command overrides the weight set in the neighbor weight command. Related Commands set weight — assigns a weight to all paths meeting the route map criteria. network Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table. C9000 Series Syntax network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 372
As BGP does not query next-hop information corresponding to locally originated routes, a local route with an unreachable next-hop is chosen as the best route. When a combination of locally originated and peer originated routes occurs, both these routes will exist in the RTM. However, only the best route is kept active in the RTM and the remaining route is rendered in-active. It is possible to keep only one locally originated route in the BGP database.
PAGE 373
Parameters bandwidth Enter the keyword bandwidth to specify extended-community attribute as the matching criteria for permitting traffic. The range is from 0 to 102400. Defaults N/A Command Modes EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 374
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the ability to substitute IGP cost for MED when a peer/peer-group outbound route-map is set as internal. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information You can use the redistribute command to advertise the IGP cost as the MED on redistributed routes.
PAGE 375
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the ability to substitute IGP cost for MED when a peer/peer-group outbound route-map is set as internal. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 376
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information At least one interface must be in Layer 3 mode for the router bgp command to be accepted. If all interfaces are configured under VRF, at least one interface should be in the default VRF for the router bgp command to be accepted. If no interfaces are enabled for Layer 3, an error message appears: % Error: No router id configured BGP does not allow 23456 (AS-TRANS) as a configured AS number.
PAGE 377
This command is global for all VRFs. shutdown address-family-ipv4–multicast Disables all the BGP neighbors corresponding to the multicast IPv4 address families. Syntax shutdown address-family-ipv4–unicast Use the no shutdown address-family-ipv4–unicast command to enable all the configured BGP neighbors corresponding to the multicast IPv4 address families. Command Modes ROUTER BGP CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced on the S-Series, Z-Series, MXL, and IOM.
PAGE 378
Usage Information You can use this command to disable all the configured BGP neighbors corresponding to the unicast IPv6 address families. This command is global for all VRFs. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv4 address on the system. C9000 Series Syntax show capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv4-address Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IPv4 address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP address to display packet information for that address.
PAGE 379
[. . .] Dell# Related Commands capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size — specifies a size for the capture buffer. show config View the current ROUTER BGP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 380
[next-hop] [paths] [peer-group peer-group-name] [regexp regular-expression] [summary] Parameters cluster-list cluster-id vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view ipv4–unicast route information corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 multicast to view information only related to ipv4 multicast routes.
PAGE 381
Version Description 9.14(0.0) Introduced the [all {received-routes}] option for IPv4 and IPv6 neighbors. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Added the add-path option to the S4810. Output on the S4810 shows the ADDPATH parameters. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 382
Received from : 1.1.1.2 (3.3.3.1) Best AS_PATH : Next-Hop : 1.1.1.2, Cost : 0 Origin IGP, Metric 0, LocalPref Extended Communities : DMZ-Link Bw: 2000 kbytes* Related Commands 100, Weight 0, internal show ip bgp community — views the BGP communities. neighbor maximum-prefix — controls the number of network prefixes received. show ip bgp cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster.
PAGE 383
Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
PAGE 384
communitynumber Enter the community number in AA:NN format where AA is the AS number (2 bytes) and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system. You can specify up to eight community numbers to view information on those community groups. local-AS Enter the keywords local-AS to view all routes with the COMMUNITY attribute of NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED. All routes with the NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED (0xFFFFFF03) community attribute must not be advertised to external BGP peers.
PAGE 385
Field Description Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
PAGE 386
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 387
Origin IGP, Metric external 4294967295 (Default), LocalPref Communities : 200:1 1000:1 100, Weight 0, 3000:1 show ip bgp dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampened-paths vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes that are affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 388
Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is dampened. From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the dampened route. Reuse Displays the hour:minutes:seconds until the dampened route is available. Path Lists all the ASs the dampened route passed through to reach the destination network. Example Dell#show ip bgp dampened-paths BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
PAGE 389
NdASPTblP 0x41a19090 : NdCommTblP 0x41a19098 : NhOptTransTblP 0x41a190a0 : NdRRClsTblP 0x41a190a8 NdPktPA 0 : NdLocCBP 0x41a6f000 : NdTmpPAP 0x419efc80 : NdTmpASPAP 0x41a25000 : NdTmpCommP 0x41a25800 NdTmpRRClP 0x41a4b000 : NdTmpOptP 0x41a4b800 : NdTmpNHP : NdOrigPAP 0 NdOrgNHP 0 : NdModPathP 0x419efcc0 : NdModASPAP 0x41a4c000 : NdModCommP 0x41a4c800 NdModOptP 0x41a4d000 : NdModNHP : NdComSortBufP 0x41a19110 : NdComSortHdP 0x41a19d04 : NdUpdAFMsk 0 : AFRstSet 0x41a1a298 : NHopDfrdHdP 0x41a1a3e0 : NumNhDfrd
PAGE 390
show ip bgp extcommunity-list View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] extcommunity-list [list name] Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view information on all routes with extended community attributes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 391
n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Metric *> 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 *> 77.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 Dell#show ip bgp extcommunity-list ec % Error: Extended community list does not exist. LocPrf Weight Path 0 200 i 0 200 i Dell# show ip bgp filter-list View the routes that match the filter lists.
PAGE 392
Field Description Path source codes Lists the path sources shown to the right of the last AS number in the Path column: • • • • • Example i = internal route entry a = aggregate route entry c = external confederation route entry n = network route entry r = redistributed route entry Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned.
PAGE 393
mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix (/x) format) of the BGP network address. filter-list as-path- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword filter-list then the name of a configured AS-PATH ACL. The range is 140 characters. name regexp regular- expression Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match. The range is 256 characters. • • • • • • • • • . = (period) any single character (including a white space).
PAGE 394
Example Dell#show ip bgp flap-statistics BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.5 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network From Reuse Path h 77.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 d 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 00:30:44 200 i *> 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.
PAGE 395
Example Dell>show ip bgp inconsistent-as BGP table version is 280852, local router ID is 10.1.2.100 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next * 3.0.0.0/8 * * *> *> 3.18.135.0/24 * * * *> 4.0.0.0/8 * * * * 6.0.0.0/20 * *> * * 9.2.0.0/16 * --More-- Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path 63.114.8.33 0 18508 209 63.114.8.34 0 18508 209 63.114.8.
PAGE 396
flap-statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords flap-statistics to view flap statistics on the neighbor’s routes. routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword routes to view only the neighbor’s feasible routes. received-routes [network [network-mask] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords received-routes then either the network address (in dotted decimal format) or the network mask (in slash prefix format) to view all information received from neighbors.
PAGE 397
The Lines Beginning with: Description BGP neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address and its AS number. The last phrase in the line indicates whether the link between the BGP router and its neighbor is an external or internal one. If they are located in the same AS, the link is internal; otherwise the link is external. BGP version Displays the BGP version (always version 4) and the remote router ID.
PAGE 398
Sent 18 messages, 0 in queue 1 opens, 0 notifications, 0 updates 16 keepalives, 0 route refresh requests Route refresh request: received 0, sent messages 1 Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds Minimum time before advertisements start is 0 seconds Capabilities received from neighbor for IPv4 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) Capabilities advertised to neighbor for IPv4 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) ADD_PATH(69) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) For address family: IPv4 Uni
PAGE 399
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp next-hop command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Next-hop Displays the next-hop IP address.
PAGE 400
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 401
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 402
NOTE: You can use this attribute to view information on unique COMMUNITY numbers in a BGP database that correspond to either a default or a non-default VRF. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.
PAGE 403
ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about that peer group only. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view detailed status information of the peers in that peer group.
PAGE 404
Example Dell#show ip bgp peer-group Peer-group port0, remote AS 200 BGP version 4 Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP neighbor is port0, peer-group external Update packing has 4_OCTET_AS support enabled Number of peers in this group 1 Maximum limit on the accepted connections 256 Peer-group members (* - outbound optimized): 172.16.0.2 Dell# Related Commands • • neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) — assigns a peer to a peer-group.
PAGE 405
Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp regexp command shown in the following example.
PAGE 406
ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 and specify unicast option to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.
PAGE 407
Field Description Dampening enabled Displayed only when you enable dampening. Displays the number of paths designated as history, dampened, or penalized. Neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address. AS Displays the AS number of the neighbor. MsgRcvd Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor received. MsgSent Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor sent. TblVer Displays the version of the BGP table that was sent to that neighbor.
PAGE 408
show running-config bgp To display the current BGP configuration, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax show running-config bgp Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 409
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. timers bgp extended Adjust the BGP idle holdtime for all the BGP neighbors. Syntax timers bgp extended idle-holdtime To return to the default, use the no timers bgp extended command. Parameters extended idle- holdtime Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, for the peer to be idle state. The range is from 1 to 32767.
PAGE 410
debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp dampening command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view information on dampened routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 411
local-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from networks listed in the network command. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 200. Defaults • • • Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 412
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 413
deny To reject (deny) from the two types of extended communities, route origin (rt) or site-of-origin (soo), use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax deny {rt | soo} {as4 ASN4:NN | ASN:NNNN | IPADDR:NN} To remove (delete) the rule, use the no deny {rt | soo} {as4 ASN4:NN | ASN:NNNN | IPADDR:NN} command. Parameters rt Enter the keyword rt to designate a Route Origin community. soo Enter the keyword soo to designate a Site-of-Origin community (also known as Route Origin).
PAGE 414
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Duplicate commands are silently accepted.
PAGE 415
Parameters word Enter a community list name (maximum 16 characters). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.
PAGE 416
Example Dell(config-route-map)#match extcommunity Freedombird Dell(config-route-map)# permit To add rules (permit) from the two types of extended communities, Route Origin (rt) or Site-of-Origin (soo), use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax permit {rt | soo} {as4 ASN4:NN | ASN:NNNN | IPADDR:NN} To change the rules, use the no permit {rt | soo} {as4 ASN4:NN | ASN:NNNN | IPADDR:NN} command. Parameters rt Enter the keyword rt to designate a Route Origin community.
PAGE 417
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 418
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z-9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If the set community rt and soo are in the same route-map entry, the behavior defines as: • • • Related Commands If the rt option comes before soo, with or without the additive option, soo overrides the communities rt sets.
PAGE 419
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If the set community rt and soo are in the same route-map entry, the behavior defines as: • • • Related Commands If the rt option comes before soo, with or without the additive option, soo overrides the communities rt sets. If the rt option comes after soo, without the additive option, rt overrides the communities soo sets. If the rt with the additive option comes after soo, rt adds the communities soo sets.
PAGE 420
Received from : 100.100.1.2 (2.4.0.1) Best AS_PATH : 200 Next-Hop : 100.100.1.2, Cost : 0 Origin IGP, Metric 4294967295 (Default), LocalPref 100, Weight 0, external Communities : 300:400 500:600 Extended Communities : RT:1111:4278080 SoO:35:4 SoO:36:50529043 SoO:37:50529044 SoO:38:50529045 SoO:0.0.0.2:33 SoO:506.62106:34 0x0303:254:11223* Dell# show ip bgp paths extcommunity To display all BGP paths having extended community attributes, use this feature.
PAGE 421
show ip extcommunity-list Display the IP extended community list. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip extcommunity-list [word] word Enter the name of the extended community list you want to view. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 422
Example Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show running-config extcommunity-list test ip extcommunity-list test permit rt 65033:200 deny soo 101.11.11.
PAGE 423
Parameters ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to specify the address family as IPv6. unicast Enter the keyword unicast to specify multicast as SAFI. Defaults IPv6 Unicast Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information All subsequent commands apply to this address family after you execute this command.
PAGE 424
Do not add the as-set parameter to the aggregate if routes within the aggregate are constantly changing as the aggregate will flap to keep track of the changes in the AS_PATH. In route maps used in the suppress-map parameter, routes meeting the deny clause are not suppress; in other words, they are allowed. The opposite is true: routes meeting the permit clause are suppressed.
PAGE 425
Usage Information If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path. bgp bestpath med confed Enable MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute comparison on paths learned from BGP confederations. C9000 Series Syntax bgp bestpath med confed To disable MED comparison on BGP confederation paths, use the no bgp bestpath med confed command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 426
bgp client-to-client reflection Allows you to enable route reflection between clients in a cluster. C9000 Series Syntax bgp client-to-client reflection To disable client-to-client reflection, use the no bgp client-to-client reflection command. Defaults Enabled when a route reflector is configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 427
• • neighbor route-reflector-client – configures a route reflector and clients. show ip bgp cluster-list – views paths with a cluster ID. bgp confederation identifier Configure an identifier for a BGP confederation. C9000 Series Syntax bgp confederation identifier as-number To delete a BGP confederation identifier, use the no bgp confederation identifier as-number command. Parameters as-number Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Enter the AS number.
PAGE 428
max-suppresstime (OPTIONAL) Enter the maximum number of minutes a route can be suppressed. The default is four times the half-life value. The range is 1 to 255. The default is 60 minutes. route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of a configured route map. Only match commands in the configured route map are supported. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 429
To turn off the default, use the no bgp enforce-first-as command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information This is enabled by default, that is for all updates received from EBGP peers, BGP ensures that the first AS of the first AS segment is always the AS of the peer.
PAGE 430
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Routers supporting 4-Byte ASNs advertise that function in the OPEN message. The behavior of a 4-Byte router is slightly different depending on whether it is speaking to a 2-Byte router or a 4-Byte router. When creating Confederations, all the routers in the Confederation must be 4– or 2–byte identified routers.
PAGE 431
bgp log-neighbor-changes Enable logging of BGP neighbor resets. C9000 Series Syntax bgp log-neighbor-changes To disable logging, use the no bgp log-neighbor-changes command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The bgp log-neighbor-changes command appears in the show config command output.
PAGE 432
bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop Enable next-hop resolution through other routes learned by BGP. C9000 Series Syntax bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop To disable next-hop resolution, use the no bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 433
engine performance enhancement feature optimizes the CPU usage by caching and reusing regular expression evaluation results. This caching and reuse may be at the expensive of RP1 processor memory. Related Commands show ip protocols – views information on all enabled and active routing protocols. bgp router-id Assign a user-given ID to a BGP router. C9000 Series Syntax bgp router-id ip-address To delete a user-assigned IP address, use the no bgp router-id command.
PAGE 434
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information When you enable soft-reconfiguration for a neighbor and you execute the clear ip bgp soft in command, the update database stored in the router is replayed and updates are re-evaluated. With this command, the replay and update process is triggered only if route-refresh request is not negotiated with the peer.
PAGE 435
Command Modes Command History Related Commands • • EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced • • • clear ip bgp – enables route reflection between route reflector and clients. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor – configures a route reflector and clients. capture bgp-pdu neighbor – enables capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet.
PAGE 436
clear ip bgp * (asterisk) Reset all BGP sessions in the specified category. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip bgp * [ipv4 multicast soft [in | out] | ipv6 unicast soft [in | out] | soft [in | out]] Parameters * Enter an asterisk ( * ) to reset all BGP sessions. ipv4 multicast soft (OPTIONAL) This keyword sequence sets options within the a specified IPv4 address [in | out] family.
PAGE 437
Command Modes Command History soft (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword soft to configure and activate policies without resetting the BGP TCP session, that is, BGP Soft Reconfiguration. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to activate only inbound policies. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to activate only outbound policies. EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 438
regexp regular- expression (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword regexp followed by regular expressions. Use one or a combination of the following: . (period) matches on any single character, including white space. * (asterisk) matches on sequences in a pattern (zero or more sequences). + (plus sign) matches on sequences in a pattern (one or more sequences). ? (question mark) matches sequences in a pattern (0 or 1 sequences). [ ] (brackets) matches a range of single-character patterns.
PAGE 439
clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening Clear information on route dampening. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History clear ip bgp dampening ipv6 unicast [network network-mask] network (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 network address in x:x:x:x::x format. network-mask If you enter the network address, then enter the network mask, from 0 to 128. EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.
PAGE 440
debug ip bgp keepalives Allows you to view information about BGP keepalive messages. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] command. Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128.
PAGE 441
Related Commands show ip bgp dampened-paths – View BGP dampened routes. debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group updates View information about BGP peer-group updates. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group peer-group-name updates [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group peer-group-name updates [in | out] command.
PAGE 442
To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast ipv6-address prefix-length updates [in | out] command. Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP update information. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors.
PAGE 443
debug ip bgp updates Allows you to view information about BGP updates. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name | ipv6 unicast [ipv6address]] updates [in | out | prefix-list prefix-list-name] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name | ipv6 unicast [ipv6-address]] updates [in | out] command. Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format.
PAGE 444
Usage Information The default-metric command in BGP sets the value of the BGP MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute for redistributed routes only. Related Commands • • bgp always-compare-med – enables comparison of all BGP MED attributes. redistribute – redistributes routes from other routing protocols into BGP. description Enter a description of the BGP routing protocol. C9000 Series Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
PAGE 445
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information CAUTION: Dell Networking recommends that you do not change the administrative distance of internal routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies. The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low.
PAGE 446
number Enter a number as the maximum number of parallel paths. The range is 1 to 16. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp command to recompute the best path.
PAGE 447
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. seconds Enter a number as the time interval, in seconds, between BGP advertisements. The range is 0 to 600 seconds. The default is 5 seconds for internal BGP peers and 30 seconds for external BGP peers.
PAGE 448
neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map mapname] To remove a default route, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} defaultoriginate [route-map map-name] command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 449
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced neighbor distribute-list Distribute BGP information via an established prefix list. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} distribute-list prefix-list-name {in | out} To delete a neighbor distribution list, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} distribute-list prefix-list-name {in | out} command.
PAGE 450
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. ttl (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of hops as the time to live (ttl) value. The range is 1 to 255. The default is 255. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 451
neighbor filter-list Configure a BGP filter based on the AS-PATH attribute. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} filter-list as-path-name {in | out} To delete a BGP filter, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} filter-list as-path-name {in | out} command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 452
Defaults threshold = 75 Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 453
neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) Allows you to assign one peer to a existing peer group. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor ipv6-address peer-group peer-group-name To delete a peer from a peer group, use the no neighbor ipv6-address peer-group peer-groupname command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group peer- group-name Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 454
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information When a peer group is created, it is disabled (shut mode). Related Commands • • • neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) – assigns routers to a peer group. neighbor remote-as – assigns an indirectly connected AS to a neighbor or peer group.
PAGE 455
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to enter the remote AS into routing tables of all routers within the peer group. number Enter a number of the AS. The range is 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 456
Private AS numbers are 64512 to 65535. neighbor route-map Apply an established route map to either incoming or outbound routes of a BGP neighbor or peer group. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} route-map map-name {in | out} To remove the route map, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} route-map map-name {in | out} command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
PAGE 457
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The first time you enter this command it configures the neighbor as a route reflector and members of the routereflector cluster. Internal BGP (IBGP) speakers do not need to be fully meshed if you configure a route reflector.
PAGE 458
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group for which you want to start storing inbound routing updates. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPv6 ADDRESS FAMILY (conf-router_bgpv6_af) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 459
neighbor shutdown Disable a BGP neighbor or peer group. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} shutdown To enable a disabled neighbor or peer group, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-groupname} shutdown command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group.
PAGE 460
Command Modes Command History ROUTER BGP Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Timer values configured with the neighbor timers command override the timer values configured with the timers bgp command.
PAGE 461
neighbor weight Assign a weight to the neighbor connection, which is used to determine the best path. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} weight weight To remove a weight value, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} weight weight command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 462
network Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table. C9000 Series Syntax network ipv6-address prefix-length [route-map map-name] To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] command. Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 463
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Though the software does not generate a route due to backdoor config, there is an option for injecting/ sourcing a local route in presence of network backdoor config on a learned route. redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP.
PAGE 464
redistribute ospf Redistribute OSPFv3 routes into BGP. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [[match external {1 | 2}] [match internal]] [route-map map-name] To stop redistribution of OSPF routes, use the no redistribute ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPFv3 process. The range is 1 to 65535. match external {1 | (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external 2} routes.
PAGE 465
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv6 address. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Related Commands show capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv6-address ipv6-address • • Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of a BGP neighbor. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 466
neighbor 1109::33 no shutdown neighbor 2222::220 remote-as 18508 neighbor 2222::220 route-reflector-client neighbor 2222::220 update-source Loopback 100 neighbor 2222::220 no shutdown neighbor 4000::33 remote-as 18508 neighbor 4000::33 no shutdown neighbor 4000::60 remote-as 18508 neighbor 4000::60 no shutdown neighbor 9000::1:2 remote-as 640 no neighbor 9000::1:2 activate neighbor 9000::1:2 no shutdown ! Dell# show ip bgp next-hop View all next hops (via learned routes only) with current reachability and
PAGE 467
• • • • • • Command Modes Command History • • * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (0 or more sequences). + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (1 or more sequences). ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either 0 or 1 sequences). You must enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string.
PAGE 468
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp paths extcommunity View all unique Extended community information in the BGP database. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp paths extcommunity Command Modes • • Command History EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 469
show ipv6 prefix-list Displays the specified IPv6 prefix list. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ipv6 prefix-list detail {prefix-list name} | summary detail Display a detailed description of the selected IPv6 prefix list. prefix-list name Enter the name of the prefix list. NOTE: There is a 140-character limit for prefix list names. summary Display a summary of RPF routes. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 470
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list [cluster-id] Parameters Command Modes Command History cluster-id • • (OPTIONAL) Enter the cluster id in dotted decimal format. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 471
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list View routes that are affected by a specific community list. C9000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list community-list-name [exact-match] community-listname Enter the name of a configured IP community list. exact-match (OPTIONAL) Enter exact-match to display only for an exact match of the communities. • • EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 472
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast extcommunity-list View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast extcommunity-list [list name] Parameters Command Modes Command History list name • • Enter the extended community list name you wish to view. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.
PAGE 473
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics [ipv6-address prefix-length] [filterlist as-path-name] [regexp regular-expression] ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 474
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors Allows you to view the information exchanged by BGP neighbors.
PAGE 475
Command Modes Command History detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view peer-group-specific information for the IPv6 address family. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view status information of the peers in that peer group. The output is the same as that found in show ip bgp summary command • • EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 476
6 BGP path attribute entrie(s) using 392 bytes of memory 6 BGP AS-PATH entrie(s) using 294 bytes of memory 6 BGP community entrie(s) using 234 bytes of memory Neighbor AS MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Up/Down State/Pfx 1109::33 2222::220 4000::33 4000::60 9000::4:2 9000::5:2 9000::6:2 9000::7:2 9000::8:2 9000::9:2 9000::a:2 9000::b:14 Dell# 18508 18508 18508 18508 18508 1 2 3 18508 18508 18508 18508 0 0 0 0 0 35 35 35 35 44 35 29 0 0 0 0 0 32 32 32 32 19 32 29 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PAGE 477
IPv6 MBGP Commands Multiprotocol BGP (MBGP) is an enhanced BGP that enables the multicast routing policy throughout the internet and connecting multicast topologies between BGP and autonomous systems (AS). MBGP is implemented as per IETF RFC 1858. show ipv6 mbgproutes Display the selected IPv6 MBGP route or a summary of all MBGP routes in the table.
PAGE 478
9 Content Addressable Memory (CAM) You can use Content Addressable Memory (CAM) commands to configure the amount of memory allocated to CAM memory partitions. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. NOTE: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance.
PAGE 479
Parameters default Use the default CAM profile settings and set the CAM as follows: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • L2Acl : 5 IPV4Acl : 4 IPV6Acl : 0 IPV4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 1 L2PT : 0 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 0 VmanDualQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 nlbclusteracl: 0 FcoeAcl : 0 iscsiOptAcl : 0 ipv4pbr : 0 Openflow : 0 fedgovacl : 0 vrfv4Acl : 0 l2acl number Enter the keyword l2acl and then the number of l2acl blocks. The range is from 1 to 8.
PAGE 480
vrfv4acl number Enter the keyword vrfv4acl and then the number of FP blocks for VRF IPv4 ACL. The range is from 0 to 2. l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number, ipv4qos number l2qos numberl2pt number ipmacacl number ecfmacl Allocate space to each CAM region. Enter 4 or 8 for the number of OpenFlow FP blocks.
PAGE 481
If you enable BMP, to perform a reload on the chassis to upgrade any configuration changes that have changed the NVRAM content, use the command reload conditional nvram-cfg-change. cam-acl-egress Allocate CAM for egress ACLs. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes cam-acl-egress default | l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number} default Reset egress CAM ACL entries to default settings. l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number Allocate space to each CAM region.
PAGE 482
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Information Enter the CAM profile name and specify the amount of CAM space. The total space allocated must be equal to 13. The range for ipv4acl is from 1 to 4. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Related Commands show cam-acl-egress-pe cam-acl-pe Allocate content addressable memory (CAM) for the port extender.
PAGE 483
Parameters qos Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Optimize CAM usage for QoS. CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.
PAGE 484
Command History Version Description 9.13.0.0 Introduced on the MXL, FN IOM, S5000, S4048-ON, S6000, S6000-ON, S3048-ON, S3100 Series, C9010, S4048T-ON, Z9500, Z9100-ON, S6100-ON, S6010-ON. Usage Information The no cam-threshold command will set the CAM threshold to 90 percent and silence period to 0. The CAM threshold and silence period configuration is applicable only for Ingress L2, IPv4, IPv6 and Egress L2, IPv4, and IPv6 ACL CAM groups.
PAGE 485
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.11.0.0 The show cam-usage command is updated to display ECMP group count information. 9.5.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL. Usage Information The following regions must be provided in the show cam-usage output: • • • L3AclCam L2AclCam V6AclCam The following table describes the output fields of the show cam-usage command. Table 2.
PAGE 486
Example 2: Output of the show camusage acl Command Dell#show cam-usage acl Stackunit|Portpipe| CAM Partition | Total CAM | Used CAM |Available CAM ========|========|=================|=============|=============|============ 11 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | 1008 | 0 | 1008 | | IN-L3 ACL | 12288 | 2 | 12286 | | OUT-L2 ACL | 1024 | 2 | 1022 | | OUT-L3 ACL | 1024 | 0 | 1024 | | IN-L3 ECMP GRP | 1024 | 0 | 1024 Example 3: Output of the show camusage router Command Example 4: Output of the show camusage switch Command sho
PAGE 487
show cam-acl-egress-pe Display details of the global egress CAM ACL profiles for the port extender. C9000 Series Syntax show cam-acl-egress-pe Defaults None Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 488
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information This command applies to both IPv4 and IPv6 CAM Profiles, but is best used when verifying QoS optimization for IPv6 ACLs. QoS Optimization for IPv6 ACLs does not impact the CAM usage for applying a policy on a single (or the first of several) interfaces.
PAGE 489
show hardware forwarding-table mode Display the hardware forwarding table mode in the current boot and in the next boot. Syntax show hardware forwarding-table mode Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 490
• L3 route entries: 16K OpenFlow does not support the scaled-l3-routes forwarding-table mode (UFT mode 4) on the C9010. Related Commands 490 show hardware forwarding-table mode — displays the hardware forwarding table mode in the current boot and in the next boot.
PAGE 491
10 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) Control plane policing (CoPP) uses access control list (ACL) rules and quality of service (QoS) policies to create filters for a system’s control plane. The CoPP filters prevent traffic that is not identified as legitimate from reaching the control plane, and rate-limit traffic to an acceptable level.
PAGE 492
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information To display the per-protocol counters of rate-limited control-plane traffic at the aggregated (switch) or line card and port set level, use the show control-traffic protocol command. clear control-traffic queue Clear per-queue counters of rate-limited control-plane traffic.
PAGE 493
control-plane-cpuqos To manage control-plane traffic, enter control-plane mode and configure the switch. C9000 Series Syntax control-plane-cpuqos Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.
PAGE 494
Related Commands qos-policy-input cpu-qos — creates a QoS input-policy map for CoPP. policy-map-input cpu-qos — creates an input-policy map for CoPP. service-policy rate-limit-protocols Apply a QoS input policy-map that rate-limits protocol traffic on the control plane. C9000 Series Syntax service-policy rate-limit-protocols policy-name Parameters policy-name Enter the service-policy name, using a string up to 32 characters. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 495
linecard slot-id portset port-pipe Enter the slot ID and port pipe to display counters for rate-limited traffic on a specified line card and port set. The slot ID range is from 0 to 11. The port-pipe ID value is 0. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender ID. Range is from 0 to 255. stack-unit unit Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack unit number. Range is from 0 to 7. number portset port-pipe Enter the keyword portset and the port-pipe ID. Port pipe ID value is 0.
PAGE 496
NTP 0 MULTICAST CATCH ALL 0 v6 MULTICAST CATCH ALL 0 DHCP RELAY/DHCP 0 v6 ICMP NA/v6 ICMP RA 0 v6 ICMP NS/v6 ICMP RS 0 v6 ICMP/ICMP 0 MLD 0 MSDP 0 FTP/TELNET/SSH/ L3 LOCAL TERMINATED 0 L3 UNKNOWN/UNRESOLVED ARP 0 iSCSI 0 FCoE 0 SFLOW 0 VLT CTRL/VLT IPM PDU 0 HYPERPULL 0 OPENFLOW 0 L2 DST HIT/BROADCAST 0 VLT TTL1/TRACEFLOW/TTL0/ STATION MOVE/TTL1/IP OPTION/ L3 MTU FAIL/SOURCE MISS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Related Command clear control-traffic protoc
PAGE 497
Usage Information In the show output, Rx Bytes displays the number of bytes of control-plane traffic received, on which queuebased rate limiting is applied. Tx Counters displays the number of bytes transmitted to a control-plane CPU after queue-based rate limiting is applied. Drop Counters displays the number of bytes of control-plane traffic that have been dropped as a result of queue-based rate limiting.
PAGE 498
Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10 Q11 Q12 Q13 Q14 Q15 Q16 Q17 Q18 Q19 Q20 1200 800 600 600 3200 2600 2300 1800 1 1 1200 1200 7000 800 5000 3000 1000 1000 1000 1000 6000 3000 3000 4000 100 100 1000 1000 7000 1000 Dell#show cpu-queue rate queue-id 8 Service-Queue Rate (kbps) -----------------------Q8 600 Burst (kb) ---------1000 Dell#show cpu-queue rate range 8 12 Service-Queue Rate (kbps) -----------------------Q8 600 Q9 600 Q10 3200 Q11 2600 Q12 2300 Burst (kb) ---------1000 1000 1000 6000 3000 show ip protocol-queue-
PAGE 499
--------------TCP (BGP) any/179 UDP (DHCP) 67/68 UDP (DHCP-R) 67 TCP (FTP) any ICMP any IGMP any TCP (MSDP) any/639 UDP (NTP) any OSPF any PIM any UDP (RIP) any TCP (SSH) any TCP (TELNET) any VRRP any -------179/any 68/67 67 21 any any 639/any 123 any any 520 22 23 any ------_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ----Q13 Q6 Q6 Q3 Q5 Q12 Q12 Q3 Q13 Q12 Q13 Q3 Q3 Q13 -----RP CP CP CP CP RP RP CP RP RP RP CP CP RP ----------2500 1200 1200 400 300 300 100 200 2500 300 200 400 400 400 show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping
PAGE 500
show mac protocol-queue-mapping Display the CPU queue mapping for MAC protocols. C9000 Series Syntax show mac protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 501
Usage Information The show output displays information on CPU traffic flows for all protocols, including the ingress queue at which the traffic is queued and the CPU to which protocol traffic is sent with the applied rate limits (configured or default) in kilobits per second (kbps). The egress port queues on CPUs are abbreviated as: RP (Route Processor), CP (Control Processor), and LC (line card). Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 502
BGP 2500 2000 OSPF 2500 2000 RIP 200 1000 VRRP 400 2000 ICMP 300 2000 IGMP 300 2000 PIM 300 2000 MSDP 100 2000 BFD 7000 3000 802.
PAGE 503
IP OPTION/TTL1 100 500 VLAN L3 MTU FAIL 200 500 Physical L3 MTU FAIL 200 500 SOURCE MISS 200 500 STATION MOVE 200 500 SFLOW_EGRESS 5000 3000 SFLOW_INGRESS 5000 3000 Dell# Q0 Q0 Q0 Q16 Q16 Q20 Q20 500 500 500 500 500 3000 3000 CP 100 CP 200 CP 200 LP 200 LP 200 LP 5000 LP 5000 Dell#show protocol-queue-mapping queue-id 3 Protocol Queue EgPort Rate(kbps) CommitBurst(kb) Peak Burst(kb) ------------------------------------------ -----------NTP Q3 CP 200 2000 2000 FTP Q3 CP 400 3000 3000 TELNET Q
PAGE 504
11 Data Center Bridging (DCB) Data center bridging (DCB) refers to a set of IEEE Ethernet enhancements that provide data centers with a single, robust, converged network to support multiple traffic types, including local area network (LAN), server, and storage traffic. The Dell Networking operating software commands for data center bridging features include 802.1Qbb priority-based flow control (PFC), 802.1Qaz enhanced transmission selection (ETS), and the data center bridging exchange (DCBX) protocol.
PAGE 505
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON . 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 506
clear pfc counters Clear the PFC TLV counters and PFC statistics on an interface or stack unit. C9000 Series Syntax clear pfc counters [port-type slot/port | stack-unit {unit number | all } all stack-ports all}] | interface {statistics}] Parameters port-type Enter the keywords port-type then the slot/port information. stack-unit unit Enter the keywords stack-unit then the stack-unit number to be cleared.
PAGE 507
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Removed from the S-series. Replaced by the dcb-map commands. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information As soon as you apply a DCB policy with PFC enabled on an interface, DCBx starts exchanging information with PFC-enabled peers. The IEEE802.1Qbb, CEE, and CIN versions of PFC TLV are supported.
PAGE 508
• You already enabled link-level flow control. PFC and link-level flow control cannot be enabled at the same time on an interface. In a switch stack, configure all stacked ports with the same PFC configuration. A DCB input policy for PFC applied to an interface may become invalid if you reconfigure the dot1p-queue mapping. This situation occurs when the new dot1p-queue assignment exceeds the maximum number (2) of lossless queues supported globally on the switch.
PAGE 509
pfc no-drop queues Configure the port queues that still function as no-drop queues for lossless traffic. C9000 Series Syntax pfc no-drop queues queue-range To remove the no-drop port queues, use the no pfc no-drop queues command. Parameters queue-range Enter the queue range. Separate the queue values with a comma; specify a priority range with a dash; for example, pfc no-drop queues 1,3 or pfc no-drop queues 7 or pfc no-drop queues 0,7. The range is from 0 to 3. queue-range Enter the queue range.
PAGE 510
pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop Configure to drop the unknown unicast packets flooding on lossless priorities. Syntax pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop To disable the feature, use the no pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop command. Parameters l2-dlf Enter the keywords l2-dlf to drop flooding traffic on lossless priorities. drop Enter the keyword drop to enable the drop action. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 511
The maximum number of lossless queues supported on the switch is two. A PFC peer must support the configured priority traffic (as DCBX detects) to apply PFC. show dcb Display the data center bridging status, the number of PFC-enabled ports, and the number of PFC-enabled queues. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show dcb [stack-unit unit-number] [port-set port-set-number] unit-number Enter the DCB unit number. port-set-number Enter the port-set number.
PAGE 512
Command History Example Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9100–ON and S6100–ON. Dell#show hardware pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drops stack-unit 0 port-set 0 --------------------------------------------------Priority DropCount --------------------------------------------------0 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop — configures to drop the unknown unicast packets flooding on lossless priorities.
PAGE 513
Field Description Interface Interface type with stack-unit and port number. Admin mode is on Admin is enabled PFC admin mode is on or off with a list of the configured PFC priorities. When the PFC admin mode is on, PFC advertisements are enabled to be sent and received from peers; received PFC configuration take effect. The admin operational status for a DCBX exchange of PFC configuration is enabled or disabled.
PAGE 514
Example (Summary) Field Description PFC TLV Statistics: Pause Tx pkts Number of PFC pause frames transmitted. PFC TLV Statistics: Pause Rx pkts Number of PFC pause frames received.
PAGE 515
FCOE TLV Tx Status is disabled ISCSI TLV Tx Status is disabled Local FCOE PriorityMap is 0x0 Local ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x0 Interface TenGigabitEthernet 10/1 Admin mode is on Admin is enabled Remote is disabled Local is enabled Oper status is init PFC DCBX Oper status is Down Reason: Port Shutdown State Machine Type is Symmetric TLV Tx Status is enabled PFC Link Delay 65535 pause quantams Application Priority TLV Parameters : -------------------------------------FCOE TLV Tx Status is disabled ISCSI TLV Tx S
PAGE 516
Example (Summary) Dell (conf-if-te-0/1)#show int te 0/1 pfc statistics Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/1 Priority Rx XOFF Frames Rx Total Frames Tx Total Frames -------------------------------------------------------------------0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Example (port range) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Dell#show interfaces tengigabitethernet 10/0-1 pfc statistics Interface TenGigabitEthernet 10/0 Interface Priority Rx XOFF Frames Rx Total Frames Tx Total Frames --------------------------------
PAGE 517
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON . 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 518
Usage Information To associate a priority group with an ETS output policy with scheduling and bandwidth configuration, create a DCB output policy. You can apply a DCB output policy on multiple egress ports. When you apply an ETS output policy on an interface, ETS-configured scheduling and bandwidth allocation take precedence over any configured settings in QoS output policies. The ETS configuration associated with 802.1 priority traffic in a DCB output policy is used in DCBX negotiation with ETS peers.
PAGE 519
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 520
Field Description Interface Interface type with stack-unit and port number. Max Supported TC Maximum number of priority groups supported. Group Number of Traffic Classes Number of 802.1p priorities currently configured. Admin mode ETS mode: on or off. When on, the scheduling and bandwidth allocation configured in an ETS output policy or received in a DCBX TLV from a peer can take effect on an interface.
PAGE 521
5 6 7 - - Remote Parameters : ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 1 0,1,2 100% ETS 2 3 0 % SP 3 4,5,6,7 0 % SP 4 5 6 7 Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Reco TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Reco TL
PAGE 522
Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Reco TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Reco TLV Pkts, 0 Error Reco TLV Pkts Dell(conf)# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 0/0 ets detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : -----------------Admin is enabled T
PAGE 523
Example (Detail) Dell(conf)# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 0/0 ets detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : -----------------Admin is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100% ETS 1 0% ETS 2 0% ETS 3 0% ETS 4 0% ETS 5 0% ETS 6 0% ETS 7 0% ETS Priority# 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Remote Parameters: ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priori
PAGE 524
-----------------Admin is enabled PG-grp Priority# BW-% BW-COMMITTED BW-PEAK TSA % Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) -----------------------------------------------------------------------0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100 ETS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Remote Parameters : ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled PG-grp Priority# BW-% BW-COMMITTED BW-PEAK TSA % Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) -----------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGE 525
PG-grp Priority# BW-% BW-COMMITTED BW-PEAK TSA % Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) ------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100 ETS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down Reason: Port Shutdown State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled DCBX Commands The following DCBX commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 526
Usage Information You can configure the transmission of more than one TLV type at a time; for example: advertise dcbx-tlv ets-conf ets-reco. You can enable ETS recommend TLVs (ets-reco) only if you enable ETS configuration TLVs (ets-conf). To disable TLV transmission, use the no form of the command; for example, no advertise dcbx-tlv pfc ets-reco. DCBX requires that you enable LLDP to advertise DCBX TLVs to peers. Configure DCBX operation at the INTERFACE level on a switch or globally on the switch.
PAGE 527
NOTE: The dcbx port-role command is not supported on cascade interfaces or extended ports. dcbx version Configure the DCBX version used on the interface. C9000 Series Syntax dcbx version {auto | cee | cin | ieee-v2.5} To remove the DCBX version, use the no dcbx version command. Parameters auto | cee | cin | ieee-v2.5 Enter the DCBX version type used on the interface, where: • • • • auto: configures the port to operate using the DCBX version received from a peer.
PAGE 528
mgmt | resource | sem | tlv} • • • • • • config-exchng: enables traces for DCBX configuration exchanges. fail: enables traces for DCBX failures. mgmt: enables traces for DCBX management frames. resource: enables traces for DCBX system resource frames. sem: enables traces for the DCBX state machine. tlv: enables traces for DCBX TLVs. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 529
iscsi priority-bits Configure the iSCSI priority advertised for the iSCSI protocol in application priority TLVs. C9000 Series Syntax iscsi priority-bits priority-bitmap To remove the configured iSCSI priority, use the no iscsi priority-bits command. Parameters priority-bitmap Enter the priority-bitmap range. The range is from 1 to FF. Defaults 0x10 Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 530
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information To clear DCBX frame counters, use the clear dcbx counters interface stack-unit/port command. To view the DCBX show output for multiple ports of a specified slot, you can specify any random number of ports separated by commas or a hyphenated range of ports.
PAGE 531
Field Description Local DCBX Status: Protocol State Current operational state of the DCBX protocol: ACK or IN-SYNC. Peer DCBX Status: DCBX Operational Version DCBX version advertised in Control TLVs received from the peer device. Peer DCBX Highest DCBX version supported in Control TLVs received from the peer device. Status: DCBX Max Version Supported Peer DCBX Status: Sequence Number Sequence number transmitted in Control TLVs received from the peer device.
PAGE 532
Port Role is Manual DCBX Operational Status is Disabled Reason: Port Shutdown Is Configuration Source? FALSE Local DCBX Compatibility mode is AUTO Local DCBX Configured mode is AUTO Peer Operating version is Not Detected Local DCBX TLVs Transmitted: ERPfi Total DCBX Frames transmitted 0 Total DCBX Frames received 0 Total DCBX Frame errors 0 Total DCBX Frames unrecognized 0 E-ETS Configuration TLV enabled e-ETS Configuration TLV disabled R-ETS Recommendation TLV enabled r-ETS Recommendation TLV disabled P-PF
PAGE 533
To display the PFC and ETS settings in DCB maps, enter the show qos dcb-map command. Use the dcb-map command to create a DCB map to specify PFC and ETS settings and apply it on Ethernet ports. After you apply a DCB map to an interface, the PFC and ETS settings in the map are applied when the Ethernet port is enabled. DCBx is enabled on Ethernet ports by default. The dcb-map command is supported only on physical Ethernet interfaces.
PAGE 534
Parameters priority-group group-num bandwidth percentage Enter the keyword bandwidth followed by a bandwidth percentage allocated to the priority group. The range of valid values is 1 to 100. The sum of all allocated bandwidth percentages in priority groups in a DCB map must be 100%. strict-priority Configure the priority-group traffic to be handled with strict priority scheduling. Strictpriority traffic is serviced first, before bandwidth allocated to other priority groups is made available.
PAGE 535
Parameters dcb-map-name Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Enter the name of the DCB map. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON.. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S6000 platforms. Usage Information The dcb-map stack-unit all stack-ports all command overwrites any previous DCB maps applied to stack ports.
PAGE 536
Example Dell(conf)#dcb pfc-shared-buffer-size 5000 dcb-buffer-threshold Configure the profile name for the DCB buffer threshold. C9000 Series Syntax dcb buffer—threshold profile-name Parameters profile-name Enter the name of the profile, which can be a string of up to 32 characters in length. Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 537
size Weightage of the priorities on the shared buffer size in the system. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 9. The default shared threshold weight is 10. Default The default size of the ingress buffer is 45 KB. The default buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer and recommences the sending of packets to the peer is 10 KB. The default threshold weight of the shared buffer space is 10. Command Modes DCB-BUFFER-THRESHOLD mode Command History Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 538
size Size of the ingress buffer in KB. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7787. The default is 45 KB. pause-threshold Buffer limit for pause frames to be sent threshold-value Buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer in KB. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7787. The default is 10 KB. resume-offset Buffer offset limit for resuming in KB threshold-value Buffer offset limit at which the port resumes the peer in KB. Enter a number in the range of 1 to 7787. The default is 10 KB.
PAGE 539
dcb-policy buffer-threshold (Interface Configuration) Assign the DCB policy to the DCB buffer threshold profile on interfaces. This setting takes precedence over the global buffer-threshold setting. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters dcb-policy buffer-threshold profile-name buffer-threshold Configure the profile name for the DCB buffer threshold profile-name Enter the name of the profile, which can be a string of up to 32 characters in length.
PAGE 540
Version Description 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform.
PAGE 541
Version Description 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform. Usage Information When you enter the instance all option, show hardware stack-unit unit-number bufferstats-snapshot unit 0 resource X output for all available instances on the history collection is displayed. When you enter the instance id option, show hardware stack-unit unit-number bufferstats-snapshot unit 0 resource X for specified instance alone is displayed.
PAGE 542
UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 5 (interface Fo 0/4) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAS
PAGE 543
--------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 1 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 Example: Number of instances If only two instances are available when the show command is issued, only two instances are displayed in the summary output.
PAGE 544
MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST Dell# 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 To examine the port that is congested and monitor all multicast queues on that port: Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource port 1 queue mcast all Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7
PAGE 545
7 Dell# 0 0 To determine the specific priority group, unicast or multicast queue that is congested and monitor that queue separately: Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource port 1 prio 6 Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------6 0 0 Example: Headroom Cells Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource all Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 1
PAGE 546
--------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 0 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 <… snip …> Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 104 (interface Te 0/124) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 --------------------------------------Q# T
PAGE 547
Parameters KB Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7787. Default The default is 1 KB for S6000 platforms. Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform. Usage Information Configure the maximum buffer available for PFC traffic. You can choose to increase or decrease the buffer size that is currently allocated in the system by default.
PAGE 548
Field Description Priority The priority of the queue for which the buffer space settings apply buffer-size Ingress buffer size pause-thresholdvalue Buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer in KB. resume-threshold- Buffer offset limit at which the port resumes the peer in KB.
PAGE 549
2 3 4 5 6 7 - Yes 20 Yes 52 25 15 Yes 45 25 No No No Denotes dynamic buffering is enabled in respective queues 9 0 5 - On interface on which PFC is enabled: Show interface tengigabitethernet 1/1/1 pfc buffer-threshold -------------------------------------------------------------------------Queue# Lossless Buffer-size Pause-threshold Resume-offset Shared threshold (KB) (KB) (KB) weight --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 No 1 No 2 Yes 20 9 3 Yes 52 25 15 0 4 Yes 45
PAGE 550
Usage Information You can configure up to a maximum of four lossless (PFC) queues. By configuring four lossless queues, you can configure four different priorities and assign a particular priority to each application that your network is used to process. For example, you can assign a higher priority for time-sensitive applications and a lower priority for other services, such as file transfers.
PAGE 551
12 Debugging and Diagnostics Use the debugging and diagnostics commands described in this chapter to troubleshoot switch operation. This chapter contains the following sections: • • Offline Diagnostic Commands Hardware Commands Topics: • • Offline Diagnostic Commands Hardware Commands Offline Diagnostic Commands Use the offline diagnostics test suite to isolate faults and debug switch hardware. While tests are running, the system results are saved as a text file in the flash directory: TestReport-N.
PAGE 552
level0 Enter the keyword level0 to run Level 0 diagnostics. Level 0 diagnostics check for the presence of various components and perform essential path verifications. In addition, they verify the identification registers of the components on the board. level1 Enter the keyword Level1 to run Level 1 diagnostics. Level 1 diagnostics is a smaller set of diagnostic tests with support for automatic partitioning.
PAGE 553
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the verbose option. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. offline system— bring a switch offline to run diagnostic tests.
PAGE 554
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added a warning message to the off-line diagnostic.
PAGE 555
testcase Enter the keyword testcase to display the diag testcases available for CP, PE, or the Linecard. Defaults View a summary of the offline diagnostic test results that ran on all CPUs (Control Processor, Route Processor, line cards, and Port Extenders). Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 556
Available free memory: 1,705,611,264 bytes LEVEL 0 DIAGNOSTIC Starting test: bcm56854AccessTest ...... + Access Test for unit 0 : PASSED bcm56854AccessTest .......................................... PASS biosVerGetTest .............................................. PASS boardRevisionTest ........................................... PASS cpldAccessTest .............................................. PASS Starting test: CpuGbeLinkStatusTest ......
PAGE 557
temperature monitor 6: current= 55.8, peak= 57.4 temperature monitor 7: current= 56.3, peak= 58.5 temperature monitor 8: current= 56.3, peak= 58.5 average current temperature is 54.1 maximum peak temperature is 58.5 spiFlashAccessTest .......................................... Starting test: udfLinkStatus ...... ERROR: Unit 0 xe port 25 is DOWN udfLinkStatus ............................................... xeLinkSpeedTest ............................................. Starting test: xeLinkStatusTest ......
PAGE 558
poepLoad: poeUARTStress: powerRailStatus: psuEepromAccess: psuEepromRW: psuEpsLEDStatus: psuEpsPresence: psuEpsStatusMonitor: psuFanAirFlowType: psuFanStatus: psuInputType: psuLEDStatus: psuStatusMonitor: psuTemp: rtcBattery: rtcFunctional: rtcPresence: rtcRollover: rtcRW: sevendigitStackLED: sfpPlusEepromAccess: sfpPlusEepromRW: sfpPlusPhyExtLink: sfpPlusPhyExtSpeed: sfpPlusPhyRW: sfpPlusPortLED: sfpPlusPresence: snakeOneGMac: snakeOneGPhy: snakeSfpPlusMac: snakeSfpPlusPhy: snakeStackMac: snakeStackPhy: st
PAGE 559
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the verbose option. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information Use the show diag information command to view the progress of offline diagnostics in the system.
PAGE 560
stack-unit Member 5: Not present. stack-unit Member 6: Not present. stack-unit Member 7: Not present. ------------------------------------------------------------------- show diag testcase Display the offline diagnostic tests available for the CPUs at each level.
PAGE 561
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the verbose option. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information Offline diagnostics tests are grouped into three levels: • • • Example Level 0 — Level 0 diagnostics check for the presence of various components and perform essential path verifications.
PAGE 562
fePortLED: flashAccess: flashRW: gpioAccess: hotswapControllerAccess: i2cScan: i2cTool: InterruptStatus: ixiaSnake: macAccess: oneGAccess: oneGPhyExtLink: oneGPhyExtSpeed: oneGPhyRW: poeControllerPresence: poeControllerRW: poedetails: poeManagerPresence: poeManagerTemp: poeManagerVolt: poepLED: poepLoad: poeUARTStress: powerRailStatus: psuEepromAccess: psuEepromRW: psuEpsLEDStatus: psuEpsPresence: psuEpsStatusMonitor: psuFanAirFlowType: psuFanStatus: psuInputType: psuLEDStatus: psuStatusMonitor: psuTemp: rt
PAGE 563
-----------------------------------------boardRevision: ALL RUN cpldAccess: ALL RUN cpuSnakeStackExt: ALL RUN cpuType: ALL RUN deviceShutPhy: ALL RUN deviceShutPoe: ALL RUN fanControllerSpeedGet: ALL RUN fanStatusLED: ALL RUN fanStatusMonitor: ALL RUN fePortLED: ALL RUN flashAccess: ALL RUN flashRW: ALL RUN gpioAccess: ALL RUN hotswapControllerAccess: ALL RUN i2cScan: ALL RUN i2cTool: ALL RUN InterruptStatus: ALL RUN ixiaSnake: ALL RUN macAccess: ALL RUN oneGAccess: ALL RUN oneGPhyExtLink: ALL RUN oneGPhyEx
PAGE 564
tsensorAccess: usbAccess: usbPowerEnable: usbRW: usbStatus: watchdogTimer: ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN YES YES YES NO YES NO NO NO NO YES NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO YES Hardware Commands The hardware commands supported on the switch allow you to display information from a hardware sub-component or ASIC. clear control-traffic Clear control-traffic statistics from the CPU.
PAGE 565
unit} | rp {cpu {data-plane | i2c | sata-interface} statistics} | sfm sfm-unitnum {counters}} Parameters cp Enter the keywords cp with a command option to clear the hardware statistics for the Control Processor. The command options are: • • • cp-switch Enter the keyword cp-switch with a command option to clear the hardware statistics for control-plane and protocol control traffic. The command options are: • linecard slot-id • • counters: Clears traffic counters on line-card ports.
PAGE 566
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 567
Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. show hardware — displays the data plane or management plane input and output statistics for a specified hardware component. remote-exec Debug and troubleshoot switch hardware using remote commands. NOTE: Use the remote-exec command only with the guidance of an engineer from Dell Networking Technical Support.
PAGE 568
show hardware Display input and output traffic statistics and other operational information about a specified hardware component.
PAGE 569
• • • • • • • • • • buffer total-buffer: Displays the total number of buffers allocated for a specified line card. buffer unit unit-num port statistics: Displays the number of buffers allocated for a specified NPU. The range of port-pipe unit numbers is 0–3. buffer unit unit-num total-buffer : Displays the number of buffers allocated for a specified NPU. The range of NPU numbers is 0–3.
PAGE 570
rp Enter the keyword rp with a command option to display hardware statistics from the Route Processor. The command options are: • • • • cpu data-plane statistics: Displays data-plane statistics, including the HiGig port statistics with input/output counters to which the stacking module is connected. cpu i2c statistics: Displays active i2c-address statistics. cpu management statistics: Displays management port counters. cpu sata-interface statistics: Displays sata-interface error counterstatistics.
PAGE 571
Version Description added: drops [unit 0-1 [port 0-27]] and unit 0-1 {counters | details | port-stats [detail] | register} 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 572
tx_cols = 0 tx_single_cols = 0 tx_multi_cols = 0 tx_late_cols = 0 tx_excess_cols = 0 tx_deferred = 0 tx_discarded = 0 Party Bus Receive Counters for port 0: Rx Octets = 219885483 Rx Undersize Packets = 0 Rx Oversize Packets = 0 Rx Pause Packets = 0 Rx 64 Octet Packets = 115814 Rx 65to127octets Packets = 13278 Rx 128to255octets Packets = 523 Rx 256to511octets Packets = 3382 Rx 512to1023octets Packets = 2530 Rx 1024toMaxoctets Packets = 141767 Rx Jabbers = 0 Rx align errors = 0 Rx fcs errors = 0 Rx good octet
PAGE 573
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 28 32 36 40 44 Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Example (Linecard Unit Port: Drops) 25 29 33 37 41 45 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Dell#show hard
PAGE 574
HOL DROPS on COS14 HOL DROPS on COS15 HOL DROPS on COS16 HOL DROPS on COS17 HOL DROPS on COS18 HOL DROPS on COS19 HOL DROPS on COS20 TxPurge CellErr Aged Drops --- Egress MAC counters--Egress FCS Drops --- Egress FORWARD PROCESSOR IPv4 L3UC Aged & Drops TTL Threshold Drops INVALID VLAN CNTR Drops L2MC Drops PKT Drops of ANY Conditions Hg MacUnderflow TX Err PKT Counter --- Error counters--Internal Mac Transmit Errors Unknown Opcodes Internal Mac Receive Errors Example (Linecard Unit: Port-Stats) Example (L
PAGE 575
0x0400014b 0x0400014c 0x0400014d 0x0400014e 0x0400014f 0x04000150 0x04000151 0x04000106 0x04000108 0x0400010a 0x04000140 0x04000142 0x04000143 0x0400010c 0x04000144 0x04000145 0x04000147 0x04000146 0x04000149 0x04000148 0x04000100 0x04000101 0x04000103 0x04000102 0x04000105 0x04000104 0x04000174 0x77000000 0x77010000 0x16004a00 0x16004b00 0x16004c00 0x16005300 0x0a009900 0x16004900 0x26001500 0x26001600 0x26001000 0x26001100 0x32000900 0x32000800 0x32000700 0x56002000 0x56002001 0x56002002 0x56002003 0x5600
PAGE 576
0x02001a00 CELL_ASM_0_CONTROL.pgw_cl6 = 0x0000000000000000 0x02001a00 CELL_ASM_0_CONTROL.pgw_cl7 = 0x0000000000000000 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl0 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl1 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl2 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl3 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl4 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.
PAGE 577
The total no of CSF Devices in the Card is 0 The number of ports in device 0 is - 18 The number of Hg ports in devices 0 is - 12 The CPU Port of the device is 0 The starting unit no the SWF in the device is 0 ****************************************************** bcmLinkMonStatusShow: The Current Link Status Is Front End Link Status 0x00080800 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 Front End Port Presence 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 Backplane Link Status
PAGE 578
The tm-tp for Index 9 is The tm-tp for Index 10 is The tm-tp for Index 11 is : : : -1 | -1 -1 | -1 -1 | -1 ************************************************* ModPort Table for Device - 0 For Destination Mod Id 0 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 1 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 2 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 3 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 4 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 5 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 6 Destinati
PAGE 579
NpuId/PortId Example (Linecard: Backplane-link Status) Example (Linecard Unit Port: HiGig Port Statistics) Example (Port Extender Statistics) 0/49 1/49 2/49 Dell#show hardware linecard 0 bp-link-state Total valid Links - 39 Valid Link bmp - 0xfc0003f0-000fc000-3f0000fc-0003f000-00380000 Valid Link bmp State - 0xf40003f0-000fc000-3d0000fc-0003f000-00380000 Dell#show hardware linecard 0 hg-stats unit 1 port 50 Higig Port Statistics: HiGigabitEthernet 0/1/50, Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0
PAGE 580
txPkt(COS3 ) txPkt(COS4 ) txPkt(COS5 ) txPkt(COS6 ) txPkt(COS7 ) txPkt(COS8 ) txPkt(COS9 ) txPkt(COS10) txPkt(COS11) txPkt(UNIT0) :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 Dell>show hardware pe 0 stack-unit 0 drops user-port 1 Dell#sho hardware pe 255 stack-unit 3 drops user-port 47 Drops in Interface PeGi 255/3/47: --- Ingress Drops --Ingress Drops : 13049 IBP CBP Full Drops : 0 PortSTPnotFwd Drops : 13049 IPv4 L3 Discards : 0 Policy Discards : 0 Packets dropped by FP : 0 (L2+L3) Drops : 0 Port bitmap zero Drops : 1
PAGE 581
• • • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE. For a port extender (PE) Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigabitEthernet then the pe-id, stack-unit unit number, and port-id. The pe-id range is 0–255; the stack unit number range is 0–7; and the port-ID range is 0 –47. For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
PAGE 582
----- Buffer Stats for Interface PeGi 10/1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 4637 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: 8 Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface PeGi 10/1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 4637 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: 8 Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface PeGi 10/1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 4637 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: 8 Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface PeGi 10/1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Li
PAGE 583
port-set port-pipe Enter the keywords port-set port-pipe parameters to specify a port pipe (set of ports) on a line card. The range of port-pipe numbers is 0. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 584
MASK=0x00000001 IpType Offset: 192 Width: 4 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x0000000e L3Routable Offset: 156 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x00000001 OutPort Offset: 185 Width: 7 DATA=0x00000005 MASK=0x0000007f action={act=Drop, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 111 slice = 2 idx=4 entries=1}{Packets} Example Dell#show hardware ip in-acl pe 1 stack-unit 0 port-set 0 EID 0x00000fff: gid=0x1, slice=0, slice_idx=0, part =0 prio=0xfff, flags=0x10602, Installed, Enabled tcam
PAGE 585
Offset: 71 Width: 2 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x00000001 action={act=CopyToCpuCancel, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} action={act=EtagNew, param0=327687(0x50007), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 167 slice = 6 idx=0 entries=1}{Packets} show hardware ipv6 Display information about IPv6 ACLs used on a line card and port pipe.
PAGE 586
L3Routable Offset: 166 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x00000001 OutPort Offset: 195 Width: 7 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x0000007f action={act=Drop, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics=NULL EID 0x0000130d: gid=0xd, slice=0, slice_idx=0x1, part =0 prio=0x130d, flags=0x10202, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, StageEgress slice=1, slice_idx=0x1, part =1 prio=0x130d, flags=0x10204, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, IpType Offset: 208 Width: 5 DATA=0x00000004 MASK=0x0000
PAGE 587
counters Enter the keyword counters to display counter statistics. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 588
action={act=DropCancel, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics=NULL show hardware system-flow This command displays hardware system-flow information. C9000 Series Syntax show hardware system-flow {cp-switch | linecard slot-id port-set port number | pe pe-id stack-unit unit–number port-set port-pipe-id } counters Parameters cp-switch Enter the keyword cp-switch to display the counters for control traffic on the control plane.
PAGE 589
DstIp Offset: 105 Width: 32 DATA=0x7f080141 MASK=0xffffffff OuterVlanId Offset: 8 Width: 12 DATA=0x00000ffc MASK=0x00000fff action={act=CosQNew, param0=8(0x8), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} action={act=RedirectPort, param0=4(0x4), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 58 slice = 0 idx=15 entries=1}{Packets} ######### FP Entry for IPC traffic destined to stack_unit 5 PE CPU####### EID 0x000003fa: gid=0xd, slice=11, slice_idx=0x6, part =0 prio=0x3fa, flags=0x10602, Insta
PAGE 590
EID 0x000003f8: gid=0xd, slice=11, slice_idx=0x8, part =0 prio=0x3f8, flags=0x10602, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=1024, Stage InPorts DATA=0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000c000000000000 MASK=0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000dffffffffffff HiGig Offset: 320 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x00000001 DstIp Offset: 105 Width: 32 DATA=0x7f080171 MASK=0xffffffff OuterVlanId Offset: 8 Width: 12 DATA=0x00000ffc MASK=0x00000fff action={act=CosQNew, param0=8(0x8), param1=0(0), para
PAGE 591
• • • • flash://filepath ftp://userid:password@hostip/filepath scp://userid:password@hostip/filepath tftp://hostip/filepath Defaults TCP dumps are disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 592
13 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine.
PAGE 593
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information Entering after the clear ip dhcp binding command clears all the IPs from the binding table. debug ip dhcp client events Activate the debugging and display of log messages on DHCP client interfaces for IP address acquisition, IP address release, and IP address and lease time renewal.
PAGE 594
Jan 7 01:38:41: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_EVT: Interface Fo 2/0 :Transitioned to state START Jan 7 01:38:41: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_EVT: Interface Fo 2/0 :DHCP DISABLE CMD Received in state BOUND Jan 7 01:38:07: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_EVT: Interface Fo 2/0 :DHCP ENABLE CMD Received in state START Message BOOTREPLY DHCPOFFER DHCPACK DHCPNAK Sent 0 10 16 0 debug ip dhcp client packets Activate the debugging and display of log mess
PAGE 595
RELEASE sent in Interface Fo 2/0 Jan 7 01:41:39: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_PKT: Received DHCPACK packet in InterfaceFo 2/0 with Lease-IP:100.1.1.253, Mask:255.255.255.0, Server-Id:100.1.1.2 Jan 7 01:41:39: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_PKT: DHCP REQUEST sent in Interface Fo 2/0 Jan 7 01:41:36: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_PKT: Received DHCPOFFER packet in Interface Fo 2/0 with Lease-Ip:100.1.1.253, Mask:255.255.255.0,Server-Id:100.1.1.
PAGE 596
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. disable Disable the DHCP server. C9000 Series Syntax disable DHCP Server is disabled by default. To enable the system to be a DHCP server, use the no disable command.
PAGE 597
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. domain-name Assign a domain to clients based on the address pool. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters domain-name name name Give a name to the group of addresses in a pool.
PAGE 598
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. hardware-address For manual configurations, specify the client hardware address.
PAGE 599
Version Description 9.14.1.3 This command replaces host command. Introduced on S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, S3100, S6000, S4810, S4820T, S5048F-ON, MXL, FN-IOM, and C9010. Usage Information When you upgrade the Dell EMC Networking OS from an earlier version to 9.14.1.3 or later, the system converts the DHCP CONFIGURATION host command in the running configuration to the host-address command. If you downgrade the Dell EMC Networking OS from version 9.14.1.
PAGE 600
ip address dhcp relay information-option Include the relay-information option (option 82) in DHCP packets sent by the client. Some DHCP servers can be configured to allocate IP addresses based on option 82. C9000 Series Syntax ip address dhcp relay information-option [remote-id [hostname | mac | remoteid] Parameters remote-id Set the hostname as the remote ID in Option 82. hostname remote-id remote- Enter the name to be used as the remote ID in Option 82; maximum: 64 characters.
PAGE 601
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Usage Information Use this command to include the vendor-class identifier (option 60) in DHCP packets sent by the client. This option is used by DHCP clients to identify the vendor type and configuration of a DHCP client. The vendor-class identifier includes hardware-related information that identifies the switch and includes a user-configurable text string .
PAGE 602
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 603
Usage Information You can add multiple DHCP servers by entering the ip helper-address command multiple times. If multiple servers are defined, an incoming request is sent simultaneously to all configured servers and the reply is forwarded to the DHCP client. The system uses standard DHCP ports, that is UDP ports 67 (server) and 68 (client) for DHCP relay services.
PAGE 604
minutes Enter the number of minutes of the lease. The range is from 0 to 59. infinite Specify that the lease never expires. Defaults 24 hours Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Inroduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 605
netbios-node-type Specify the NetBIOS node type for a Microsoft DHCP client. Dell Networking recommends specifying clients as hybrid. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters netbios-node-type type type Enter the NETBIOS node type: • • • • Broadcast: Enter the keyword b-node. Hybrid: Enter the keyword h-node. Mixed: Enter the keyword m-node. Peer-to-peer: Enter the keyword p-node. Defaults Hybrid Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 606
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. pool Create an address pool. C9000 Series Syntax pool name Parameters name Enter the address pool’s identifying name. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 607
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Dell# show ip dhcp client statistics interface fortyGigE 2/0 Interface Name Fo 2/0 Message Received DHCPOFFER 9 DHCPACK 9 DHCPNAK 0 Message Sent DHCPDISCOVER 53 DHCPREQUEST 9 DHCPDECLINE 0 DHCPRELEASE 6 DHCPREBIND 0 DHCPRENEW 0 DHCPINFORM 0 show ip dhcp configuration Display the DHCP configuration.
PAGE 608
Pool Type Domain Name Lease Time DNS Servers Default Routers Network : : : : : : Dynamic dell.com 2Days 0Hrs 0Mins 10.11.0.1 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 show ip dhcp conflict Display the address conflict log. C9000 Series Syntax show ip dhcp conflict address Parameters address Display a particular conflict log entry. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 609
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp server statistics Display statistical information about a DHCP server. C9000 Series Syntax show ip dhcp server statistics Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 610
Configure Secure DHCP and DHCP Relay DHCP, as defined by RFC 2131, provides no authentication or security mechanisms. Secure DHCP is a suite of features that protects networks that use dynamic address allocation from spoofing and attacks, including using the switch as a DHCP relay agent. arp inspection Enable dynamic arp inspection (DAI) on a VLAN. C9000 Series Syntax arp inspection Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 611
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. arp inspection — enables dynamic ARP inspection on a VLAN. clear ip dhcp snooping Clear the DHCP binding table. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip dhcp snooping binding Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 612
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 613
Related Commands Version Description 9.14(1.0) Introduced on the C9010, MXL, FN IOM, S3100 series, S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5048F-ON, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, and Z9100–ON. • ipv6 dhcp relay source-interface— Configure DHCP relay source IPv6 interface. ipv6 dhcp relay source-interface Configure DHCP relay source IPv6 interface.
PAGE 614
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.
PAGE 615
Version Description 9.13(0.0) Enhanced the command to map multiple IP addresses to one MAC address. Enhanced to support DHCP snooping in a VLT setup. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 616
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. C9000 Series Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 617
Version Description 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Validate a DHCP packet’s source hardware address against the client hardware address field (CHADDR) in the payload. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 618
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information When enabled, the system begins creating entries in the binding table for the specified VLANs. NOTE: Learning only happens if there is a trusted port in the VLAN. Related Commands ip dhcp snooping trust — configures an interface as trusted. ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable the IP Source Guard.
PAGE 619
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 620
Related Commands 620 Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. clear ip dhcp snooping — clears the contents of the DHCP binding table.
PAGE 621
14 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. A system log is generated when the standard deviation of traffic distribution on a member link exceeds a defined threshold. C9000 Series Syntax ecmp-group {ecmp-group-id interface interface | link-bundle-monitor} To remove the selected interface, use the ecmp-group no interface command. To disable link bundle monitoring, use the ecmp-group no link-bundle-monitor command.
PAGE 622
hash-algorithm ecmp Changes the hash algorithm used to distribute traffic flows across an ECMP.
PAGE 623
xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | • xor16} • • • • • • seed seed-value crc32MSB: Use CRC32_UPPER — MSB 16 bits of computed CRC32 crc32LSB: Use CRC32_LOWER — LSB 16 bits of computed CRC32 xor1: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR1 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor1 xor2: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR2 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor2 xor4: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR4 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor4 xor8: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR8 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower
PAGE 624
• hash-algorithm linecard 2 ip-sa-mask 00 ip-da-mask aa The different hash algorithms are based on the number of Port Channel members and packet values. The default hash algorithm (number 0) yields the most balanced results in various test scenarios, but if the default algorithm does not provide a satisfactory distribution of traffic, use the hash-algorithm command to designate another algorithm.
PAGE 625
hash-algorithm hg-seed Select the seed value used in HiGig hashing. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters [no] hash-algorithm hg-seed number [linecard slot-id port-set port-pipe] hg-seed number Enter the keywords hg-seed then the hash algorithm seed value. The range is from 0 to 2147483646. linecard slot-id (Optional) Enter the line-card slot ID and port-pipe number for the set of ports for which port-set port-pipe you configure HiGig hashing. The range of slot IDs is 0 to 11.
PAGE 626
Version Description 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Deterministic ECMP sorts ECMPs in order even though RTM provides them in a random order. However, the hash algorithm uses as a seed the lower 12 bits of the chassis MAC, which yields a different hash result for every chassis. This behavior means that for a given flow, even though the prefixes are sorted, two unrelated chassis select different hops.
PAGE 627
ip ecmp weighted Enables weighted ECMP calculations. C9000 Series Syntax ip ecmp weighted To disable weighted ECMP calculations, enter the no ip ecmp weighted command. Defaults N/A Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information Enabling this CLI would inform the FIB to re-program the destination prefix paths with weights in the HW/CAM on the fly.
PAGE 628
Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. link-bundle-monitor enable Provides a mechanism to enable monitoring of traffic distribution on an ECMP link or LAG bundle. C9000 Series Syntax link-bundle-monitor enable To exit from ECMP group mode or Port- Channel mode, use the exit command. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 629
Related Commands show running-config ecmp-group — displays interfaces, LAG, or LAG link bundles being monitored for uneven traffic distribution. show link-bundle distribution Display the link-bundle distribution for the interfaces in the bundle, type of bundle (LAG or ECMP), and the most recently calculated interface utilization (either bytes per second rate or maximum rate) for each interface.
PAGE 630
15 FCoE Transit To enable the FCoE Transit feature and configure FIP snooping, use the following Dell Networking Operating System commands on the C9000 platform. In a converged Ethernet network, a switch can operate as an intermediate Ethernet bridge to snoop on FIP packets during the login process on Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) forwarders (FCFs).
PAGE 631
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. clear fip-snooping statistics Clears the statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all VLANs, a specified VLAN, or a specified port interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear fip-snooping statistics [interface vlan vlan-id | interface port-type port/slot | interface port-channel port-channel-number] vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID of the FIP packet statistics to be cleared.
PAGE 632
tx Enter the keyword tx for packet transmit-specific debugging. rx Enter the keyword rx for packet receive-specific debugging. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.x.x.x Introduced on the C9000 Series. 9.2(0.2) Added the tx parameter.
PAGE 633
Version Description 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. Added the receive parameters packet-type and interfaces and their options. feature fip-snooping Enable FCoE transit and FIP snooping on a switch. C9000 Series Syntax feature fip-snooping To disable the FCoE transit feature, use the no feature fip-snooping command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 634
fip-snooping fc-map Configure the FC-MAP value FIP snooping uses on all VLANs. C9000 Series Syntax fip-snooping fc-map fc-map-value To return the configured FM-MAP value to the default value, use the no fip-snooping fc-map command. Parameters fc-map-value Enter the FC-MAP value FIP snooping uses. The range is from 0EFC00 to 0EFCFF. Defaults 0x0EFC00 Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 635
fip-snooping port-mode fcf Configure the port for bridge-to-FCF links. C9000 Series Syntax fip-snooping port-mode fcf To disable the bridge-to-FCF link on a port, use the no fip-snooping port-mode fcf command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 636
show fip-snooping config Display the FIP snooping status and configured FC-MAP values. C9000 Series Syntax show fip-snooping config Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.
PAGE 637
Usage Information The following describes the show fip-snooping enode command shown in the following example. Field Description ENode MAC MAC address of the ENode. ENode Interface Slot/ port number of the interface connected to the ENode. FCF MAC MAC address of the FCF. VLAN VLAN ID number the session uses. FC-ID Fibre Channel session ID the FCF assigns.
PAGE 638
Example Dell# show fip-snooping fcf FCF MAC FCF Interface VLAN FC-MAP FKA_ADV_PERIOD No.
PAGE 639
aa:bb:ce:00:00:00 Te 2/0 aa:bb:cf:00:00:00 Te 10/1 2 0e:fc:00:01:00:03 01:00:03 31:00:0e:fc:00:00:00:02 21:00:0e:fc:00:00:00:02 Dell# show fip-snooping sessions Enode MAC Enode Intf FCF MAC FCF Intf VLAN FCoE MAC FC-ID Port WWPN Port WWNN ---------------------------------------------00:00:c9:f1:e1:37 Te 0/28 54:7f:ee:34:77:4e Te 1/47 111 0e:fc:00:b5:00:07 b5:00:07 10:00:00:00:c9:f1:e1:37 20:00:00:00:c9:f1:e1:37 00:c0:dd:12:c0:05 Te 1/26 54:7f:ee:34:77:4e Te 1/47 111 0e:fc:00:b5:00:75 b5:00:75 21:00:00:c0:dd
PAGE 640
Field Description Number of FDISC Number of FIP-snoop FDISC request frames received on the interface. Number of FLOGO Number of FIP-snoop FLOGO frames received on the interface Number of ENode Keep Alives Number of FIP-snoop ENode keep-alive frames received on the interface.
PAGE 641
Number of FLOGO Rejects :0 Number of CVL :0 Number of FCF Discovery Timeouts :0 Number of VN Port Session Timeouts :0 Number of Session failures due to Hardware Config :0 Dell(conf)# Dell# show fip-snooping statistics int tengigabitethernet 0/11 Number of Vlan Requests :1 Number of Vlan Notifications :0 Number of Multicast Discovery Solicits :1 Number of Unicast Discovery Solicits :0 Number of FLOGI :1 Number of FDISC :16 Number of FLOGO :0 Number of Enode Keep Alive :4416 Number of VN Port Keep Alive :3136
PAGE 642
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 643
16 FIPS Cryptography To configure federal information processing standards (FIPS) cryptography, use the commands described in this chapter. Topics: • • • • fips mode enable show fips status show ip ssh ssh fips mode enable Enable the FIPS cryptography mode on the platform. C9000 Series Syntax [no] fips mode enable To disable the FIPS cryptography mode, use the no fips mode enable command.
PAGE 644
Command Modes Example Command History EXEC Dell#show fips status FIPS Mode: Enabled Dell# This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 645
RSA Vty 0 Authentication : disabled. Encryption HMAC aes128-ctr hmac-md5 Remote IP 10.16.150.185 With FIPS Mode enabled: Dell#show ip ssh SSH server : enabled. SSH server version : v2. SSH server vrf : default. SSH server ciphers : aes256-ctr,aes256-cbc,aes192-ctr,aes192cbc,aes128-ctr,aes128-cbc,3des-cbc. SSH server macs : hmac-sha2-256,hmac-sha1,hmac-sha1-96. SSH server kex algorithms : diffie-hellman-group14-sha1. Password Authentication : enabled. Hostbased Authentication : disabled.
PAGE 646
-m HMAC algorithm Enter one of the following HMAC algorithms to use. (For v2 clients only.): Without the FIPS mode enabled: • • • • • hmac-sha2-256 : Force ssh to use the hmac-sha2-256 HMAC algorithm. hmac-sha1: Force ssh to use the hmac-sha1 HMAC algorithm. hmac-shal-96: Force ssh to use the hmac-sha1–96 HMAC algorithm. hmac-md5: Force ssh to use the hmac-md5 HMAC algorithm. hmac-md5–96: Force ssh to use the hmac-md5–96 HMAC algorithm.
PAGE 647
-v SSH protocol version Dell#ssh 10.11.8.12 -c ? 3des-cbc Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher aes128-cbc Force ssh to use aes128-cbc encryption cipher aes192-cbc Force ssh to use aes192-cbc encryption cipher aes256-cbc Force ssh to use aes256-cbc encryption cipher aes128-ctr Force ssh to use aes128-ctr encryption cipher aes192-ctr Force ssh to use aes192-ctr encryption cipher aes256-ctr Force ssh to use aes256-ctr encryption cipher Dell#ssh 10.11.8.
PAGE 648
17 Flex Hash and Optimized Boot-Up This chapter describes the Flex Hash and fast-boot enhancements. Topics: • • • • encapsulation dot1q lacp fast-switchover load-balance flexhash load-balance ingress-port enable encapsulation dot1q Configures lite-subinterfaces. This command is supported on the S6000 platform. Syntax encapsulation dot1q vlan-id To remove a previously configured lite-subinterface, use the no version of this command.
PAGE 649
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. Usage Information You can configure the optimal switchover functionality for LACP even if you do not enable the fast boot mode on the system. You must configure the long timeout mechanism for the LACP session to enable the fast boot capability to operate properly. This command applies to dynamic port-channel interfaces only.
PAGE 650
Usage Information With the introduction of various overlay technologies such as network virtualization using generic routing encapsulation (NVGRE) segments and Routable Remote Direct Memory Access (RRDMA) over Converged Ethernet (RRoCE), information related to a traffic flow is contained in the L4 header. The fields in the L2 and L3 headers are not sufficient to distinguish the flows. Therefore, the fields in the L4 header are processed when hashing is performed for packets over LAG and ECMP links.
PAGE 651
18 Force10 OS Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) Force10 OS resilient ring protocol (FRRP) is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP). The resilient ring protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a high-speed token across a ring to verify the link status. All the intelligence is contained in the master node with practically no intelligence required of the transit mode.
PAGE 652
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. The system requires a command line confirmation before the command executes.
PAGE 653
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Because the resilient ring protocol can potentially transmit 20 packets per interface, restrict debug information. description Enter an identifying description of the ring.
PAGE 654
To enable the Resilient Ring Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 655
control-vlan vlan- id Enter the keyword control-vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.
PAGE 656
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. mode Set the Master or Transit mode of the ring. C9000 Series Syntax mode {master | transit} To reset the mode, use the no mode {master | transit} command. Parameters master Enter the keyword master to set the Ring node to Master mode. transit Enter the keywordtransit to set the Ring node to Transit mode.
PAGE 657
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 658
Example (Summary) Dell# show frrp summary Ring-ID State Mode Ctrl_Vlan Member_Vlans ---------------------------------------------2 UP Master 2 11-20, 25,27-30 31 UP Transit 31 40-41 50 Down Transit 50 32 Dell# Example (1) Example (2 Summary) Dell# show frrp 1 Ring protocol 1 is in Master mode Ring Protocol Interface: Primary : TenGigabitEthernet 0/16 State: Forwarding Secondary: Port-channel 100 State: Blocking Control Vlan: 1 Ring protocol Timers: Hello-Interval 50 msec Dead-Interval 150 msec Ring Mast
PAGE 659
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information The hello interval command is the interval at which ring frames are generated from the primary interface of the master node.
PAGE 660
19 GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) The Dell Networking OS supports basic GVRP commands on the switch. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes. At the same time, based on received declarations or withdrawals, GARP handles attributes of other participants.
PAGE 661
• • • show garp timers show gvrp show gvrp statistics clear gvrp statistics Clear GVRP statistics on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear gvrp statistics interface interface interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 662
• • • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 4096. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 663
garp timers Set the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. C9000 Series Syntax garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} To return to the previous setting, use the no garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} command. Parameters join Enter the keyword join then the number of milliseconds to configure the join time. The range is from 100 to 147483647 milliseconds. The default is 200 milliseconds. NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100.
PAGE 664
gvrp enable Enable GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. C9000 Series Syntax gvrp enable To disable GVRP on the interface, use the no gvrp enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 665
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series Usage Information Fixed registration prevents an interface, configured using the command line, to belong to a VLAN (static configuration) from being unconfigured when it receives a Leave message. Therefore, Registration mode on that interface is fixed.
PAGE 666
show config Display the global GVRP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 667
Example Related Commands Dell# show garp timers GARP Timers Value (milliseconds) ---------------------------------------Join Timer 200 Leave Timer 600 LeaveAll Timer 10000 Dell# garp timers — sets the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. show gvrp Display the GVRP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show gvrp [brief | interface] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display a brief summary of the GVRP configuration.
PAGE 668
Te 1/2 Te 1/3 Te 1/4 Te 1/5 Te 1/6 Te 1/7 Te 1/8 R3# show gvrp brief Related Commands Enabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled No No No No No No No show gvrp statistics — displays the GVRP statistics. show gvrp statistics Display the GVRP configuration statistics.
PAGE 669
• Example An entry for a new GVRP VLAN could not be created in the GVRP database.
PAGE 670
20 High Availability (HA) High availability (HA) in the Dell Networking operating software is configuration synchronization to minimize recovery time in the event of a route processor module (RPM) failure. In general, a protocol is defined as “hitless” in the context of an RPM failure/failover and not failures of a line card, SFM, or power module. A protocol is defined as hitless if an RPM failover has no impact on the protocol. You must specifically enable some protocols for HA.
PAGE 671
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series Usage Information If you disable auto failover, enter the redundancy auto-failover-limit (without any parameters) to set auto failover to the default parameters (Count 3, Period 60 minutes). To view the redundancy status, use the show redundancy command. When you change one or both of the optional parameters, Dell Networking OS checks that the interval between auto failovers is more than five (5) minutes.
PAGE 672
Example: PE Dell(conf)#redundancy disable-auto-reboot pe 1 stack-unit redundancy force-failover Force the standby unit to become the primary or master unit. You can also use this command to upgrade the software on one unit from the other when the other has been loaded with the upgraded software. C9000 Series Syntax redundancy force-failover { rpm | pe pe-id } Parameters rpm Enter the keyword rpm to force the standby RPM to become the primary RPM.
PAGE 673
rpm1 Enter the keyword rpm1 to set the RPM in slot R1 as the primary RPM. Default The RPM in slot R0 is the Primary RPM. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 674
redundancy synchronize Manually synchronize data between the RPMs and PEs at any time. C9000 Series Syntax redundancy synchronize [full] Parameters full Enter the keyword full to synchronize all data. Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 675
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 676
Field Description This field only appears when you enter the command from the Primary RPM. Example Dell# show redundancy -- RPM Status ------------------------------------------------RPM Slot ID: 1 RPM Redundancy Role: Primary RPM State: Active RPM SW Version: 7.5.1.0 Link to Peer: Up -- PEER RPM Status ------------------------------------------------RPM State: Standby RPM SW Version: 7.5.1.
PAGE 677
-----------------------------------------------Failover Count: 0 Last failover timestamp: None Last failover Reason: None Last failover type: None -- Last Data Block Sync Record: ------------------------------------------------stack-unit Config: succeeded Jun 26 2015 16:39:41 Runtime Event Log: succeeded Jun 26 2015 16:39:41 Running Config: succeeded Jun 26 2015 16:39:41 High Availability (HA) 677
PAGE 678
21 ICMP Message Types This section lists and describes the possible ICMP message type resulting from a ping. The first three columns list the possible symbol or type/code. For example, you would receive a ! or 03 as an echo reply from your ping. Table 3. ICMP messages and their definitions Symbol Type Code . 0 U 3 3 678 Error echo reply . destination unreachable: 0 network unreachable . 1 host unreachable . 2 protocol unreachable . 3 port unreachable .
PAGE 679
Symbol Type Code 12 Description Query Error parameter problem: 1 IP header bad (catchall error) . 2 required option missing . 13 0 timestamp request . 14 0 timestamp reply . 15 0 information request (obsolete) . 16 0 information reply (obsolete) . 17 0 address mask request . 18 0 address mask reply .
PAGE 680
22 Interfaces The Dell Networking OS supports the interface configuration commands described in this chapter.
PAGE 681
• • For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stackunit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48. For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
PAGE 682
You can use the vlan, learning-limit, and vrrp keyword options for multiple ports. NOTE: The port-range option is only available for 1 Gigabit Ethernet, 10-Gigabit Ethernet, 40Gigabit Ethernet, Port Channel, and VLAN interfaces.
PAGE 683
clear dampening Clear the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear dampening [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter any of the following keywords and slot/port or number to clear counters from a specified interface: • • • • • • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 684
combo-port-type You can pre-provision the medium of combo ports as copper or fiber. Syntax combo-port-type{copper | fiber} Parameters copper Enter the keyword copper to provision the combo port as a copper port. fiber Enter the keyword fiber to provision the combo port as a fiber port. Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the N20xx and N30xx series port extenders. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series.
PAGE 685
dampening Configure dampening on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters dampening [[[[half-life] [reuse-threshold]] [suppress-threshold]] [maxsuppress-time]] half-life Enter the number of seconds after which the penalty is decreased. The penalty decreases half after the half-life period expires. The range is from 1 to 30 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. reuse-threshold Enter a number as the reuse threshold, the penalty value below which the interface state is changed to “up”.
PAGE 686
description Assign a descriptive text string to the interface. C9000 Series Syntax description desc_text To delete a description, use the no description command. Parameters desc_text Enter a text string up to 240 characters long. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 687
Parameters interface slot/ port-range Enter one of the following interface types and port information to specify a single port or a range of ports. To specify a port range, you can enter a hyphenated range and/or individual port numbers separated with commas; for example, default interface tengigabitethernet 1/0-4,7,9-11.
PAGE 688
encapsulation dot1q Configures lite-subinterfaces. Syntax encapsulation dot1q vlan-id To remove a previously configured lite-subinterface, use the no encapsulation dot1q vlan-id command. Parameters Command Modes Command History dot1q vlan-id Enter the keyword dot1q followed by the VLAN ID to which the host belongs. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 689
monitor Enter the keyword monitor then the session-ID to enable mirror flow control frames on the interface. The range is from 0 to 65535. Defaults An interface ignores flow-control frames received from other network devices (rx off) and does not transmit pause frames (tx off). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 690
NOTE: The flow control feature is not supported on the Port Extender Gigabit Ethernet (peGigE) interface. Example Related Commands Dell(conf-if-te-0/1)# show config ! interface TengigabitEthernet 0/1 no ip address switchport no negotiation auto flowcontrol rx off tx on monitor 9 no shutdown ... • • show running-config — displays the flow configuration parameters (non-default values only). show interfaces — displays the negotiated flow control parameters.
PAGE 691
• • • • range peGigE for a PE Gigabit Ethernet interface. peTenGigE for a PE 10–Gigabit Ethernet interface. TengigabitEthernet for a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface. vlan for a VLAN interface. (Optional) Enter the keyword range to configure an interface range. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 692
164432 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 4985572 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 5150004 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 11165065 packets, 714564160 bytes, 0 underruns 11165065 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 309 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 11164756 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded,
PAGE 693
interface vlan — configures a VLAN. interface ManagementEthernet Configure the Management port on the system (either the Primary or Standby RPM). C9000 Series Syntax Parameters interface ManagementEthernet slot/port slot/port Enter the keyword ManagementEthernet, then the slot number (0 or 1) and port number zero (0). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 694
Defaults Not configured; number = 0 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 695
• • • • • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword Tunnel then a number from 1 to 16383. For a Port Extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stackunit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48.
PAGE 696
Example (Bulk) Example (Multiple Ports) Example (Overlapping Ports) Example (If atleast one port is configured) Example (If no ports are configured within the specified interface range) Dell EMC(conf)# interface range te 10/0, fo 0/0, te 2/0 % Warning: Non-existing ports (not configured) are ignored by interface-range Dell EMC(conf)# interface range te 2/0 - 23, te 2/1 - 10 Dell(conf-if-range-te-2/0-23# Dell EMC(conf)# interface range te 2/1 - 11, te 2/1 - 23 Dell(conf-if-range-te-2/1-23# DellEMC(conf)#
PAGE 697
Related Commands • • • • • interface port-channel — configures a port channel group. interface vlan — configures a VLAN interface. show config (from INTERFACE RANGE mode) — shows the bulk configuration interfaces. show range — shows the bulk configuration ranges. interface range macro (define) — defines a macro for an interface-range. interface range macro (define) Defines a macro for an interface range and then saves the macro in the running configuration.
PAGE 698
Example (Single Range) Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. Prior releases supported 2094. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This example shows how to define an interface range macro named test.
PAGE 699
Example (Single Range) Version Description 6.2.1.0 Introduced This example displays the macro named test. Dell(config)# interface range macro test Dell(config-if-range-te-0/0-3,te-1/0-47,te-2/0-89)# Dell Related Commands • • interface range — configures a range of command (bulk configuration). interface range macro (define) — defines a macro for an interface range (bulk configuration). interface vlan Configure a VLAN. You can configure up to 4094 VLANs.
PAGE 700
To stop sending keepalive packets, use the no keepalive command. Parameters seconds (OPTIONAL) For interfaces with PPP encapsulation enabled, enter the number of seconds between keepalive packets. The range is from 0 to 23767. The default is 10 seconds. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 701
You must save and reload the system for the 40G to 4x10G port change to take effect. This command cannot be used if LR4 optics are inserted in the 40G port. monitor interface Monitor counters on a single interface or all interfaces on a line card. The screen is refreshed every five seconds and the CLI prompt disappears. C9000 Series Syntax monitor interface [interface] [linecard slot-id] To disable monitoring and return to the CLI prompt, press the q key.
PAGE 702
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information In the Examples, the delta column displays changes since the last screen refresh. The following are the monitor command menu options. Example Key Description systest-3 Displays the host name assigned to the system. monitor time Displays the amount of time since the monitor interface command was entered. time Displays the amount of time the chassis is up (since last reboot).
PAGE 703
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Fo 2/60 Fo 2/64 Fo 2/68 Fo 2/72 Fo 2/76 Fo 2/80 Fo 2/84 Fo 2/88 Fo 2/92 Fo 2/96 sec 0 Down 0 Down 0 Down 0 Down 0 Down 0 Down 0 Down 0 Down 0 Down 0 Down 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 m - Change mode b - Display bytes c - Clear screen r - Display pkts/bytes per l - Page up T - Increase refresh interval interval q - Quit a - Page down t - Decrease refresh Dell# monitor interface Dell Networking operating system uptime is 9 minute(s) Monitor time
PAGE 704
sec b - Display bytes l - Page up T - Increase refresh interval interval q - Quit r - Display pkts/bytes per a - Page down t - Decrease refresh Dell# monitor interface managementethernet 0/0 Dell Networking operating system uptime is 4 minute(s) Monitor time: 00:00:00 Refresh Intvl.
PAGE 705
mtu Set the link maximum transmission unit (MTU) (frame size) for an Ethernet interface. C9000 Series Syntax mtu value To return to the default MTU value, use the no mtu command. Parameters value Enter a maximum frame size in bytes. The range is from 594 to 9216. The default is 1554. Defaults 1554 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 706
Layer 2 Overhead Link MTU and IP MTU Delta Ethernet (untagged) 18 bytes VLAN Tag 22 bytes Untagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 22 bytes Tagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 26 bytes no port-delay-restore (Interface Mode) Disables delayed bring up of individual interfaces during switch boot up. Syntax no port-delay-restore Parameters None Defaults Enabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 707
Version Description 9.14(2.3) Introduced on the C9000, S3048-ON, S3100 series, S4048-ON, S4048T-ON, S5048FON, S6000, S6000-ON, S6010-ON, S6100-ON, and Z9100-ON. Usage Information When you enable this feature, it allows you to set the delay timer value between 1 second to 300 seconds on all ports globally. To disable the timer on all ports, use the no port-delay-restore command. To disable the timer on an individual interface, use the no port-delay-restore command in the INTERFACE mode.
PAGE 708
The following describes the do show interfaces command shown in the following example. This example shows output with “Hybrid” as the newly added value for 802.1QTagged. The options for this field are: • • • True — port is tagged False — port is untagged Hybrid — port accepts both tagged and untagged frames The following describes the interface vlan command shown in the following example. This example shows unconfiguration of the hybrid port using the no portmode hybrid command.
PAGE 709
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 710
When rate-interval is configured at the interface level and not in the global configuration mode, the interface level rate-interval value is applied for an interface. When rate interval is configured in both global configuration mode as well as interface mode, then the rateinterval value configured at interface level is applied as it takes precedence over the global value. show config Display the interface configuration.
PAGE 711
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 712
• • For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stackunit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48. For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
PAGE 713
The following table describes the show interfaces command shown in the 10G example. Line Description TenGigabitEthern et 0/0... Interface type, slot/port, and administrative and line protocol status. Hardware is... Interface hardware information, assigned MAC address, and current address. Pluggable media present... Present pluggable media wavelength, type, and rate.
PAGE 714
Line Description • • • • • Example Vlans = number of VLAN tagged packets throttles = packets containing PAUSE frames discarded = number of packets discarded without any processing collisions = number of packet collisions wred=count both packets discarded in the MAC and in the hardware-based queues Rate information... Estimate of the input and output traffic rate over a designated interval (30 to 299 seconds). Traffic rate is displayed in bits, packets per second, and percent of line rate. Time since..
PAGE 715
ports, you can enter a comma-separated string of port numbers, for example show interfaces FortyGigE 1/0/1,9,11 NOTE: The port-range option is only available for 1 Gigabit Ethernet, 10-Gigabit Ethernet, 40Gigabit Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, FC, Port Channel, and VLAN interfaces.
PAGE 716
Time since last interface status change: 01:21:35 TenGigabitEthernet 2/2 is down, line protocol is down Hardware is DellForce10Eth, address is 74:86:7a:ff:6f:18 Current address is 74:86:7a:ff:6f:18 Example (TenGigabit Interface— range of ports) Dell#show interface tengigabitethernet 6/1-4 TenGigabitEthernet 6/1 is up, line protocol is up Port is part of Port-channel 513 Hardware is DellEth, address is 34:17:eb:00:20:94 Current address is 34:17:eb:00:20:94 Pluggable media present, SFP+ type is 10GBASE-SR M
PAGE 717
Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 718
LineSpeed auto Flowcontrol rx off tx off ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 02:27:42 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 12
PAGE 719
Medium is MultiRate, Wavelength is 850nm No power Interface index is 7340420 Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :3417eb002096 MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed auto Flowcontrol rx off tx off ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 02:34:38 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-
PAGE 720
Input 791 packets, 62913 bytes, 775 multicast Received 0 errors, 0 discarded Output 21 packets, 3300 bytes, 20 multicast Output 0 errors, 0 invalid protocol Time since last interface status change: 00:06:03 Example (PE Gigabit Ethernet Interface) Example (PE TenGigabit Ethernet Interface) 720 Interfaces Dell#show interfaces peGigE 0/0/1 peGigE 0/0/1 is up, line protocol is up Hardware is DellEth, address is a0:68:00:3f:92:bd Current address is a0:68:00:3f:92:bd Pluggable media not present Interface inde
PAGE 721
Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 722
Current address is f8:b1:56:62:61:0a Pluggable media present, SFP+ type is 10GBASE-SR Medium is MultiRate, Wavelength is 850nm No power Interface index is 2103306 Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :f8b15662610a MTU 16364 bytes, IP MTU 16346 bytes LineSpeed 10000 Mbit ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 6d20h19m Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 4062996 packets, 799504603 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 193370 over 64-b
PAGE 723
MTU 16364 bytes, IP MTU 16346 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:00:00 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte
PAGE 724
• • show interfaces switchport – displays Layer 2 information about the interfaces. show inventory (S-Series and Z-Series) – displays the S Series and Z-Series switch types, components (including media), Dell Networking OS version including hardware identification numbers, and configured protocols. show ip interface – displays Layer 3 information about the interfaces. show range – displays all interfaces configured using the interface range command.
PAGE 725
0 64-byte pkts, 744 over 64-byte pkts, 1 over 127-byte pkts 1 over 255-byte pkts, 6 over 511-byte pkts, 1 over 1023-byte pkts 184 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 569 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 726
110 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 727
• For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE. NOTE: The peGigE or peTenGigE output is only visible when the feature extended bridge feature is enabled.
PAGE 728
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi 728 Interfaces 255/1/12 255/1/13 255/1/14 255/1/15 255/1/16 255/1/17 255/1/18 255/1/19 255/1/20 255/1/21 255/
PAGE 729
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi Example show interfaces dampening detail Related Commands 255/2/44 255/2/45 255/2/46 255/2/47 255/2/48 255/3/1 255/3/2 255/3/3 255/3/4 255/3/5 255/3/6 255/3/7 255/3/8 255/3/9 255/3/10 255/3/11 255/3/12 255/3/13 255/3/14 255/3/15 255/3/16 255/3/
PAGE 730
show interfaces phy Display auto-negotiation and link partner information. C9000 Series Syntax show interfaces gigabitethernet slot/port phy Parameters gigabitethernet Enter the keyword gigabitethernet then the slot/port information. tengigabitetherne t Enter the keyword tengigabitethernet then the slot or port information. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 731
• • Phy Specific Status 2 - N/A 3 - Auto MDI/MDIX Displays PHY-specific status information.
PAGE 732
JabberDetect AutoNegotiation Advertise 100MegFullDplx 100MegHalfDplx 10MegFullDplx 10MegHalfDplx Asym Pause Sym Pause : False : : : : : : True False True False False False AutoNegotiation Remote Partner's Ability 100MegFullDplx : False 100MegHalfDplx : False 10MegFullDplx : False 10MegHalfDplx : False Asym Pause : False Sym Pause : False AutoNegotiation Expansion ParallelDetectionFault : False 1000Base-T Control MasterSlave_Mode 1000MegFullDplx 1000MegHalfDplx : Auto : True : False 1000Base-T Status
PAGE 733
1000Base-T Control MasterSlave_Mode 1000MegFullDplx 1000MegHalfDplx : Auto : True : False 1000Base-T Status Master/Slave Fault Master/Slave Local RX OK Remote RX OK Link Partner 1G FD Link Partner 1G HD Idle Err Cnt : : : : : : : PHY Extended Control MDI Crossover_mode : Enabled No Slave False False False False 0 Example Related Commands show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface.
PAGE 734
Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 735
Fo 5/20 Te 6/0 Te 6/1 Te 6/2 Te 6/3 Te 6/4 Te 6/5 Te 6/6 Te 6/7 Te 6/8 Te 6/9 Te 6/10 Te 6/11 Te 6/12 Te 6/13 Te 6/14 Te 6/15 Te 6/16 Te 6/17 Te 6/18 Te 6/19 Te 6/20 Te 6/21 Te 6/22 Te 6/23 Fo 9/0 Fo 9/4 Fo 9/8 Fo 9/12 Fo 9/16 Fo 9/20 Te 10/0 Te 10/1 Te 10/2 Te 10/3 Te 11/0 Te 11/1 Te 11/2 Te 11/3 PeGi 255/1/1 PeGi 255/1/2 PeGi 255/1/3 PeGi 255/1/4 PeGi 255/1/5 PeGi 255/1/6 PeGi 255/1/7 PeGi 255/1/8 PeGi 255/1/9 PeGi 255/1/10 PeGi 255/1/11 PeGi 255/1/12 PeGi 255/1/13 PeGi 255/1/14 PeGi 255/1/15 PeGi 255/1/1
PAGE 736
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi 736 Interfaces 255/1/34 255/1/35 255/1/36 255/1/37 255/1/38 255/1/39 255/1/40 255/1/41 255/1/42 255/1/43 255/1/44 255/1/45 255/1/46 255/1/47 255/1/48
PAGE 737
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi Related Commands 255/3/10 255/3/11 255/3/12 255/3/13 255/3/14 255/3/15 255/3/16 255/3/17 255/3/18 255/3/19 255/3/20 255/3/21 255/3/22 255/3/23 255/3/24 255/3/25 255/3/26 255/3/27 255/3/28 255/3/29 255/3/30 255/3/31 255/3/32 255/3/33 255/3/34 255/3/35 255/3/36 255/3/37 255/3/38 255/3/39 255/3/40 255/3/41 255/3/42 25
PAGE 738
• For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-numberrange is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE. NOTE: The peGigE or peTenGigE interface option is only visible when the feature extended bridge is enabled. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the switch ports on a line card.
PAGE 739
Name: TenGigabitEthernet 10/3 802.1QTagged: False Vlan membership: Q Vlans U 1 Name: peGigE 255/1/36 (Port-channel 111) 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/1/37 (Port-channel 111) 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/1/46 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/1/47 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/2/1 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/2/2 802.
PAGE 740
802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/3/45 (Port-channel 111) 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/3/47 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: Port-channel 22 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 222 Name: Port-channel 111 802.
PAGE 741
show interfaces transceiver Display the physical status and operational status of an installed transceiver. The output also displays the transceiver’s serial number. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show interfaces [tengigabitethernet slot/port | fortyGigE slot/port | peGigE pe-id/stack-unit/port | peTenGigE pe-id/stack-unit/port] transceiver tengigabitetherne t For a 10G interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet then the slot/port (ports or port range) information.
PAGE 742
Line Description Voltage High Alarm threshold Displays the interface index number that SNMP uses to identify the interface. Bias High Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. TX Power High Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. RX Power High Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Temp Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+.
PAGE 743
Line Description Rx Power Present receiving (Rx) power of the SFP. This value is either average Rx power or OMA. This depends on the Rx Power measurement type displayed above. If this crosses Rx power alarm/warning thresholds, the Rx power high alarm/warning flag is set to true. If it falls below the low alarm/warning thresholds, the Rx power low alarm/warning flag is set to true. Data Ready state Bar This field indicates that the transceiver has achieved power up and data is ready.
PAGE 744
Line Description Tx Bias Low Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the present Tx bias current value displayed above. Tx Power Low Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx power value displayed above. Rx Power Low Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Rx power value displayed above.
PAGE 745
SFP 1 Tx Bias Current = 6.894mA SFP 1 Tx Power = 0.328mW SFP 1 Rx Power = 0.
PAGE 746
SFP+ 0 RX Power High Warning threshold SFP+ 0 Temp Low Warning threshold SFP+ 0 Voltage Low Warning threshold SFP+ 0 Bias Low Warning threshold SFP+ 0 TX Power Low Warning threshold SFP+ 0 RX Power Low Warning threshold =================================== SFP+ 0 Temperature SFP+ 0 Voltage SFP+ 0 Tx Bias Current SFP+ 0 Tx Power SFP+ 0 Rx Power =================================== SFP+ 0 Data Ready state Bar SFP+ 0 Rx LOS state SFP+ 0 Tx Fault state SFP+ 0 Rate Select state SFP+ 0 RS state SFP+ 0 Tx Disable st
PAGE 747
SFP+ 1 Temp High Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 Voltage High Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 Bias High Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 TX Power High Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 RX Power High Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 Temp Low Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 Voltage Low Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 Bias Low Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 TX Power Low Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 RX Power Low Alarm threshold =================================== SFP+ 1 Temp High Warning threshold SFP+ 1 Voltage High Warning threshold SFP+ 1 Bias High Warning threshold SFP+ 1 TX Power High
PAGE 748
show interfaces vlan Display VLAN statistics. C9000 Series Syntax show interfaces vlan {vlan-id} [LINE] {description} Parameters Command Modes Command History Example Related Commands vlan-id Enter the interface VLAN number. The range is from 1 to 4094. LINE (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the VLAN. description Displays the VLAN interface information with description. • • EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced this command.
PAGE 749
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)#interface range peGigE 255/1/2 Dell(conf-if-range-pegi-255/1/2)#show range interface peGigE255/1/2 - 0 • • • interface — configures a physical interface on the switch.
PAGE 750
Defaults The interface is disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 751
NOTE: When this setting is enabled, only 1000Base-FX optics are supported on the LC-EH-GE-50P or the LC-EJ-GE-50P card. 10000 Enter the keyword 10000 to set the interface’s speed to 10000 Mb/s. Auto-negotiation is enabled. For more information, refer to negotiation auto. auto Enter the keyword auto to set the interface to auto-negotiate its speed. Autonegotiation is enabled. For more information, refer to negotiation auto.
PAGE 752
speed (Management interface) Set the speed for the Management interface. C9000 Series Syntax speed {10 | 100 | auto} To return to the default setting, use the no speed {10 | 100} command. Parameters 10 Enter the keyword 10 to set the interface’s speed to 10 Mb/s. 100 Enter the keyword 100 to set the interface’s speed to 10/100 Mb/s. auto Enter the keyword auto to set the interface to auto-negotiate its speed.
PAGE 753
fails, the backup port changes to the up state. If the primary later comes up, it becomes the backup. tengigabit Enter the keyword tengigabit if the backup port is a 10G port. fortyGigE Enter the keyword fortyGigE if the backup port is a 40G port. port-channel Enter the keywords port-channel if the backup port is a static or dynamic port channel. slot/port Specify the line card and port number of the backup port. Defaults Disabled (The interface is in Layer 3 mode.
PAGE 754
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S6000–ON, S5000, S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, M I/O Aggregator, FN I/O Module, MXL, C9010, S3100 series, and Z9100-ON. Usage Information The wavelength can be configured only on a tunable 10–Gigabit SFP+ optic. The wavelength range is from 1528.3 nm to 1568.77nm.
PAGE 755
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. clear management application pkt-cntr Clear management application packet counters for all management application types. C9000 Series Syntax clear management application pkt-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 756
show ip management-eis-route Display the management routes used by EIS. C9000 Series Syntax show ip management-eis-route Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 757
telnet tftp : : 0 0 show management application pkt-fallback-cntr Display the number of packets for each application type that have been rerouted to the default routing table due to management port or route lookup failure. C9000 Series Syntax show management application pkt—fallback-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 758
channel-member Add an interface to the Port Channel, while in INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL mode. C9000 Series Syntax channel-member interface To delete an interface from a Port Channel, use the no channel-member interface command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter any of the following keywords and slot/port, peid/stack-unit/port-id, or number information: • • • • • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 759
• The Port Channel link MTU and IP MTU must be less than or equal to the link MTU and IP MTU values configured on the channel members. For example, if the members have a link MTU of 2100 and an IP MTU 2000, the Port Channel’s MTU values cannot be higher than 2100 for link MTU or 2000 bytes for IP MTU. When an interface is removed from a Port Channel with the no channel-member command, the interface reverts to its configuration prior to joining the Port Channel.
PAGE 760
To delete a Port Channel, use the no interface port-channel channel-number command. Parameters channel-number Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 761
interface loopback — configures a Loopback interface. interface null — configures a null interface. interface vlan — configures a VLAN. shutdown — disables/enables the port channel. minimum-links Configure the minimum number of links in a LAG (Port Channel) that must be in “oper up” status for the LAG to be also in “oper up” status. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters minimum-links number number Enter the number of links in a LAG that must be in “oper up” status. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1.
PAGE 762
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 763
show interfaces port-channel Display information on configured Port Channel groups. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show interfaces port-channel [channel-number] [brief] channel-number For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display only the port channel number, the state of the port channel, and the number of interfaces in the port channel.
PAGE 764
Field Description Members in this... Displays the interfaces belonging to this port channel. Example (peGigE) Example 764 Interfaces ARP type:... Displays the ARP type and the ARP timeout value for the interface. Last clearing... Displays the time when the show interfaces counters were cleared. Queueing strategy. States the packet queuing strategy. FIFO means first in first out. packets input... Displays the number of packets and bytes into the interface. Input 0 IP packets...
PAGE 765
Internet address is 1.1.120.
PAGE 766
Related Commands show lacp — displays the LACP matrix. show port-channel-flow Display an egress port in a given port-channel flow.
PAGE 767
Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information Because this command calculates based on a Layer 2 hash algorithm, use this command to display flows for switched Layer 2 packets, not for routed packets (use the show ip flow command to display routed packets).
PAGE 768
• A line-card NPU supports 24 front-end I/O ports and six backplane HiGig ports. The six backplane links are members of two HiGig port channel that connects the line-card NPU to each SFM NPU. Three HiGig links in the port channel are used to connect to each SFM NPU. clear hardware hg-stats Clear traffic statistics from a HiGig port in a HiGig link bundle/port channel on a line-card or switch fabric module (SFM) NPU.
PAGE 769
hg-link-bundle-monitor enable Enable the monitoring of link utilization and traffic distribution in backplane HiGig link bundles/port channels on a line-card or switch fabric module (SFM) NPU. C9000 Series Syntax hg-link-bundle-monitor {sfm npu-id hg-port—channel hg-port—channel-id | slot slot npuUnit npu-id hg-port—channel 0} enable To disable HiGig link-bundle monitoring, use the no version of this command.
PAGE 770
hg-link-bundle-monitor trigger-threshold Specify the bandwidth-percentage threshold used in HiGig link-bundle monitoring to determine uneven traffic distribution and when an alarm is generated. C9000 Series Syntax hg-link-bundle-monitor trigger-threshold percentage To restore the default value, use the no version of this command. Parameters Command Modes Command History Defaults percentage Trigger threshold (in percentage of link-bundle bandwidth) at which an SNMP trap is generated.
PAGE 771
Example (Linecard HiGig Port) Example (SFM HiGig Port) Example (SFM HiGig Port) Version Description 9.2.1.0 Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 772
HiGigabitEthernet 3/5/19, Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 63970532045 packets, 5117642582960 bytes 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 63970531981 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 6397
PAGE 773
Field Description Utilization (In Percent) Percentage of total bandwidth usage by the traffic transmitted on the HiGig link bundle. Alarm State Indicates whether an alarm has been generated if uneven traffic distribution occurs in a HiGig link bundle. Possible values are Active and Inactive.
PAGE 774
• • • The interface on the far-end device must be shut down before running TDR. Because TDR is an intrusive test on an interface that is not establishing a link, do not run TDR on an interface that is passing traffic. When testing between two devices, do not run the test on both ends of the cable. tdr-cable-test Test the condition of copper cables on 100/1000 Base-T modules.
PAGE 775
Parameters interface Enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet , peGigE or peTenGigE then the slot/ port information for the 100/1000 Ethernet interface. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
PAGE 776
23 Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) The intermediate system to intermediate system (IS-IS) is an interior gateway protocol that uses a shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered an intermediate system. Networks are partitioned into manageable routing domains, called areas.
PAGE 777
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • isis ipv6 metric isis metric isis network point-to-point isis password isis priority is-type log-adjacency-changes lsp-gen-interval lsp-mtu lsp-refresh-interval max-area-addresses max-lsp-lifetime maximum-paths metric-style multi-topology net passive-interface redistribute redistribute bgp redistribute ospf router isis set-overload-bit show config show isis database show isis graceful-restart detail show isis hostname show isis interface show is
PAGE 778
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To perform protocol-support consistency checks on hello packets, use this command. The adjacency-check is enabled by default. If a BFD session goes down indicating that IPv4 or IPv6 connectivity to its neighbor is lost, it does not imply that the adjacency is lost altogether.
PAGE 779
Usage Information You cannot disable leaking from one level to another; however, you can regulate the rate flow from one level to another using an IP Prefix list. If you do not configure the IP Prefix list, all routes are leaked. You cannot enable leaking from Level 2 to Level 1, conditional route leaking can be enabled via IP prefix-list. You can find more information in IETF RFC 2966, Domain-wide Prefix Distribution with Two-Level IS-IS.
PAGE 780
Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to restart the IS-IS process corresponding to that VRF. tag (Optional) Enter an alphanumeric string to specify the IS-IS routing tag area. * Enter the keyword * to clear all IS-IS information and restart the IS-IS process. This command removes IS-IS neighbor information and IS-IS LSP database information and the full SPF calculation is done. database Clears IS-IS LSP database information.
PAGE 781
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information To configure a shortcut name that you can use instead of entering a long string of numbers associated with an NSAP address, use this command. Related Commands hostname dynamic — enables dynamic learning of host names from routers in the domain and allows the routers to advertise the host names in LSPs. debug isis Enable debugging for all IS-IS operations.
PAGE 782
• • • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 783
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. debug isis local-updates To debug IS-IS local update packets, enable debugging on a specific interface and provides diagnostic information. C9000 Series Syntax debug isis local-updates [interface][vrf vrf-name] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis [vrf vrf—name] updates [interface] command.
PAGE 784
debug isis snp-packets To debug IS-IS complete sequence number PDU (CSNP) and partial sequence number PDU (PSNP) packets, enable debugging on a specific interface and provides diagnostic information. C9000 Series Syntax debug isis snp-packets [interface][vrf vrf-name] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis [vrf vrf-name] snp-packets [interface] command.
PAGE 785
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable debugging information on IS-IS corresponding to that VRF. This information contains spf trigger detail tied to the VRF that you specify. When SPF is triggered, this debugging information is displayed. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms,refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 786
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. default-information originate Generates a default route into an IS-IS routing domain and controls the distribution of default information.
PAGE 787
Usage Information When you use this command to redistribute routes into a routing domain, the router becomes an autonomous system (AS) boundary router. An AS boundary router does not always generate a default route into a routing domain. The router still requires its own default route before it can generate one. How a metric value assigned to a default route advertises depends on the metric-style command configuration.
PAGE 788
ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter next-hop IP address in dotted decimal format and enter a mask in either dotted decimal or /prefix format. prefix-list (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a prefix list name. Defaults weight = 115 Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 789
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.3.
PAGE 790
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information You can assign a name to a routing process so a prefix list IS applied to only the routes derived from the specified routing process. Related Commands • • distribute-list in — filters the networks received in updates. redistribute — redistributes routes from one routing domain to another routing domain.
PAGE 791
Parameters hmac-md5 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords hmac-md5 to encrypt the password using MD5. encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES. password Enter an alphanumeric string up to 16 characters long. If you do not specify an encryption type or hmac-md5 keywords, the password is processed as plain text which provides limited security. Defaults No default password. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 792
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Every graceful restart enabled router’s HELLO PDUs includes a restart TLV. This restart enables (re)starting as well as the existing ISIS peers to detect the GR capability of the routers on the connected network.
PAGE 793
graceful-restart restart-wait Enable the graceful restart maximum wait time before a restarting peer comes up. C9000 Series Syntax NOTE: Set the t3 timer to adjacency on the restarting router when implementing this command. graceful-restart restart-wait seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart restart-wait command. Parameters seconds Enter the graceful restart time in seconds. The range is from 5 to 300 seconds. The default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 794
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.
PAGE 795
graceful-restart t3 Configure the overall wait time before graceful restart completes. C9000 Series Syntax graceful-restart t3 {adjacency | manual} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t3 command. Parameters adjacency Enter the keyword adjacency so that the restarting router receives the remaining time value from its peer and adjusts its T3 value so if you have configured this option. manual Enter the keyword manual to specify a time value that the restarting router uses.
PAGE 796
Parameters multi-point (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords multi-point to pad only LAN hello PDUs. point-to-point (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords point-to-point to pad only point-to-point PDUs. Defaults Both LAN and point-to-point hello PDUs are padded. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 797
Related Commands clns host — defines a name-to-NSAP mapping. ignore-lsp-errors Ignore LSPs with bad checksums instead of purging those LSPs. C9000 Series Syntax ignore-lsp-errors To return to the default values, use the no ignore-lsp-errors command. Defaults In IS-IS, the default deletes LSPs with internal checksum errors (no ignore-lsp-errors). Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 798
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 799
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Configure a network entity title (the net command) to specify the area address and the router system ID. To establish adjacencies and establish dynamic routing, enable routing on one or more interfaces. You can configure only one IS-IS routing process to perform Level 2 routing. A level-1-2 designation performs Level 1 and Level 2 routing at the same time.
PAGE 800
isis csnp-interval Configure the IS-IS complete sequence number PDU (CSNP) interval on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax isis csnp-interval seconds [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis csnp-interval [seconds] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters seconds Interval of transmission time between CSNPs on multi-access networks for the designated intermediate system. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 10.
PAGE 801
level-2 (OPTIONAL) Select this value to configure the hello interval for Level 2. Defaults seconds = 10; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
PAGE 802
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information The holdtime (the product of the hello-multiplier multiplied by the hello-interval) determines how long a neighbor waits for a hello packet before declaring the neighbor is down so routes can be recalculated. Related Commands isis hello-interval — specifies the length of time between hello packets.
PAGE 803
Parameters default-metric Metric assigned to the link and used to calculate the cost from each other router via the links in the network to other destinations. You can configure this metric for Level 1 or Level 2 routing. The range is from 0 to 16777215. The default is 10. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to configure the shortest path first (SPF) calculation for Level 1 (intra-area) routing. This value is the default.
PAGE 804
Defaults default-metric = 10; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 805
isis password Configure an authentication password for an interface. C9000 Series Syntax isis password [hmac-md5] password [level-1 | level-2] To delete a password, use the no isis password [password] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES. hmac-md5 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords hmac-md5 to encrypt the password using MD5. password Assign the interface authentication password.
PAGE 806
Parameters value This value sets the router priority. The higher the value, the higher the priority. The range is from 0 to 127. The default is 64. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Specify the priority for Level 1. This setting is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Specify the priority for Level 2. Defaults value = 64; level-1 (if not otherwise specified). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 807
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information The IS-IS protocol automatically determines area boundaries and are able to keep Level 1 and Level 2 routing separate. Poorly planned use of this feature may cause configuration errors, such as accidental area partitioning.
PAGE 808
Parameters level-l (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to apply the configuration to generation of Level-1 LSPs. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-2 to apply the configuration to generation of Level-2 LSPs. interval seconds Enter the maximum number of seconds between LSP generations. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. initial_wait_interv (OPTIONAL) Enter the initial wait time, in seconds, before running the first LSP al seconds generation.
PAGE 809
Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 810
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement. Usage Information The refresh interval determines the rate at which route topology information is transmitted preventing the information from becoming obsolete. The refresh interval must be less than the LSP lifetime specified with the max-lsp-lifetime command.
PAGE 811
max-lsp-lifetime Set the maximum time that link-state packets (LSPs) exist without being refreshed. C9000 Series Syntax max-lsp-lifetime seconds To restore the default time, use the no max-lsp-lifetime command. Parameters seconds The maximum lifetime of LSP in seconds. This value must be greater than the lsprefresh-interval command. The higher the value the longer the LSPs are kept. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 1200.
PAGE 812
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 813
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information If you enter the metric-style wide command, the Dell Networking OS generates and accepts only new-style TLVs. The router uses less memory and other resources rather than generating both old-style and new-style TLVs. The new-style TLVs have wider metric fields than old-style TLVs.
PAGE 814
net To configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process, use this mandatory command. If you did not configure a NET, the IS-IS process does not start. C9000 Series Syntax net network-entity-title To remove a net, use the no net network-entity-title command. Parameters network-entitytitle Specify the area address and system ID for an IS-IS routing process. The first 1 to 13 bytes identify the area address. The next 6 bytes identify the system ID.
PAGE 815
Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 816
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added support for IPv6 ISIS. 6.3.1.
PAGE 817
metric-type {external| internal} (OPTIONAL) The external link type associated with the default route advertised into a routing domain. The two options are: route-map map- map-name is an identifier for a configured route map. The route map filters imported routes from the source routing protocol to the current routing protocol. name • • external internal If you do not specify a map-name, all routes are redistributed. If you specify a keyword, but fail to list route map tags, no routes are imported.
PAGE 818
Parameters process-id Enter a number that corresponds to the OSPF process ID to be redistributed. The range is from 1 to 65355. metric metric- (OPTIONAL) The value used for the redistributed route. Use a metric value that is consistent with the destination protocol. The range is from 0 to 16777215. The default is 0. value metric-type {external | internal} (OPTIONAL) The external link type associated with the default route advertised into a routing domain.
PAGE 819
router isis Enable the IS-IS routing protocol and specify an IP IS-IS process. C9000 Series Syntax router isis [tag][vrf vrf-name] To disable IS-IS routing, use the no router isis [tag] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable the IS-IS routing protocol and to specify an IP IS-IS process on that VRF. tag (OPTIONAL) This is a unique name for a routing process. A null tag is assumed if the tag option is not specified.
PAGE 820
To return to the default values, use the no set-overload-bit command. Defaults Not set. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.
PAGE 821
Example (RouterIsis) Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled in Transition mode. Dell(conf-router_isis)# show config ! router isis clns host ISIS 49.0000.0001.F100.E120.0013.00 log-adjacency-changes net 49.0000.0001.F100.E120.0013.
PAGE 822
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added supported for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Inroduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.
PAGE 823
Example The bold sections identify that MultiTopology IS-IS is enabled. Dell#show isis database IS-IS Level-1 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.00-00 * 0x00000006 0xCF43 580 0/0/0 IS-IS Level-2 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.00-00 * 0x00000006 0xCF43 580 0/0/0 ! Dell#show isis database detail ISIS.00-00 IS-IS Level-1 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.
PAGE 824
Command Modes Parameters Command History • • EXEC EXEC Privilege vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name if the VRf to display IS-IS graceful restart details corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, the IS-IS graceful restart details corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 825
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 826
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 827
Hello Interval: 10, Hello Multiplier: 3, CSNP Interval: 10 --More-Dell>show isis int TenGigabitEthernet 1/7/1 is up, line protocol is up MTU 1497, Encapsulation SAP Routing Protocol: IS-IS Circuit Type: Level-1-2 Interface Index 37847070, Local circuit ID 1 Level-1 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.01 Hello Interval: 10, Hello Multiplier: 3, CSNP Interval: 10 Number of active level-1 adjacencies: 1 Level-2 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.
PAGE 828
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 829
Link Local Address: fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:492c Topology: IPv4 IPv6 , Common (IPv4 IPv6 ) Adjacency being used for MTs: IPv4 IPv6 Dell# Dell#show isis neighbors System Id Interface State Type Priority Uptime Circuit Id TEST Te 7/1/1 Up L1L2(M) 127 09:28:01 TEST.02 ! Dell#show isis neighbors detail System Id Interface State Type Priority Uptime Circuit Id TEST Te 7/1/1 Up L1L2(M) 127 09:28:04 TEST.02 Area Address(es): 49.0000.0001 IP Address(es): 25.1.1.3* MAC Address: 0000.0000.
PAGE 830
Routing for area address(es): 49.0000.0001 Interfaces supported by IS-IS: GigabitEthernet 1/1 - IP - IPv6 GigabitEthernet 1/2 - IP - IPv6 GigabitEthernet 1/10 - IP - IPv6 Loopback 0 - IP - IPv6 Redistributing: Distance: 115 Generate narrow metrics: level-1-2 Accept narrow metrics: level-1-2 Generate wide metrics: none Accept wide metrics: none Multi Topology Routing is enabled in transition mode. Dell# Dell#show isis protocol IS-IS Router: System Id: F100.E120.
PAGE 831
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • • • • • vrf vrf-name For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 832
Item Description Level-1/Level-2 SPF Calculations Displays the number of shortest path first calculations. LSP checksum errors received Displays the number of checksum errors LSPs received. LSP authentication failures Displays the number of LSP authentication failures.
PAGE 833
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 834
24 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) IGMP and IGMP snooping commands are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the switch. This chapter contains the following sections: • • IGMP Commands IGMP Snooping Commands Topics: • • IGMP Commands IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands The system supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376.
PAGE 835
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command debug ip igmp Enable debugging of IGMP packets.
PAGE 836
ip igmp access-group Specify access control list for packets in access-group. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp access-group access-list To remove the feature, use the no ip igmp access-group access-list command. Parameters access-list Enter the name of the extended ACL (16 characters maximum). Defaults Not configured Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 837
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip igmp immediate-leave Enable IGMP immediate leave.
PAGE 838
ip igmp last-member-query-interval Change the last member query interval, which is the Max Response Time inserted into Group-Specific Queries sent in response to Leave Group messages. This interval is also the interval between Group-Specific Query messages. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp last-member-query-interval milliseconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp last-member-query-interval command.
PAGE 839
Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the router must wait to become the new querier. The range is from 60 to 300. The default is 125 seconds. Defaults 125 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 840
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Maximum range of the Hello interval value is changed to 18000. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 841
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier.
PAGE 842
ip igmp static-group Configure an IGMP static group. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp static-group {group address [exclude [source address]] | [include {source address}]} To delete a static address, use the no ip igmp static-group {group address [exclude [source address]] | [include {source address}]} command. Parameters group address Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). exclude source (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword exclude then the source address, in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.
PAGE 843
Parameters 2 Enter the number 2 to set the IGMP version number to IGMPv2. 3 Enter the number 3 to set the IGMP version number to IGMPv3. Defaults 2 (that is, IGMPv2) Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH Mode) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 844
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and C-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 845
Example (Details) 225.0.0.3 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 225.0.0.4 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 Dell#show ip igmp group details Interface Vlan 20 Group 232.1.1.5 Uptime 00:11:22 Expires Never Router mode INCLUDE Last reporter 35.0.0.2 Group source list Source address Expires 65.0.0.1 00:01:22 65.0.0.2 00:01:22 65.0.0.3 00:01:22 65.0.0.4 00:01:22 65.0.0.5 00:01:22 show ip igmp interface View information on the interfaces participating in IGMP.
PAGE 846
The show ip igmp interface command does not display information corresponding to the loop-back interfaces.
PAGE 847
Source address 65.0.0.1 65.0.0.2 65.0.0.3 65.0.0.4 65.0.0.5 Related Commands Expires 00:01:22 00:01:22 00:01:22 00:01:22 00:01:22 ip igmp ssm-map — uses a statically configured list to translate (*,G) memberships to (S,G) memberships. IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Snooping version 2 and 3 are supported on the switch. Important Points to Remember for IGMP Snooping • • • • • • • • • • The Dell Networking OS supports version 1, version 2, and version 3 hosts.
PAGE 848
• • • • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 849
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9000, and Z9500. Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results. This command displays packets for IGMP and IGMP snooping. ip igmp snooping enable Enable IGMP snooping on all or a single VLAN. This command is the master on/off switch to enable IGMP snooping.
PAGE 850
To disable IGMP snooping fast leave, use the no igmp snooping fast-leave command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH Mode) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.
PAGE 851
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Seris and S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information On the C-Series and S-Series, unregistered multicast data traffic drops when you disable flooding; they do not forward the packets to multicast router ports. On the C-Series and S-Series, in order to disable Layer 2 multicast flooding, disable Layer 3 multicast (no ip multicast-routing).
PAGE 852
ip igmp snooping mrouter Statically configure a VLAN member port as a multicast router interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp snooping mrouter interface interface To delete a specific multicast router interface, use the no igmp snooping mrouter interface interface command. Parameters interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 853
To disable IGMP querier processing for the VLAN interface, use the no ip igmp snooping querier command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH Mode) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 854
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If the port channel is a VLT port channel, an asterisk (*) after the port channel number (Po 100*) indicates the port channel is locally down and that a remote VLT port is up.
PAGE 855
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9000, and Z9500.
PAGE 856
25 Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) Internet protocol security (IPSec) is an end-to-end security scheme for securing IP communications by authenticating and encrypting all packets in a session. Use IPSec between hosts, gateways, or hosts and gateways. IPSec uses a series of protocol functions to achieve information security: • • • Authentication Headers (AH) — connectionless integrity and origin authentication for IP packets.
PAGE 857
• • • espauthentication Enter the keywords esp-authentication then the transform type of operation to apply to traffic. The transform type represents the encryption or authentication applied to traffic. • • • esp-encryption md5 — Use Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication. sha1 — Use Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1) authentication. null — Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. md5 — Use Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication.
PAGE 858
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 859
To remove the match filter for the crypto map, use the no match seq-num tcp [source ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {source-port number}] [destination ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {destination-port number}] command. Parameters seq-num Enter the match command sequence number. sourceip-address | Enter the keyword source then the IPv4 or IPv6 address for the source. ipv6 address mask Enter the mask prefix length in /nn format. source-port number Enter the source port number.
PAGE 860
ah Use the AH protocol when you select the AH transform set in the crypto policy. esp Use the ESP protocol when you select the ESP transform set in the crypto policy. spi Enter the security parameter index number. hex-key-string Enter the session key in hex format (a string of 8, 16, or 20 bytes). For DES algorithms, specify at least 16 bytes per key. For SHA algorithms, specify at least 20 bytes per key. encrypt Indicates the ESP encryption transform set key string.
PAGE 861
ESP Encry Transform Dell# : 3des show crypto ipsec policy Display the crypto policy configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show crypto ipsec policy Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 862
Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interface num : : : : : : 23 a::2 /128 0 Match sequence Num Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source address Source mask Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interface num : : : : : : : : : : : 2 tcp IPv6 a::1 /128 0 a::2 /128 21 Match sequence Num Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source address Source mask Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination
PAGE 863
26 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system on the switch.
PAGE 864
• • show ip traffic show tcp statistics arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP). C9000 Series Syntax arp [vrf vrf-name]ip-address mac-address interface To remove an ARP address, use the no arp ip-address command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter a VRF name to configure an ARP entry for that VRF. Use the VRF option after the keyword arp to configure a static arp on that particular VRF.
PAGE 865
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You cannot use Class D or Class E IP addresses or zero IP address (0.0.0.0) when creating a static ARP. Zero MAC addresses (00:00:00:00:00:00) are also invalid. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to associate an IP address with a MAC address in a dual-homing setup.
PAGE 866
arp learn-enable Enable ARP learning using gratuitous ARP. C9000 Series Syntax arp learn-enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 867
Related Commands show arp retries — displays the configured number of ARP retries. arp timeout Set the time interval for an ARP entry to remain in the ARP cache. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters arp timeout minutes minutes Enter the number of minutes. The range is from 0 to 35790. The default is 4 hours (240 minutes). Defaults 240 minutes (4 hours) Command Modes • • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 868
• • • • • • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 4096. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 869
clear host Remove one or all dynamically learned host table entries. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear host name name Enter the name of the host to delete. Enter * to delete all host table entries. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 870
CAUTION: Executing this command causes traffic disruption. Related Commands show ip fib linecard — shows FIB entries on a specified stack-unit. clear ip route Clear one or all routes in the routing table. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip route {* | ip-address mask} Parameters * Enter an asterisk (*) to clear all learned IP routes. ip-address mask Enter a specific IP address and mask in dotted decimal format to clear that IP address from the routing table.
PAGE 871
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 872
debug arp View information on ARP transactions. C9000 Series Syntax debug arp [interface] [count value] To stop debugging ARP transactions, use the no debug arp command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • count value For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1 and the port range is 0.
PAGE 873
debug ip dhcp Enable debug information for dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) relay transactions and display the information on the console. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip dhcp To disable debug, use the no debug ip dhcp command. Defaults Debug disabled Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 874
to 14.4.4.2 00:12:42 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REPLY (Unicast) received at interface 14.4.4.1 BOOTP Reply, hops = 0, XID = 0xda4f9503, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, teaddr = 113.3.3.17 00:12:42 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREPLY: Forwarded BOOTREPLY for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 113.3.3.254 Dell# Related Commands • • ip helper-address – specifies the destination broadcast or host address for the DHCP server request. ip helper-address hop-count disable – disables the hop-count increment for the DHCP relay agent.
PAGE 875
Example Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the count option. ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: echo request rcvd from src 40.40.40.40 src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.40.40.40, echo src 40.
PAGE 876
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 877
IP: s=40.40.40.40 (local), d=224.0.0.5 multicast proto=89 IP: s=40.40.40.40 (local), d=224.0.0.6 multicast proto=2 IP: s=0.0.0.0, d=30.30.30.30, len 100, ICMP type=8, code=0 IP: s=0.0.0.0, d=30.30.30.30, len 100, ICMP type=8, code=0 (Te 2/11), len 64, sending broad/ (Te 2/11), len 28, sending broad/ unroutable unroutable Usage Information To stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on, use the count option.
PAGE 878
Command Modes interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
PAGE 879
ip address Assign a primary and secondary IP address to the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip address {ip-address mask [secondary] | dhcp} To delete an IP address from an interface, use the no ip address [ip-address] command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in slash prefix format (for example, /24). secondary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword secondary to designate the IP address as the secondary address.
PAGE 880
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. ip domain-list Configure ip domain names to complete unqualified host names.
PAGE 881
• enable DNS with the ip domain-lookup command To view current bindings, use the show hosts command. To view a DNS-related configuration, use the show running-config resolve command. Related Commands ip domain-name — specifies a DNS server. ip domain-lookup Enable dynamic host-name to address resolution (that is, DNS). C9000 Series Syntax ip domain-lookup To disable DNS lookup, use the no ip domain-lookup command. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 882
Parameters name Enter one domain name to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 883
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced for the E-Series. Usage Information This command disables the hop field increments when boot requests are relayed to a DHCP server through the system. If the incoming boot request already has a non-zero hops field, the message is relayed with the same value for hops.
PAGE 884
ip max-frag-count Set the maximum number of fragments allowed in one packet for packet re-assembly. C9000 Series Syntax ip max-frag-count count To place no limit on the number of fragments allowed, use the no ip max-frag-count command. Parameters count Enter a number for the number of fragments allowed for re-assembly. The range is from 2 to 256. Defaults No limit is set on number of fragments allowed. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 885
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The system does not support sending DNS queries over a VLAN.
PAGE 886
ip route Assign a static route to the switch. C9000 Series Syntax ip route {destination mask {ip-address | interface [slot/port] | [tunnel tunnel-id] [distance] [name description] [permanent] | tag tag-value}}[vrf vrfname ] To delete a specific static route, use the no ip route destination mask command. To delete all routes matching a certain route, use the no ip route destination mask command. Parameters destination Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the destination device.
PAGE 887
vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. Use this VRF option after the next hop to specify which VRF the next hop belongs to. This setting is used in route leaking cases. Refer to the Route Leaking VRFs section in the Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) chapter of the Configuration guide. weight weight- Enter the keyword weight followed by a weight value. The range is from 0 to 255.
PAGE 888
You can specify a weight for an IPv4 or IPv6 static route. If the weight value of a path is 0, then that path is not used for forwarding when weighted ECMP is in effect. Also, if a path corresponding to a static route (destination) has a non-zero weight assigned to it and other paths do not have any weight configured, then regular ECMP is used for forwarding. You can specify the weight value only to destination address and not on the egress port.
PAGE 889
ip unreachables Enable the generation of internet control message protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages. C9000 Series Syntax ip unreachables To disable the generation of ICMP messages, use the no ip unreachables command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 890
Example Dell(conf)#ipv4 unicast-host-route Warning: Command will take effect for existing routes only when IPv4 route prefixes are cleared from RTM Dell(conf)#no ipv4 unicast-host-route load-balance By default, the system uses an IP 4-tuple (IP SA, IP DA, Source Port, and Destination Port) to distribute IP traffic over members of a Port Channel as well as equal-cost paths. To designate another method to balance traffic over Port Channel members, use the loadbalance command.
PAGE 891
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Added the ingress-port parameter for the S4810. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 892
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 893
• • • • • • linecard slot-id For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel. For a port extender (PE) Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id/ stack-unit unit number /port-ID information.
PAGE 894
The following example shows two VLANs that are associated with a private VLAN (PVLAN) (refer to Private VLAN (PVLAN)). The following describes the show arp command shown in the following example. Field Description Protocol Displays the protocol type. Address Displays the IP address of the ARP entry. Age(min) Displays the age (in minutes) of the ARP entry. Hardware Address Displays the MAC address associated with the ARP entry.
PAGE 895
83 Dell Related Commands • • 0 83 CP ip local-proxy-arp — enables/disables Layer 3 communication in secondary VLANs. switchport mode private-vlan — sets PVLAN mode of the selected port. show arp retries Display the configured number of ARP retries. C9000 Series Syntax show arp retries Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 896
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show hosts command in the following example. Field Description Default domain... Displays the domain name (if configured). Name/address lookup... States if DNS is enabled on the system.
PAGE 897
show ip cam linecard View CAM entries for a port pipe on a line card.. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip cam linecard number port-set pipe-number [ip-address mask [longerprefixes] | index index-number | summary | vrf vrf instance] number Enter the number of the line card. pipe-number Enter the number of the line card’s port-pipe. The range is from 0 to 1. ip-address mask [longer-prefix] (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address and mask of a route to CAM entries for that route only.
PAGE 898
Field Description Next-Hop Displays the next hop IP address of the entry. VId Displays the VLAN ID. If the entry is 0, the entry is not part of a VLAN. Mac Addr Displays the next-hop router’s MAC address. Port Displays the egress interface. Use the second half of the entry to determine the interface. For example, in the entry 17cl CP, the CP is the pertinent portion.
PAGE 899
Addr Port VId EC ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- -----------1.1.32.140/32 via 1.1.32.140, PeGigE PE‐ID/Slot/Port 1.1.32.140 00:00:00:00:1f:8a PeGigE PE‐ID/Slot/Port 200 0 show ip flow Show how a Layer 3 packet is forwarded when it arrives at a particular interface.
PAGE 900
Usage Information This command provides egress port information for a given IP flow. This information is useful in identifying which interface the packet follows in the case of Port-channel and Equal Cost Multi Paths. Use this command for routed packed only. For switched packets, use the show port-channel-flow command. The show ip flow command does not compute the egress port information when load-balance mac hashing is also configured due to insufficient information (the egress MAC is not available).
PAGE 901
Version Description 9.11(0.0) Updated the command output to include the unicast reverse path forwarding (uRPF) status. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.2 Supported on the E-Series ExaScale E600i. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 902
IP unicast RPF check is not supported TenGigabitEthernet 2/2 is down, line protocol is down Internet address is not set IP MTU is 1500 bytes Directed broadcast forwarding is disabled Proxy ARP is enabled Split Horizon is enabled Poison Reverse is disabled ICMP redirects are not sent ICMP unreachables are not sent IP unicast RPF check is not supported TenGigabitEthernet 2/3 is down, line protocol is down Internet address is not set IP MTU is 1500 bytes Directed broadcast forwarding is disabled Proxy ARP is e
PAGE 903
Fields Description Interface Displays type of interface and the associated slot and port number. IP-Address Displays the IP address for the interface, if configured. Ok? Indicates if the hardware is functioning properly. Method Displays “Manual” if the configuration is read from the saved configuration. Status States whether the interface is enabled (up) or disabled (administratively down). Protocol States whether IP is enabled (up) or disabled (down) on the interface.
PAGE 904
Example Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show ip management-route Destination ----------10.1.2.0/24 172.16.1.0/24 Dell# Gateway ------ManagementEthernet 0/0 10.1.2.4 State ----Connected Active show ipv6 management-route Display the IPv6 static routes configured for the management interface.
PAGE 905
2001:68::0/64 Dell# 2001:34::16 Active show ip protocols View information on all routing protocols enabled and active on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show ip protocols Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 906
show ip route View information, including how they were learned, about the IP routes on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show ip route hostname | ip-address [mask] [longer-prefixes] | list prefix-list | protocol [process-id | routing-tag] | all | connected | static | summary] [vrf vrf-name] Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the VRF name to list the routes in the route table of a specific VRF.
PAGE 907
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 908
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 909
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip route summary shown in the following example.
PAGE 910
rp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp to view only IP traffic statistics from the Route Processor. Default View IP traffic statistics from all processors. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 911
Keyword Definition ...socket full The applications buffer is full and the incoming packet are dropped. The F10 Monitoring MIB provides access to the following statistics. • • • • • • • • • Example IP Statistics: Bcast: Received: Object = f10BcastPktRecv, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.1 IP Statistics: Bcast: Sent: Object = f10BcastPktSent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.2 IP Statistics: Mcast: Received: Object = f10McastPktRecv, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.
PAGE 912
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Default Display TCP information from all processors. Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 913
Example Field Description 0 window probe... Displays the number of window probe and update packets sent. 7 Connections initiated... Displays the number of TCP connections initiated, accepted, and established. 14 Connections closed... Displays the number of TCP connections closed, dropped. 20 Total rxmt... Displays the number of times the switch tried to re-send data and the number of connections dropped during the TCP retransmit timeout period. 0 Keepalive....
PAGE 914
27 IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Networking operating system. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, refer to the Access Control Lists (ACL) chapter. Important Points to Remember • • • • • • • • • Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment. For more information, see the cam-acl command. Egress IPv6 ACL and IPv6 ACL on the Loopback interface is not supported. Reference to an empty ACL permits any traffic.
PAGE 915
Parameters default Use the default CAM profile settings and set the CAM as follows: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • l2acl number L3 ACL (ipv4acl): 4 L2 ACL(l2acl): 5 IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 0 L3 QoS (ipv4qos): 2 L2 QoS (l2qos): 1 OpenFlow: 0 (disabled) FCoE (fcoeacl): 0 (disabled) iSCSI Optimization (iscsioptacl): 0 (disabled) L2 PT : 0 IP-MAC ACL : 0 Vman QoS : 0 ECFM ACL: 0 IPv4 PBR : 0 VRFv4 ACL : 0 FedGov ACL : 0 NLB Cluster ACL : 0 Allocate space to each CAM region.
PAGE 916
nlbclusteracl number ipv4pbr number Enter nlbclusteracl and the FP block number for NLB Cluster ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to 6. Enter ipv4pbr and the FP block number for IPv4 PBR ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to 6. iscsioptacl number Enter iscsioptacl and the FP block number for ISCSI optimization ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to 6. Command Modes openflow number Enter openflow and the FP block number for OpenFlow ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to 6.
PAGE 917
cam-acl-egress Allocate space for IPv6 egress ACLs. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters cam-acl-egress {default | l2acl 1-3 ipv4acl 1-3 ipv6acl 0-2} default Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM as follows: • • • L2 ACL(l2acl): 1 L3 ACL (ipv4acl: 1 IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 2 l2acl 1-3 ipv4acl 1- Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM 3 ipv6acl 0-2 profile name then the allocation amount. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2.
PAGE 918
clear counters ipv6 access-group Erase all counters maintained for the IPv6 access lists. C9000 Series Syntax clear counters ipv6 access-group [access-list-name] Parameters Command Modes Command History access-list-name • • (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured access-list, up to 140 characters. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 919
The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History ACCESS-LIST Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms.
PAGE 920
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is 5 minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History ACCESS-LIST Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 921
Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
PAGE 922
of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. Command Modes Command History interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 923
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to version 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.4.1.
PAGE 924
permit (for IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter that matches the filter criteria, select an IPv6 protocol number, ICMP, IPv6, TCP, or UDP.
PAGE 925
permit icmp (for IPv6 ACLs) Allow filtering of all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages C9000 Series Syntax permit icmp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} [message-type] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 926
Related Commands permit (for Standard IPv6 ACLs) – configures a filter to forward IPv6 packets. permit tcp (for IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter to pass TCP packets that match the filter criteria.
PAGE 927
the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port.
PAGE 928
the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port.
PAGE 929
You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface.
PAGE 930
========|========|=================|=============|=============| ============== 1 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | 1008 | 320 | | | IN-L2 FIB | 32768 | 1132 | | | IN-L3 ACL | 12288 | 2 | | | IN-L3 ECMP GRP | 1024 | 0 | | | IN-L3 FIB | 262141 | 14 | | | IN-L3-SysFlow | 2878 | 45 | | | IN-L3-TrcList | 1024 | 0 | | | IN-L3-McastFib | 9215 | 0 | | | IN-L3-Qos | 8192 | 0 | | | IN-L3-PBR | 1024 | 0 | | | IN-V6 ACL | 0 | 0 | | | IN-V6 FIB | 0 | 0 | | | IN-V6-SysFlow | 0 | 0 | | | IN-V6-McastFib | 0 | 0 | | | OUT-L2 ACL | 1024 |
PAGE 931
out Enter the keyword out to display information for an ipv6 egress access-list attached to an interface. interface Enter the keyword interface to display information for an ipv6 access-list for a specific interface. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 932
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to version 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Field Description “Ingress IPv6...
PAGE 933
seq 20 deny host 2.2.2.
PAGE 934
28 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell Networking operating system. NOTE: For information about the Dell Networking operating software version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, refer to the IPv6 Addressing chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 935
Defaults LPM CAM is not partitioned with Partition 1. IPv6 /65 to /128 prefixes are not converted to /64 prefixes and saved in the LPM table. All the packets for extended IPv6 route prefixes are transmitted using the default route path. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 936
clear ipv6 mld_host Clear the IPv6 MLD host counters and reset the elapsed time. C9000 Series Syntax clear ipv6 mld_host Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 937
• For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel. Command Modes • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 938
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage Information • • • • • If two addresses are configured, delete an existing address before configuring a new address. If the last manually-configured global IPv6 address is removed using the “no” form of the command, the linklocal IPv6 address is removed automatically. IPv6 addresses on a single management interface cannot be members of the same subnet.
PAGE 939
Usage Infomation • • • • • • SAA can configure up to two addresses. If any preferred prefix or valid timers time out, the corresponding address are deprecated or removed. If an address is removed due to a time-out, an address from the current unused prefix is used to create a new address. If there are no remaining prefixes, the software waits to receive a new prefix from the RA. If auto-configuration is enabled, all IPv6 addresses on that management interface are auto-configured.
PAGE 940
ipv6 control-plane icmp error-rate-limit Configure the maximum number of ICMP error packets generated and sent in one second. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 control-plane icmp error-rate-limit {1-200} To restore the default value, use the no ipv6 control-plane icmp error-rate-limit command. Parameters pps Enter the maximum number of error packets generated per second. The range is from 1 to 200. Default 100 pps Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 941
Usage Information If the flowlabel value is already set for BGP or SSH, the system defaults to the already configured value. All packets on the same connection are considered part of the same flow by the system. For new connections, set the new flowlabel to zero. ipv6 host Assign a name and IPv6 address for the host-to-IPv6 address mapping table. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 host name ipv6-address To remove an IP host, use the no ipv6 host name {ipv6–address}.
PAGE 942
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.1.
PAGE 943
Default Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11.0.1 Introduced on the S3100 series, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S4810, S4820, S5000, S6000, S6010–ON, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, C9010, Z9500, MXL, and FN IOM.
PAGE 944
ipv6 nd prefix Specify which IPv6 prefixes are included in Neighbor Advertisements. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 nd prefix {ipv6-prefix | prefix-length | default} [no-advertise] | [noautoconfig] [no-rtr-address] [off-link] [lifetime {valid | infinite} {preferred | infinite}] Parameters ipv6-prefix Enter an IPv6 prefix. prefix-length Enter the prefix then the prefix length. The length range is from 0 to 128. default Enter the keyword default to set default parameters for all prefixes.
PAGE 945
ipv6 neighbor Configure a static entry in the IPv6 neighbor discovery. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 neighbor{ipv6-address} {interface interface} {hardware_address}[vrf vrfname] To remove a static IPv6 entry from the IPv6 neighbor discovery, use the no ipv6 neighboripv6– address{interface interface Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the neighbor in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
PAGE 946
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information Neighbor Discovery Protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4.
PAGE 947
• For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword VLAN then the vlan number. The range is from 1 to 4094. If you configure a static IPv6 route using an egress interface and enter the ping command to reach the destination IPv6 address, the ping operation may not work. Configure the IPv6 route using a next-hop IPv6 address in order for the ping command to detect the destination address. ipv6-address Enter the forwarding router IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
PAGE 948
You can specify a weight for an IPv4 or IPv6 static route. If the weight value of a path is 0, then that path is not used for forwarding when weighted ECMP is in effect. Also, if a path corresponding to a static route (destination) has a non-zero weight assigned to it and other paths do not have any weight configured, then regular ECMP is used for forwarding. You can specify the weight value only to destination address and not on the egress port.
PAGE 949
To disable unicast routing, use the no ipv6 unicast-routing command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 950
Version Description 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000. Usage Information You can use this command to view the maximum number of extended IPv6 prefix entries supported in LPM CAM. The output displays the current value and the new value applicable after a switch reload.
PAGE 951
fe80::2ff:eff:fe3f:a1 2::3 00:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 CP CP 0 0 0 0 refix Mac-Addr Port VId EC --------------------------------------------------------------2::/64 00:00:00:00:00:00 CP 0 0 fe80::/10 00:00:00:00:00:00 NuP 0 0 ::/0 00:00:00:00:00:00 CP 0 show ipv6 control-plane icmp Displays the status of the icmp control-plane setting for the error eate limit setting.
PAGE 952
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 953
show ipv6 interface Display the status of interfaces configured for IPv6.
PAGE 954
Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.11(0.0) Updated the command output to include the unicast reverse path forwarding (uRPF) status. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Added support for IPv6 recursive DNS addresses. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Added support for tunnel interface. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.
PAGE 955
ff02::1:ff00:8 ff02::1:ffff:6f08 ND MTU is 0 ICMP redirects are not sent DAD is enabled, number of DAD attempts: 3 ND reachable time is 27000 milliseconds ND base reachable time is 30000 milliseconds ND advertised reachable time is 0 milliseconds ND advertised retransmit interval is 0 milliseconds ND router advertisements are sent every 200 to 600 seconds ND router advertisements live for 1800 seconds ND advertised hop limit is 64 IPv6 hop limit for originated packets is 64 IPv6 unicast RPF check is not sup
PAGE 956
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The following describes the show ipv6 mld-host command shown in the following example. Field Description Valid MLD Packets The total number of packets received and sent from the last time the elapsed time was cleared.
PAGE 957
interface interface Enter the keyword interface then the interface type and slot/port or number information: Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.
PAGE 958
Number of state changes: 2 Number of messages from IFA about port state change: 0 Number of messages communicated b/w Manager and Agent: 6 Dell# show ipv6 route Displays the IPv6 routes.
PAGE 959
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage Information The following describes the show ipv6 route command shown in the following examples.
PAGE 960
Example (Summary) Dell#show ipv6 route summary Route Source Active Routes Non-active Routes connected 5 0 static 0 0 Total 5 0 Total 5 active route(s) using 952 bytes 960 IPv6 Basics
PAGE 961
29 iSCSI Optimization Internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) optimization enables quality-of-service (QoS) treatment for iSCSI storage traffic on a switch. To configure and verify the iSCSI optimization feature, use the following Dell Networking OS commands.
PAGE 962
iscsi aging time Set the aging time for iSCSI sessions. C9000 Series Syntax iscsi aging time time To remove the iSCSI session aging time, use the no iscsi aging time command. Parameters time Enter the aging time for the iSCSI session. The range is from 5 to 43,200 minutes. Defaults 10 minutes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 963
The following is the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Usage Information By default, iSCSI flows are assigned to dot1p priority 4. iscsi enable Globally enable iSCSI optimization. C9000 Series Syntax iscsi enable To disable iSCSI optimization, use the no iscsi enable command. Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable the iSCSI optimization feature. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 964
iscsi profile-compellant Configure the auto-detection of Dell Compellent arrays on a port. C9000 Series Syntax iscsi profile-compellent Defaults Dell Compellent disk arrays are not detected. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 965
show iscsi Display the currently configured iSCSI settings. C9000 Series Syntax show iscsi Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 966
Example Dell# show isci session Session 0: -----------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2001-05.com.equallogic:0-8a0906-0e70c2002-10a0018426a48c94-iom010 Initiator: iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:win-x9l8v27yajg ISID: 400001370000 Session 1: --------------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2001-05.com.equallogic:0-8a0906-0f60c2002-0360018428d48c94-iom011 Initiator: iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:win-x9l8v27yajg ISID: 400001370000.
PAGE 967
10.10.0.44 33345 10.10.0.101 3260 0 Session 1 : ---------------------------------------------------Target:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia:ixload:iscsi-TG1 Initiator:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia.ixload:initiator-iscsi-35 Up Time:00:00:01:22(DD:HH:MM:SS) Time for aging out:00:00:09:31(DD:HH:MM:SS) ISID:806978696102 Initiator Initiator Target Target Connection IP Address TCP Port IP Address TCPPort ID 10.10.0.53 33432 10.10.0.101 3260 0 Related Commands • • • show iscsi— displays the currently configured iSCSI settings.
PAGE 968
30 Layer 2 This chapter describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. This chapter contains the following sections: • • • MAC Addressing Commands Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) Topics: • • • MAC Addressing Commands Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses.
PAGE 969
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added support for sticky MAC addresses. 8.3.11.
PAGE 970
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. mac learning-limit — sets the MAC address learning limits for a selected interface. show mac-address-table aging-time — displays the MAC aging time. mac-address-table disable-learning Disable MAC address learning from LACP or LLDP BPDUs. Syntax mac-address-table disable-learning [lacp | lldp] Parameters lacp Enter lacp to disable MAC address learning from LACP BPDUs.
PAGE 971
output-range interface For a multicast MAC address, enter the keyword output-range then one of the following interfaces to indicate a range of ports for which traffic is forwarded: • • • vlan vlan-id Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 972
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 973
down, except for the port with the lowest interface index. Only the port with the lowest ifIndex remains active. For example: Jun 18 09:55:35: %RPM0-P:RP %MACMGR-1-PE LOOP DETECTION: Loop occurred on PE interfaces:oldInterface: peGigE 0/2/47, newInterface: peGigE 0/1/20,vlanId: 3902, macAddr: 00:aa:00:00:00: To display the PE ports that are shut down due to loop detection, enter the show mac learning-limit violate-action command.
PAGE 974
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Deprecated the no-station-move command (replaced by the mac-learninglimit mac-address-sticky command). 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the vlan option on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added the station-move option. 6.5.1.0 Added support for MAC Learning-Limit on the LAG.
PAGE 975
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.
PAGE 976
mac learning-limit station-move-violation Specify the actions for a station move violation. C9000 Series Syntax mac learning-limit station-move-violation {log | shutdown-both | shutdownoffending | shutdown-original} To disable a configuration, use the no mac learning-limit station-move-violation command, then the configured keyword. Parameters log Enter the keyword log to generate a syslog message on a station move violation.
PAGE 977
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 978
dynamic (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dynamic to display only those MAC addresses the switch dynamically learns. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface then the interface type, slot and port information: • • • • • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 979
show mac-address-table Display the MAC address table. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show mac-address-table [address mac-address | interface interface | vlan vlanid] [aging-time] [dynamic | static] [count [vlan vlan-id] [interface interfacetype [slot [/port]]]] address mac- address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword address then a MAC address in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format to display information on that MAC address.
PAGE 980
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Updated the output. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show mac-address-table command shown in the following example.
PAGE 981
Line Beginning Description With MAC Entries... Displays the number of MAC entries learned per VLAN. Dynamic Address... Lists the number of dynamically learned MAC addresses. Static Address... Lists the number of user-defined MAC addresses. Total MAC... Lists the total number of MAC addresses the switch uses.
PAGE 982
Related Commands show mac-address-table — displays the current MAC address configuration. show mac learning-limit Display MAC address learning limits set for various interfaces. C9000 Series Syntax show mac learning-limit [violate-action] [detail] [interface interface] Parameters violate-action (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords violate-action to display the MAC learning limit violation status. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the MAC learning limit in detail.
PAGE 983
Example Dell#show mac learning-limit Interface Learning Dynamic Slot/port Limit MAC count Te 1/0 10 0 Te 1/1 5 0 Static MAC count 0 0 Unknown SA Drops 0 0 Dell#show mac learning-limit interface gigabitethernet 1/0 Interface Learning Dynamic Static Unknown SA Slot/port Limit MAC count MAC count Drops Te 1/0 10 0 0 0 Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands The following commands configure and monitor virtual LANs (VLANs). VLANs are a virtual interface and use many of the same commands as physical interfaces.
PAGE 984
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To return VLAN 1 as the Default VLAN, use this command syntax (default-vlan-id 1). The Default VLAN contains only untagged interfaces. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to specify a default VLAN in a dual-homing setup. Related Commands interface vlan — configures a VLAN.
PAGE 985
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 986
show vlan Display the current VLAN configurations on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show vlan [brief | id vlan-id | name vlan-name] Parameters brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the following information: • • • • • VLAN ID VLAN name (left blank if none is configured) Spanning Tree Group ID MAC address aging time IP address id vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword id and VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094 to display the configuration of the specified VLAN.
PAGE 987
Column Heading Description Q • • • • • • • • • • • • • Ports Displays the type, slot, and port information.
PAGE 988
---- -------------------------------- ---1 0 10 0 20 0 30 0 Example (Name) --------1800 1800 1800 1800 -----------------unassigned unassigned 2.3.3.3/24 2.1.1.
PAGE 989
Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 990
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 991
Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Untagged interfaces can only belong to one VLAN.
PAGE 992
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. • • fefd — enables far-end failure detection on an interface. fefd reset — enables FEFD globally on the system.
PAGE 993
fefd disable Disable FEFD on an interface only. This command overrides the fefd reset command for the interface. C9000 Series Syntax fefd disable To re-enable FEFD on an interface, use the no fefd disable command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 994
Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. fefd mode Change the FEFD mode on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax fefd mode {normal | aggressive}] To return the FEFD mode to the default of normal, use the no fefd mode command. Parameters normal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword normal to change the link state to “unknown” when a far-end failure the software detects on that interface. When the interface is placed in “unknown” state, the software brings down the line protocol.
PAGE 995
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 996
Parameters interval seconds Enter the keyword interval followed by the number of seconds to wait between FEFD control packets. Range is from 3 to 300 seconds. Default is 15 seconds. normal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords mode normal to change the link state to “unknown” when a far-end failure the software detects on that interface. When the interface is placed in “unknown” state, the software brings down the line protocol. The default is Normal mode.
PAGE 997
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The following describes the show fefd command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Displays the interfaces type and number. Mode Displays the mode (aggressive or normal) or NA if the interface contains fefd reset in its configuration.
PAGE 998
31 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This chapter contains commands for Dell Networks’s implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell Networking operating software. NOTE: For static LAG commands, refer to Port Channel Commands in the Interfaces chapter), based on the standards specified in the IEEE 802.
PAGE 999
Related Commands show lacp — displays the LACP configuration. debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, and so on). C9000 Series Syntax debug lacp {config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]} To disable LACP debugging, use the no debug {config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]} command. Parameters config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug the LACP configuration. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug the LACP event information.
PAGE 1000
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. lacp long-timeout Configure a long timeout period (30 seconds) for an LACP session. C9000 Series Syntax lacp long-timeout To reset the timeout period to a short timeout (1 second), use the no lacp long-timeout command. Defaults 1 second Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-po-number) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1001
Defaults 32768 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1002
port-channel mode Configure the LACP port channel mode. C9000 Series Syntax port-channel number mode [active] [passive] [off] Parameters number Enter the keywords number then a number. active Enter the keyword active to set the mode to the active state. NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information. passive Enter the keyword passive to set the mode to the passive state. NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information. off Enter the keyword off to set the mode to the off state.
PAGE 1003
port-channel-protocol lacp Enable LACP on any LAN port. C9000 Series Syntax port-channel-protocol lacp To disable LACP on a LAN port, use the no port-channel-protocol lacp command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1004
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (PortChannel-Number) Dell#show lacp Port-channel 1 Actor System Partner System 1 admin up, oper up, mode lacp ID:Priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.a12b ID:Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
PAGE 1005
32 Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) Link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. This chapter contains the following sections: • • LLPD Commands LLDP-MED Commands LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management.
PAGE 1006
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Added the vlan-name option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors.
PAGE 1007
To remove the advertised port descriptor, use the no advertise interface—port—desc {description | port-id} command. Parameters description Enter the keyword description then the interface description. port-id Enter the keyword port-id then the port-id. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1008
advertise management-tlv Advertise management TLVs (Type, Length, Value). C9000 Series Syntax advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | systemdescription | system-name} To remove advertised management TLVs, use the no advertise management-tlv {managementaddress | system-capabilities | system-description | system-name} command. Parameters managementaddress Enter the keyword management-address to advertise the management IP address TLVs to the LLDP peer.
PAGE 1009
Parameters managementaddress Enter the keywords management-address to advertise the management IP address TLVs to the specified interface. systemcapabilities Enter the keywords system-capabilities to advertise the system capabilities TLVs to the specified interface. systemdescription Enter the keywords system-description to advertise the system description TLVs to the specified interface. system-name Enter the keywords system-name to advertise the system name TLVs to the specified interface.
PAGE 1010
Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1011
Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. debug lldp interface To display timer events, neighbor additions or deletions, and other information about incoming and outgoing packets, enable LLDP debugging.
PAGE 1012
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1013
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. hello Configure the rate at which the LLDP control packets are sent to its peer. C9000 Series Syntax hello seconds To revert to the default, use the no hello seconds command.
PAGE 1014
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000 and S4810.
PAGE 1015
multiplier Set the number of consecutive misses before LLDP declares the interface dead. C9000 Series Syntax multiplier integer To return to the default, use the no multiplier integer command. Parameters integer Enter the number of consecutive misses before the LLDP declares the interface dead. The range is from 2 to 10. Defaults 4 x hello Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1016
DellEMC(conf)#pe-lldp-multiplier 5 DellEMC(conf)# DellEMC(conf)#do show running-config | grep pepe-lldp-multiplier 5 DellEMC(conf)# Example (unconfigure the PE LLDP multiplier) DellEMC(conf)#no pe-lldp-multiplier DellEMC(conf)# DellEMC(conf)#do show running-config | grep peDellEMC(conf)# protocol lldp (Configuration) Enable the LLDP globally on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax protocol lldp To disable LLDP globally on the chassis, use the no protocol lldp command. Defaults Enabled.
PAGE 1017
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1018
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.1.(0.0) Modified output of detail parameter to display remote management IP addresses. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 1019
Locally assigned remote Neighbor Index: 2 Remote TTL: 120 Information valid for next 43 seconds Time since last information change of this neighbor: 00:01:17 UnknownTLVList: ( 9, 4) ( 10, 4) ( 11, 4) ( 12, 4) ( 13, 4) ( 14, 4) ( 15, 4) ( 19, 4) ( 20, 4) ( 21, 4) ( 22, 4) ( 23, 4) ( 24, 4) ( 25, 4) ( 29, 4) ( 30, 4) ( 31, 4) ( 32, 4) ( 33, 4) ( 34, 4) ( 35, 4) ( 39, 4) ( 40, 4) ( 41, 4) ( 42, 4) ( 43, 4) ( 44, 4) ( 45, 4) ( 49, 4) ( 50, 4) ( 51, 4) ( 52, 4) ( 53, 4) ( 54, 4) ( 55, 4) ( 59, 4) ( 60, 4) ( 61,
PAGE 1020
Remote Chassis ID: 4c:76:25:f4:ab:01 Remote Port Subtype: Interface name (5) Remote Port ID: fortyGigE 1/2/8/1 Local Port ID: TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 Locally assigned remote Neighbor Index: 1 Remote TTL: 300 Information valid for next 201 seconds Time since last information change of this neighbor: 00:01:39 UnknownTLVList: OrgUnknownTLVList: ((00-01-66),127, 4) ((00-01-66),126, 4) ((00-01-66),125, 4) ((00-01-66),124, ((00-01-66),123, 4) ((00-01-66),122, 4) ((00-01-66),121, 4) ((00-01-66),120, 4) ((00-01-66),
PAGE 1021
Example Dell#show lldp statistics Total number of neighbors: 300 Last table change time : Mon Oct 02 16:00:52 2006 Number of Table Inserts : 1621 Number of Table Deletes : 200 Number of Table Drops : 0 Number of Table Age Outs : 400 Dell# show management-interface Display LLDP management interface configuration information. C9000 Series Syntax show management-interface Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1022
Example Dell#show running-config lldp ! protocol lldp advertise dot1-tlv port-protocol-vlan-id port-vlan-id advertise dot3-tlv max-frame-size advertise management-tlv system-capabilities system-description hello 15 multiplier 3 no disable Dell# snmp-notification-interval Used to configure the value for the lldp notification interval, to throttle lldp notification messages. Syntax [no] snmp-notification-interval [seconds] To disable this feature, use the no snmp-notification-interval command.
PAGE 1023
advertise med guest-voice To advertise a separate limited voice service for a guest user with their own IP telephony handset or other appliances that support interactive voice services, configure the system. C9000 Series Syntax advertise med guest-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {prioritytagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med guest-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID.
PAGE 1024
Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. number Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1025
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series.
PAGE 1026
Port extender (PE) processes and advertises LLDP power-via-MDI TLVs when the LLDP advertisement of the TLV is enabled on the PE in class power management mode. Incoming LLDP messages are processed only when the PE is in class power management mode. Related Commands debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 1027
advertise med streaming-video To advertise streaming video services for broadcast or multicast-based video, configure the system. This command does not include video applications that rely on TCP buffering. C9000 Series Syntax advertise med streaming-video {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {prioritytagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med streaming-video {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID.
PAGE 1028
DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. number Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1029
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 1030
advertise med voice-signaling To advertise when voice control packets use a separate network policy than voice data, configure the system. C9000 Series Syntax advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {prioritytagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1031
33 Multicast The multicast commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system. This chapter contains the following sections: • IPv4 Multicast Commands NOTE: Dell Networking OS supports Multicast routing only on default VRFs . Topics: • • IPv4 Multicast Commands IPv6 Multicast Commands IPv4 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv4 multicast commands. clear ip mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table.
PAGE 1032
mtrace Trace a multicast route from the source to the receiver. Syntax mtrace [vrf vrf-name] {source-address/hostname} [destination-address/hostname] [group-address/hostname] Parameters Command Modes Command History vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. If VRF name is not mentioned, the default VRF will be used. Mtrace is not supported for management VRF. source-address/ hostname Enter the source IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
PAGE 1033
• • • • • Hop — a hop number(counted negatively to indicate reverse-path) OIF IP — outgoing interface address Proto — multicast routing protocol Forwarding code — error code as present in the response blocks Source Network/Mask — source mask ip mroute Assign a static mroute.
PAGE 1034
ip multicast-limit To limit the number of multicast entries on the system, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax ip multicast-limit [vrf vrf-name] limit Parameters limit Enter the desired maximum number of multicast entries on the system. The range is from 1 to 16000. Defaults The default is 4000. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1035
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. E-Series legacy command Usage Information After you enable multicast, you can enable IGMP and PIM on an interface. In INTERFACE mode, enter the ip pim sparse-mode command to enable IGMP and PIM on the interface. Related Commands ip pim sparse-mode — enables IGMP and PIM on an interface.
PAGE 1036
Example show ip multicast-cam stack-unit 1 port 0 Vrf Id Group Address Source Address Ports ----------------------------------------------0 224.1.1.1 0.0.0.0 0/10, 0 224.1.1.2 0.0.0.0 0/10, 0 224.1.1.1 165.13.34.5 0/11, Vlan Id IPMC index ------- ------------ L2 Ports L3 ------------ 1000 1 Te 0/3, Te 1000 1 Te 0/3, Te 2000 2 Te 0/5, Te show ip mroute View the multicast routing table.
PAGE 1037
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Example (Static) Dell#show ip mroute static Mroute: 23.23.23.0/24, interface: Lo 2 Protocol: static, distance: 0, route-map: none, last change: 00:00:23 Example (Snooping) Dell#show ip mroute snooping IPv4 Multicast Snooping Table (*, 224.0.0.
PAGE 1038
Field Description • • statically configured member of the Group received a (*,G) or (S,G) Join message Example show ip rpf View reverse path forwarding. C9000 Series Syntax show ip rpf Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1039
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. group-address [source-address] Enter the multicast group address and source address (if desired), in dotted decimal format, to clear information on a specific group. * Enter * to clear all multicast routes. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1040
group-address [source-address] (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group-address to view only routes associated with that group. Enter the source-address to view routes with that group-address and sourceaddress. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to view the number of multicast routes and packets. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a summary of all routes. vlt (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlt to view multicast routes with a spanned incoming interface.
PAGE 1041
stack-unit unit-id Enter the keyword stack-unit with a unit-id number to select the stack unit for which to gather information. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. 9.11.3.
PAGE 1042
34 Multicast Listener Discovery Protocol The Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD) protocol is used by IPv6 routers to discover multicast listeners on a directly attached link. Similar to the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP), which handles multicast group memberships in IPv4 networks, MLD is used for multicast management on IPv6 networks.
PAGE 1043
To turn off debugging, use the no debug ipv6 mld {group-address | interface} command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
PAGE 1044
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(3.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, S3100, and C9010. ipv6 mld query-interval Change the transmission frequency of the MLD host. Syntax ipv6 mld query-interval [seconds] To return to the default interval, use the no ipv6 mld query-interval command.
PAGE 1045
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(1.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5048F–ON, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, S3100, and C9010. Usage Information The ipv6 mld version command is applicable for MLD snooping-enabled interfaces.
PAGE 1046
Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1047
Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5048F-ON, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, S3100, and C9010. debug ipv6 mld snooping Enable debugging on IPv6 MLD snooping packets.
PAGE 1048
ipv6 mld snooping enable Enable MLD snooping on the switch globally. Syntax ipv6 mld snooping enable To disable MLD snooping, use the no ipv6 mld snooping enable command. Defaults Enabled on all VLAN interfaces. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(0.
PAGE 1049
Defaults None. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5048F-ON, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, S3100, and C9010. ipv6 mld snooping querier Enable the MLD querier processing for the VLAN interface.
PAGE 1050
Example Dell EMC#show ipv6 mld snooping groups Total Number of Groups: 1 Channel ::/ff0e::225:1:1:1, interface Vlan 10 Uptime 11:24:49 , Last join time 00:00:15 Expires in 00:01:54 Ports : Po 1 Dell EMC# show ipv6 mld snooping interface View the configured MLD snooping interfaces.
PAGE 1051
Example Version Description 9.14(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5048F-ON, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, S3100, and C9010.
PAGE 1052
35 Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM Sparse-Mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections.
PAGE 1053
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced clear ip msdp sa-cache Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 1054
local Enter the keyword local to clear out local PIM advertised entries. It applies the redistribute filter (if present) while adding the local PIM SA entries to the SA cache. Defaults Without any options, this command clears the entire source-active cache. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1055
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp cache-rejected-sa Enable an MSDP cache for the rejected source-active entries. C9000 Series Syntax ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} To clear the MSDP rejected source-active entries, use the no ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} command then the ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} command. Parameters number Enter the number of rejected SA entries to cache. The range is from 0 to 32766.
PAGE 1056
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1057
To remove the peer from a mesh group, use the no ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} command. Parameters name Enter a string of up to 16 characters long for as the mesh group name. peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1058
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp peer Configure an MSDP peer.
PAGE 1059
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Added option for SA upper limit and the description option. 6.2.1.1 Introduced Usage Information The connect-source option is used to supply a source IP address for the TCP connection. When an interface is specified using the connect-source option, the primary configured address on the interface is used.
PAGE 1060
ip msdp sa-filter Permit or deny MSDP source active (SA) messages based on multicast source and/or group from the specified peer. C9000 Series Syntax ip msdp sa-filter {in | out} peer-address list [access-list name] Remove this configuration using the no ip msdp sa-filter {in | out} peer address list [access-list name] command. Parameters in Enter the keyword in to enable incoming SA filtering. out Enter the keyword out to enable outgoing SA filtering.
PAGE 1061
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The system counts the SA messages originated by itself and those messages received from the MSDP peers. When the total SA messages reach this limit, the subsequent SA messages are dropped (even if they pass RPF checking and policy checking).
PAGE 1062
ip multicast-msdp Enable MSDP. C9000 Series Syntax ip multicast-msdp To exit MSDP, use the no ip multicast-msdp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1063
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced Example Dell#show ip msdp peer 100.1.1.1 Peer Addr: 100.1.1.1 Local Addr: 100.1.1.
PAGE 1064
Example 1064 Dell#show ip msdp sa-cache rejected-sa MSDP Rejected SA Cache 200 rejected SAs UpTime GroupAddr SourceAddr RPAddr 00:00:13 225.1.2.1 10.1.1.3 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.2 10.1.1.4 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.3 10.1.1.3 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.4 10.1.1.4 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.5 10.1.1.3 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.6 10.1.1.4 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.7 10.1.1.3 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.8 10.1.1.4 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.9 10.1.1.3 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.10 10.1.1.4 110.1.1.
PAGE 1065
36 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell Networking operating system, conforms to IEEE 802.1s.
PAGE 1066
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1067
forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. C9000 Series Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transiting to the Forwarding State. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds.
PAGE 1068
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. forward-delay — the amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State.
PAGE 1069
max-hops Configure the maximum hop count. C9000 Series Syntax max-hops number To return to the default values, use the no max-hops command. Parameters range Enter a number for the maximum hop count. The range is from 1 to 40. The default is 20. Defaults 20 hops Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1070
Defaults default bridge-priority is 32768. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1071
Related Commands msti — maps the VLAN(s) to an MST instance. revision — assigns the revision number to the MST configuration. protocol spanning-tree mstp To enable and configure the multiple spanning tree group, enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. C9000 Series Syntax protocol spanning-tree mstp To disable the multiple spanning tree group, use the no protocol spanning-tree mstp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1072
Parameters range Enter the revision number for the MST configuration. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 0. Defaults 0 Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1073
Example Dell(conf-mstp)#show config ! protocol spanning-tree mstp no disable name CustomerSvc revision 2 MSTI 10 VLAN 101-105 max-hops 5 Dell(conf-mstp)# show spanning-tree mst configuration View the multiple spanning tree configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show spanning-tree mst configuration Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1074
brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the MST instance. guard (Optional) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an MSTP interface and the current port state. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1075
Example (EDS and The bold line shows the loopback BPDU inconsistency (LBK_INC). LBK) Dell#show spanning-tree msti 0 brief MSTI 0 VLANs mapped 1-4094 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 20 Bridge ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
PAGE 1076
spanning-tree Enable the multiple spanning tree protocol on the interface. C9000 Series Syntax spanning-tree To disable the multiple spanning tree protocol on the interface, use the no spanning-tree command. Parameters spanning-tree Enter the keywords spanning-tree to enable the MSTP on the interface. Defaults Enable. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1077
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1078
Usage Information On an MSTP switch, a port configured as an edge port immediately transitions to the Forwarding state. Only configure ports connected to end-hosts as edge ports. Consider an edge port similar to a port with spanning-tree portfast enabled. If you do not enable shutdown-on-violation, BPDUs are still sent to the RPM CPU. tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification.
PAGE 1079
37 Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) The neighbor discovery protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4.
PAGE 1080
• count value For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 65534. The default is infinity. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.
PAGE 1081
hop–limit Enable the verification of the advertised hop count limit. If this command is not configured, the verification process is bypassed. Syntax hop-limit {maximum | minimum limit} To reset the hop count limit, use the no hop-limit {maximum | minimum limit} command. Parameters maximum limit Enter the keyword maximum then the hop limit value. The range is from 0 to 254. minimum limit Enter the keyword minimum then the hop limit value. The range is from 0 to 254.
PAGE 1082
Related Commands • show ipv6 nd ra-guard policy — display the configuration applied on all the RA guard policies or a specific RA guard policy. ipv6 nd ra–guard enable Allow you to configure the RA guard related commands. Syntax ipv6 nd ra-guard enable To disable the RA guard, use the no ipv6 nd ra-guard enable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1083
managed-config-flag Set the managed address configuration flag. Syntax managed-config-flag {on | off} To clear the flag, use the no managed-config-flag {on | off} command. Parameters on Enter the keyword on to set the managed-config-flag value as ON. off Enter the keyword off to set the managed-config flag value as OFF. Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1084
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, and Z9000 switches. • • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode.
PAGE 1085
Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1086
To reset the advertised retransmission interval, use the no retrans-timervalue command. Parameters value Enter the advertised retransmission time interval in milliseconds. The range is from 100 to 4,294,967,295 milliseconds. Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.
PAGE 1087
router–preference maximum Enable the verification of the advertised default router preference (DRP) value. The preference value is lower than or equal to the specified limit. If this command is not configured, the verification process is bypassed. Syntax router-preference maximum {high | low | medium} To reset the default router preference value, use the no router-preference maximum {high | low | medium} command. Parameters high Enter the keyword high to set the DRP value as high.
PAGE 1088
ipv6 nd ra-guard policy test device-role router hop-limit maximum 251 mtu 1350 other-config-flag on reachable-time 540 retrans-timer 101 router-preference maximum medium trusted-port Dell(conf-ra_guard_policy_list)# Related Commands • • • • • • • • • • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. ipv6 nd ra-guard policy — define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy list configuration mode. device-role — specify the role of the device attached to the port.
PAGE 1089
Related Commands • • • • • • • • • • • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. ipv6 nd ra-guard policy — define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy list configuration mode. device-role — specify the role of the device attached to the port. hop-limit — enable the verification of the advertised hop count limit. mtu — set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) value. other-config-flag — enable the verification of the advertised other configuration parameter.
PAGE 1090
38 Object Tracking Object Tracking supports IPv4 and IPv6 protocols. Object tracking allows you to define objects of interest, monitor their state, and report to a client when a change in an object’s state occurs.
PAGE 1091
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Example Dell#debug track all 04:35:04: %RPM0-P:RP2 %OTM-5-STATE: track 6 - Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/2/1 line-protocol DOWN 04:35:04: %RPM0-P:RP2 %OTM-5-NOTIF: VRRP notification: resource ID 6 DOWN delay Configure the time delay used before communicating a change in the status of a tracked object to clients.
PAGE 1092
• track ip route reachability – configures object tracking on the reachability of an IPv4 route. description Enter a description of a tracked object. C9000 Series Syntax description {text} To remove the description, use the no description {text} command. Parameters text Enter a description to identify a tracked object (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes OBJECT TRACKING (conf_track_object-id) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1093
Example Dell#show running-config track track 1 ip route 23.0.0.0/8 reachability track 2 ipv6 route 2040::/64 metric threshold delay down 3 delay up 5 threshold metric up 200 track 3 ipv6 route 2050::/64 reachability track 4 interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/2/1 ip routing track 5 ip route 192.168.0.0/24 reachability vrf red track resolution ip route isis 20 track resolution ip route ospf 10 Example (Objectid) Dell#show running-config track 300 track 300 ip route 10.0.0.
PAGE 1094
Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information The following describes the show track command shown in the Example below. Output Description Track object-id Displays the number of the tracked object. Interface type Displays the interface type and slot/port number or address of the IPv4/IPv6 route that is slot/port, IP route being tracked.
PAGE 1095
Example (Brief) Related Commands Dell>show track brief ResId Resource Parameter State LastChange 1 IP route reachability 10.16.0.0/16 Up 00:01:08 2 Interface line-protocol Ethernet0/2 Down 00:05:00 3 Interface ip routing VLAN100 Up 01:10:05 • • • • • • show running-config track – displays configuration information about tracked objects. track interface ip routing – configures object tracking on the routing status of an IPv4 Layer 3 interface.
PAGE 1096
Configure the UP and DOWN thresholds for each tracked route with the threshold metric command. The default UP threshold is 254; the default DOWN threshold is 255. The notification of a change in the state of a tracked object is sent when a metric value crosses a configured threshold. The tracking process uses a protocol-specific resolution value to convert the actual metric in the routing table to a scaled metric in the range 0 to 255.
PAGE 1097
track interface line-protocol Configure object tracking on the line-protocol state of a Layer 2 interface. C9000 Series Syntax track object-id interface interface line-protocol To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is 1 to 500. interface Enter one of the following values: • • • • • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter gigabitethernet and the slot-number/ port-number.
PAGE 1098
ip-address/ prefix-len Enter an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format. The valid IPv4 prefix lengths are from /0 to /32. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1099
ip-address/ prefix-len Enter an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format. The valid IPv4 prefix lengths are from /0 to /32. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1100
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To disable the attempt to track the reachability of next-hop after the configured refresh interval, set the refresh interval as 0.
PAGE 1101
The protocol-specific resolution value calculates the scaled metric by dividing a route's cost by the resolution value set for the route protocol: • • • • Related Commands • • For ISIS, you can set the resolution in the range of 1-1000, where the default is 10. For OSPF, you can set the resolution in the range of 1-1592, where the default is 1. You cannot configure the resolution value used to map static routes. By default, Dell Networking OS assigns a metric of 0 to static routes.
PAGE 1102
Output Description Interface type Displays the interface type and slot/port number or address of the IPv4/IPv6 route that is slot/port, IP route being tracked. ip-address, IPv6 route ipv6- address object is Up/Down Up/Down state of tracked object; for example, IPv4 interface, reachability, or metric threshold of an IP route. number changes, last change time Number of times that the state of the tracked object has changed and the time since the last change in hours:minutes:seconds.
PAGE 1103
track interface ipv6 routing Configure object tracking on the routing status of an IPv6 Layer 3 interface. C9000 Series Syntax track object-id interface interface ipv6 routing To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is from 1 to 500. interface Enter one of the following values: • • • • • • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1104
To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is from 1 to 500. ipv6-address/ prefix-len Enter an IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. The valid IPv6 prefix lengths are from /0 to / 128. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1105
ipv6-address/ prefix-len Enter an IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. The valid IPv6 prefix lengths are from /0 to / 128. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1106
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To disable the attempt to track the reachability of next-hop after the configured refresh interval, set the refresh interval as 0.
PAGE 1107
The protocol-specific resolution value calculates the scaled metric by dividing a route's cost by the resolution value set for the route protocol: • • • • Related Commands • • For ISIS, you can set the resolution in the range of 1 to 1000, where the default is 10. For OSPF, you can set the resolution in the range of 1 to 1592, where the default is 1. You cannot configure the resolution value used to map static routes. By default, Dell Networking OS assigns a metric of 0 to static routes.
PAGE 1108
39 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single Autonomous System (AS). OSPF is also a link-state protocol in which all routers contain forwarding tables derived from information about their links to their neighbors. The fundamental mechanisms of OSPF (flooding, DR election, area support, SPF calculations, and so on) are the same for OSPFv2 and OSPFv3.
PAGE 1109
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.
PAGE 1110
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. area range Summarize routes matching an address/mask at an area border router (ABR). C9000 Series Syntax area area-id range ip-address mask [not-advertise] To disable route summarization, use the no area area-id range ip-address mask command.
PAGE 1111
area stub Configure a stub area, which is an area not connected to other areas. C9000 Series Syntax area area-id stub [no-summary] To delete a stub area, use the no area area-id stub command. Parameters area-id Specify the OSPF area in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) or enter a number from zero (0) to 65535. no-summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords no-summary to prevent the ABR from sending summary Link State Advertisements (LSAs) into the stub area. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1112
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. clear ip ospf Clear all OSPF routing tables. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip ospf process-id [vrf {vrf name}]|[process] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process.
PAGE 1113
vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to clear all OSPF routing tables corresponding to that VRF interface name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface then one of the following interface keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1114
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, all OSPF processes are cleared. vrf name Enter the keyword vrf to view debugging information on OSPF corresponding to that VRF. bfd (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bfd to debug only OSPF BFD information. event (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword event to debug only OSPF event information. packet (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword packet to debug only OSPF packet information.
PAGE 1115
Field Description • • • auk: If the ip ospf authentication-key command is configured, this field displays the key used. keyid: If the ip ospf message-digest-key command is configured, this field displays the MD5 key to: Displays the interface to which the packet is intended. dst: Displays the destination IP address. netmask: Displays the destination IP address mask.
PAGE 1116
metric metric- value metric-type type- value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number to configure a metric value for the route. The range is from 1 to 16777214. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then an OSPF link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes. The values are: • • route-map map- name 1 = Type 1 external route 2 = Type 2 external route (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1117
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute — redistributes routes from other routing protocols into OSPF. description Add a description about the selected OSPF configuration.
PAGE 1118
To delete the settings, use the no distance weight [ip-address mask prefix-list-name] command. Parameters weight Specify an administrative distance. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 110. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter a router ID in the dotted decimal format. If you enter a router ID, include the mask for that router address. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a mask in dotted decimal format or /n format. prefix-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of an IP standard prefix list, up to 140 characters.
PAGE 1119
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1120
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. distribute-list out To restrict certain routes destined for the local routing table after the SPF calculation, apply a filter. C9000 Series Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp | connected | isis | rip | static] To remove a filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp | connected | isis | rip | static] command.
PAGE 1121
Usage Information The distribute-list out command applies to routes autonomous system boundary routers (ASBRs) redistributes into OSPF. It can be applied to external type 2 and external type 1 routes, but not to intra-area and inter-area routes. enable inverse-mask By default, the system allows you to input the OSPF network command with a net-mask. This command provides a choice between inverse-mask or net-mask (the default).
PAGE 1122
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on all platforms. Usage Information The higher this parameter is set, the faster OSPF converge takes place. NOTE: The faster the convergence, the more frequent the route calculations and updates. This behavior impacts CPU utilization and may impact adjacency stability in larger topologies.
PAGE 1123
graceful-restart helper-reject Specify the OSPF router to not act as a helper during graceful restart. C9000 Series Syntax graceful-restart helper-reject ip-address To return to default value, use the no graceful-restart helper-reject command. Parameters ip-address Enter the OSPF router-id, in IP address format, of the restart router that will not act as a helper during graceful restart. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1124
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart role Specify the role for your OSPF router during graceful restart.
PAGE 1125
ip ospf auth-change-wait-time OSPF provides a grace period while OSPF changes its interface authentication type. During the grace period, OSPF sends out packets with new and old authentication scheme until the grace period expires. C9000 Series Syntax ip ospf auth-change-wait-time seconds To return to the default, use the no ip ospf auth-change-wait-time command. Parameters seconds Enter the seconds. The range is from 0 to 300. Defaults zero (0) seconds.
PAGE 1126
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information All neighboring routers in the same network must use the same password to exchange OSPF information. ip ospf cost Change the cost associated with the OSPF traffic on an interface.
PAGE 1127
ip ospf dead-interval Set the time interval since the last hello-packet was received from a router. After the interval elapses, the neighboring routers declare the router dead. C9000 Series Syntax ip ospf dead-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf dead-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds for the interval. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 40 seconds.
PAGE 1128
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The time interval between the hello packets must be the same for routers in a network.
PAGE 1129
new key. This process ensures that the neighbors learn the new key and communication is not disrupted by keeping the old key enabled. After the reply is received and the new key is authenticated, delete the old key. Dell recommends keeping only one key per interface. NOTE: The MD5 secret is stored as plain text in the configuration file with service password encryption. Write down or otherwise record the key. You cannot learn the key once it is configured. Use caution when changing the key.
PAGE 1130
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1131
ip ospf retransmit-interval Set the retransmission time between lost link state advertisements (LSAs) for adjacencies belonging to the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip ospf retransmit-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf retransmit-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds as the interval between retransmission. The range is from 1 to 3600. The default is 5 seconds.
PAGE 1132
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. log-adjacency-changes To send a Syslog message about changes in the OSPF adjacency state, set the system.
PAGE 1133
Parameters number Specify the number of paths. The range for OSPFv2 is from 1 to 64. The default for OSPFv2 is 4 paths. The range for OSPFv3 is from 1 to 64. The default for OSPFv3 is 8 paths. Defaults 4 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1134
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced to all platforms. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable OSPF on an interface, the network area command must include, in its range of addresses, the primary IP address of an interface. NOTE: An interface can be attached only to a single OSPF area.
PAGE 1135
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Modified to include the keyword default. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Although the passive interface does not send or receive routing updates, the network on that interface is still included in OSPF updates sent using other interfaces. The default keyword sets all interfaces as passive.
PAGE 1136
metric metric- value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number. The range is from 0 (zero) to 16777214. metric-type type- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then one of the following: value route-map map- name tag tag-value • • 1 = OSPF External type 1 2 = OSPF External type 2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of the route map. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag then a number. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1137
route-map map- name tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of the route map. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPF. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1138
route-map map- name tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of the route map. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPF. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1139
Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can configure an arbitrary value in the IP address format for each router. However, each router ID must be unique. If you use this command on an OSPF router process, which is already active (that is, has neighbors), a prompt reminding you that changing the router-id brings down the existing OSPF adjacency. The new router ID is effective at the next reload. Example Dell(conf)#router ospf 100 Dell(conf-router_ospf)#router-id 1.
PAGE 1140
Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You must have an IP address assigned to an interface to enter ROUTER OSPF mode and configure OSPF. After the OSPF process and the VRF are tied together, you cannot use the OSPF Process ID again in the system. You can only create one process per VRF.
PAGE 1141
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to view only the OSPF information tied to the VRF process. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1142
Area BACKBONE (0) Number of interface in this area is 1 SPF algorithm executed 205 times Area ranges are Dell# Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays information about the OSPF routes configured. show ip ospf interface — displays the OSPF interfaces configured. show ip ospf neighbor — displays the OSPF neighbors configured. show ip ospf asbr Display all autonomous system boundary router (ASBR) routers visible to OSPF.
PAGE 1143
Example Dell#show ip ospf 1asbr RouterID 3.3.3.3 1.1.1.1 Dell# Flags -/-/-/ E/-/-/ Cost Nexthop 2 10.0.0.2 0 0.0.0.0 Interface Area Te 0/1 1 0 show ip ospf database Display all LSA information. If you do not enable OSPF on the switch, no output is generated. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id [vrf vrf-name] database [database-summary] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1144
Field Description Link count Displays the number of interfaces for that router. Example Dell>show ip ospf 1 database OSPF Router with ID (11.1.2.1) (Process ID 1) Router (Area 0.0.0.0) Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum 11.1.2.1 11.1.2.1 673 0x80000005 0x707e 13.1.1.1 13.1.1.1 676 0x80000097 0x1035 192.68.135.2 192.68.135.2 1419 0x80000294 0x9cbd Link ID 10.2.3.2 10.2.4.2 Link ID 0.0.0.0 1.1.1.1 10.1.1.0 10.1.2.0 10.2.2.0 10.2.3.0 10.2.4.0 11.1.1.0 11.1.2.0 12.1.2.0 13.1.1.0 13.1.2.0 172.16.1.
PAGE 1145
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1146
Network Mask: /0 TOS: 0 Metric: 2 LS age: 473 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 104.1.50.1 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000010 Checksum: 0x4198 Length: 28 --More-Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database external Display information on the AS external (type 5) LSAs.
PAGE 1147
Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database external command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: • • • Example TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service.
PAGE 1148
LS type: Type-5 AS External Link State ID: 24.216.12.0 Advertising Router: 20.20.20.8 LS Seq Number: 0x80000005 Checksum: 0xa00e Length: 36 Network Mask: /24 Metrics Type: 2 TOS: 0 Metrics: 1 Forward Address: 0.0.0.0 External Route Tag: 701 Dell# Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database network Display the network (type 2) LSA information.
PAGE 1149
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database network command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 1150
Attached Router: 20.20.20.5 Dell# Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database nssa-external Display NSSA-External (type 7) LSA information. C9000 Series Syntax show ip ospf [process-id { vrf vrf-name] database nssa-external [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to view a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1151
show ip ospf database opaque-area Display the opaque-area (type 10) LSA information. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id| vrf vrf-name ] database opaque-area [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1152
Example Item Description LS Type Displays the LSA’s type. Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the advertising router’s ID. Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of the LSA’s complete contents. Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Opaque Type Displays the Opaque type field (the first 8 bits of the Link State ID). Opaque ID Displays the Opaque type-specific ID (the remaining 24 bits of the Link State ID).
PAGE 1153
adv-router ip- address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ip-address to display only the LSA information about that router. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 1154
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1155
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database router command shown in the following example. Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 1156
Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.129.1 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.129.1 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.130.1 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.130.1 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.142.2 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.142.
PAGE 1157
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1158
LS Seq Number: 0x80000054 Checksum: 0xb5a2 Length: 28 Network Mask: /24 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 LS age: 9 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.32.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000016 Checksum: 0x987c Length: 28 Network Mask: /24 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 LS age: 7 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.33.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.
PAGE 1159
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.
PAGE 1160
Neighbor Count is 1, Adjacent neighbor count is 1 Adjacent with neighbor 192.168.253.1 (Backup Designated Router) TenGigabitEthernet 1/23 is up, line protocol is up Internet Address 192.168.0.1/24, Area 0.0.0.1 Process ID 1, Router ID 192.168.253.2, Network Type BROADCAST, Cost: 1 Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State DROTHER, Priority 1 Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.5, Interface address 192.168.0.4 Backup Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.3, Interface address 192.168.0.
PAGE 1161
Item Description Neighbor ID Displays the neighbor router ID. Pri Displays the priority assigned neighbor. State Displays the OSPF state of the neighbor. Dead Time Displays the expected time until the system declares the neighbor dead. Address Displays the IP address of the neighbor. Interface Displays the interface type slot/port information. Area Displays the neighbor’s area (process ID). Example Dell#show ip ospf 34 neighbor Neighbor ID 20.20.20.7 192.10.10.2 20.20.20.
PAGE 1162
Usage Information This command is useful in isolating routing problems between the OSPF and the RTM. For example, if a route is missing from the RTM/FIB but is visible from the display output of this command, the problem is with downloading the route to the RTM. This command has the following limitations: • • Example The display output is sorted by prefixes; intra-area ECMP routes are not displayed together. For Type 2 external routes, Type 1 cost is not displayed.
PAGE 1163
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1164
Example Error Type Description Invld-Nbr LSA, LSR, LSU, and DDB are received from a peer which is not a neighbor peer. Nbr-State LSA, LSR, and LSU are received from a neighbor with stats less than the loading state. Auth-Error Simple authentication error. MD5-Error MD5 error Cksum-Err Checksum Error Version Version mismatch AreaMismatch Area mismatch Conf-Issue The received hello packet has a different hello or dead interval than the configuration. No-Buffer Buffer allocation failure.
PAGE 1165
• • • • • • • • Example (Statistics) The hello-timer remaining value for each interface The wait-timer remaining value for each interface The grace-timer remaining value for each interface The packet count received and transmitted for each neighbor Dead timer remaining value for each neighbor Transmit timer remaining value for each neighbor The LSU Q length and its highest mark for each neighbor The LSR Q length and its highest mark for each neighbor Dell#show ip ospf 100 statistics Interface TenGigabitEth
PAGE 1166
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Example Dell#show ip ospf 10 timers rate-limit List of LSAs in rate limit Queue LSA id: 1.1.1.0 Type: 3 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:09.111 LSA id: 3.3.3.3 Type: 1 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:23.96 Dell# show ip ospf topology Display routers in directly connected areas.
PAGE 1167
Router ID 3.3.3.3 1.1.1.1 Dell# Flags Cost E/B/-/ 1 E/-/-/ 1 Nexthop 20.0.0.3 10.0.0.1 Interface Area Te 13/1 0 Te 7/1 1 summary-address To advertise one external route, set the OSPF ASBR. C9000 Series Syntax summary-address ip-address mask [not-advertise] [tag tag-value] To disable summary address, use the no summary-address ip-address mask command. Parameters ip-address Specify the IP address in dotted decimal format of the address to summarize.
PAGE 1168
timers spf Set the time interval between when the switch receives a topology change and starts a shortest path first (SPF) calculation. Syntax timers spf delay holdtime msec To return to the default, use the no timers spf command. Parameters delay Enter a number as the delay. The range is from 0 to 2147483647. The default is 5 seconds. holdtime Enter a number as the hold time. The range is from 0 to 2147483647. The default is 10 seconds.
PAGE 1169
router ospf 1 timers spf 2 5 msec DellEMC(conf-router_ospf-1)# end timers throttle lsa all Configure LSA transmit intervals. C9000 Series Syntax timers throttle lsa all {start-interval | hold-interval | max-interval} To return to the default, use the no timers throttle lsa command. Parameters start-interval Set the minimum interval between initial sending and resending the same LSA. The range is from 0 to 600,000 milliseconds. hold-interval Set the next interval to send the same LSA.
PAGE 1170
Parameters arrival-time Set the interval between receiving the same LSA repeatedly, to allow sufficient time for the system to accept the LSA. The range is from 0 to 600,000 milliseconds. Defaults 1000 msec Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1171
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1172
authenticationalgorithm Specifies the authentication algorithm to use for encryption. key-encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the authentication key is encrypted. key Valid values are MD5 or SHA1. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). Text string used in authentication. For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted).
PAGE 1173
Parameters area-id Specify the OSPF area by entering a number from zero (0) to 65535. no-redistribution (OPTIONAL) Specify that the redistribute command does not distribute routes into the NSSA. This command can be used when the router is an autonomous system boundary router (ASBR) or area border router (ABR). defaultinformationoriginate (OPTIONAL) Allows external routing information to be imported into the NSSA by using Type 7 default.
PAGE 1174
Defaults 100 megabits per second. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. clear ipv6 ospf process Reset an OSPFv3 router process without removing or re-configuring the process.
PAGE 1175
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1176
Lines Description Beginning With or Including Example OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces. 05:21:01 Displays the time stamp. Sending Ver:3 Sending OSPF3 version..
PAGE 1177
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series.
PAGE 1178
• For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf to view debugging information on OSPF corresponding to that VRF. detail Enter the keyword detail to view detailed debugging information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.13(0.
PAGE 1179
debug ipv6 ospf spf Display debug information for SPF timers on OSPF IPv6 packets. Syntax Parameters [no] debug ipv6 ospf spf interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 1180
Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1181
When you enable the helper-reject role on an interface with the ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject command, you reconfigure OSPFv3 graceful restart to function in a “restarting-only” role. In a “restarting-only” role, OSPFv3 does not participate in the graceful restart of a neighbor. graceful-restart mode Specify the type of events that trigger an OSPFv3 graceful restart.
PAGE 1182
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the neighbor in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. interface Enter the keyword interface then the interface type and slot/port or number intehardware_rfac information: e • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 1183
• • • • • • • • Router discovery: Hosts can locate routers residing on a link Prefix discovery: Hosts can discover address prefixes for the link.
PAGE 1184
Parameters null Causes an authentication policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295. MD5 | SHA1 Authentication type: Message Digest 5 (MD5) or Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1). key-encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the key is encrypted. key Text string used in authentication. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted).
PAGE 1185
Parameters disable (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword disable to disable BFD on this interface. interval (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval to specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 200. milliseconds min_rx milliseconds Enter the keywords min_rx to specify the minimum rate at which the local system receives control packets from the remote system. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 200.
PAGE 1186
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1187
ipv6 ospf encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters ipv6 ospf encryption {null | ipsec spi number esp encryption-algorithm [keyencryption-type] key athentication-algorithm [key-encryption-type] key}} null Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295.
PAGE 1188
To remove an IPsec encryption policy from an interface, enter the no ipv6 ospf encryption spi number command. To remove null authentication on an interface to allow the interface to inherit the authentication policy configured for the OSPFv3 area, enter the no ipv6 ospf no ipv6 ospf encryption null command. Related Commands area encryption – configures an IPsec encryption policy for an OSPFv3 area. show crypto ipsec policy – displays the configuration of IPsec encryption policies.
PAGE 1189
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1190
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Setting a priority of 0 makes the router ineligible for election as a Designated Router or Backup Designated Router. Use this command for interfaces connected to multi-access networks, not point-to-point networks.
PAGE 1191
To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters number Specify the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 64. The default is 8 paths. Defaults 8 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1192
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information By default, no interfaces are passive. Routing updates are sent to all interfaces on which the routing protocol is enabled.
PAGE 1193
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1194
Related Commands clear ipv6 ospf process – resets an OSPFv3 router process. show crypto ipsec policy Display the configuration of IPsec authentication and encryption policies. C9000 Series Syntax show crypto ipsec policy [name name] Parameters name name Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC (OPTIONAL) Displays configuration details about a specified policy. EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1195
Field Description Outbound AH Key Example Dell#show crypto ipsec policy Crypto IPSec client security policy data Policy name : OSPFv3-1-502 Policy refcount : 1 Inbound ESP SPI : 502 (0x1F6) Outbound ESP SPI : 502 (0x1F6) Inbound ESP Auth Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c12 Outbound ESP Auth Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c12 Inbound ESP Cipher Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c123456789d12345678 Outbound ESP Cipher Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c123456789d12345678 Transform set : esp-3des e
PAGE 1196
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information The show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 command output displays security associations set up for OSPFv3 links in IPsec authentication and encryption policies on the router. Example Table 7.
PAGE 1197
in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE outbound ah sas spi : 500 (0x1f4) transform : ah-md5-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE inbound esp sas outbound esp sas Interface: TenGigabitEthernet 0/1 Link Local address: fe80::201:e8ff:fe40:4d11 IPSecv6 policy name: OSPFv3-1-600 inbound ah sas outbound ah sas inbound esp sas spi : 600 (0x258) transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection suppor
PAGE 1198
• • • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1199
NetworkType BROADCAST, Cost: 1, Passive: No Transmit Delay is 100 sec, State DR, Priority 1 Interface is using OSPF global mode BFD configuration. Designated router on this network is 11.1.1.1 (local) No backup designated router on this network Timer intervals configured, Hello 10, Dead 40, Wait 1, Retransmit 5 Dell# Related Commands show ip ospf interface—Display the OSPF interfaces configured.
PAGE 1200
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.2 Added support for the display of graceful restart parameters and Type-11 Grace LSAs on E-Series routers. 8.
PAGE 1201
show ipv6 ospf neighbor Display the OSPF neighbor information on a per-interface basis. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ipv6 ospf [process-number] [vrf vrf-name] neighbor [interface] process-number Enter the OSPF process number. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display OSPF neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed.
PAGE 1202
Dell# Dell#show ipv6 ospf 3 neighbor gi 1/2 Neighbor ID 63.114.8.36 Pri State 1 FULL/DR Dead Time 00:00:38 Interface 4 ID Interface Te 1/2/1 Dell# snmp context Configure SNMPv3 context name to map multiple OSPFv3 VRF instances. Syntax snmp context {context-name} To clear snmp context, use the no snmp context {context-name} command. Parameters context-name Enter the SNMP context name. The maximum length is 32 alphanumeric characters. Defaults None.
PAGE 1203
40 PE Console Commands To configure a C1048P port extender from an attached PE console, you can use the following commands. Use these commands when the port extender cannot connect to a C9010. You can also enter the PE console commands to debug an error condition in a PE stack.
PAGE 1204
• • • • • • • offline online power-cycle show control-bridge status show system telnet-peer-stack-unit upgrade system diag Run offline diagnostics on all stack-units. C9000 Series Syntax diag {stack-unit unit-number} [alllevels | level0 | level1 | level2] [interactive] [testname name] [terminate] Parameters stack-unit unit- number Enter the stack-unit value to run offline diagnostic test on a specified stack-unit. The stack-unit range is 0 to 7.
PAGE 1205
The filename of the TestReport is:TestReport-SU-Stack-Unit-Number-PE-pe-idYear_Month_Day_Unique-Tag.txt, where SU identifies the PE stack-unit on which the offline diag test was run, Year_Month_Day is a timestamp to identify when the offline diag test was run for that unit, and the Unique Tag is to identify that specific diag test. Diag test reports on PE are not overwritten. Offline diag test reports for PE are stored in the following directory: flash://default_diag_report_dir.
PAGE 1206
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. Usage Information Use this command to make the port extender offline and run offline diagnostics tests. After this command is issued, a warning message appears cautioning you about bringing down all the protocols and turning down the PE unit operationally during the diagnostics tests.
PAGE 1207
power-cycle Power-cycle the port extender (PE) stack-unit from the PE console C9000 Series Syntax Parameters power-cycle stack-unit {unit-number | all } unit-number Enter a stack-unit number. Range is from 0 to 7. all Enter all to power-cycle all the stack-units. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1208
Csp Sess Status : UP Active CB : YES Uplink LAG : Port-channel 257 LAG Admin Status : UP LAG Oper Status : UP -------------------------------Status Reason RPM-Id PE-Id -------------------------------Online 0 255 Usage Information Use the show control-bridge status command output information to debug the connectivity issues between the control bridge and port extender. show system Display the status of a specific stack-unit from the port extender (PE) console.
PAGE 1209
Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : C1048P - 48-port GE (VE) Current Type : C1048P - 48-port GE (VE) Master priority : 2 Hardware Rev : 5.0 Num Ports : 52 Up Time : 2 wk, 0 day, 0 hr, 24 min Dell Networking OS Version : 1-0(0-4092) Jumbo Capable : yes POE Capable : yes FIPS Mode : disabled Boot Flash : 3.3.1.
PAGE 1210
Stack MAC : 90:b1:1c:f4:9b:79 Reload-Type : normal-reload [Next boot : normal-reload] -- Unit 0 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Current Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Master priority : 0 Hardware Rev : 4.
PAGE 1211
FIPS Mode Boot Flash Boot Selector Memory Size Temperature Voltage Serial Number Part Number Vendor Id Date Code Country Code Piece Part ID PPID Revision Service Tag Expr Svc Code Auto Reboot Burned In MAC No Of MACs : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : disabled 3.1.1.2 3.1.0.
PAGE 1212
--------------------------------------------------------------1 1 up AC up 18528 1 2 absent absent 0 -- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus Fan1 Speed Fan2 Speed -------------------------------------------------------------1 1 up up 19275 up 19275 1 2 absent 1 3 up up 19275 up 18904 Speed in RPM telnet-peer-stack-unit Connect through Telnet to a peer stack-unit from a port extender (PE) console. C9000 Series Syntax telnet-peer-stack-unit Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1213
Session terminated for user admin on line vty 0 ( Unit 3 ) Closed connection. Dell#Jun 24 10:14:29: %PE-UNKN-UNIT2-S:CP %SEC-5-LOGOUT: Exec session is terminated for user admin on line vty0 ( Unit 3 ) upgrade system Upgrade the Dell Networking OS image to the stack-unit.
PAGE 1214
Example 1214 Dell# upgrade system stack-unit 0 usbflash://FTOS-C1048.bin rpmA: 00:39:32 : Discarded 1 pkts. Expected block num : 51. Received block num: 50 !00:39:36 : Discarded 1 pkts. Expected block num : 65. Received block num: 64 !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!..! ...........!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 93924044 bytes successfully copied System image upgrade completed successfully.
PAGE 1215
41 PE Stacking Use the commands in this chapter to configure and manage C1048P port-extender (PE) stacking. Stacking is not supported on C9010 switches. For information about using the PE stacking feature, see the “Port Extender (PE) Stacking” chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide for the C9000 Series. You can use the commands to pre-configure a port extender, so that the configuration settings are invoked when the switch is attached to the chassis.
PAGE 1216
reset Reset or reboot the linecard, RPM, PE and PE stack-unit. C9000 Series Syntax reset {linecard slot-id | rpm slot id [hard] | pe pe-id [stack-unit unitnumber]} From a PE console, use reset stack-unit unit-number [hard] to reset the stack-unit. Parameters linecard slot-id Enter the keyword linecard and the slot-id number to specify the set of line-card ports for reset. The slot ID range is from 0 to 11.
PAGE 1217
Jun 24 15:28:24: Jun 24 15:28:28: inserted in slot Jun 24 15:28:28: inserted in slot Jun 24 15:28:28: inserted in slot 16 Example: pe stack-unit Related Commands %RPM1-P:CP %CHMGR-5-LINECARD_UP: linecard 0 %C9000LC0640:0 %IFAGT-5-INSERT_OPTICS_QSFP: 0 port 0 %C9000LC0640:0 %IFAGT-5-INSERT_OPTICS_QSFP: 0 port 4 %C9000LC0640:0 %IFAGT-5-INSERT_OPTICS_QSFP: 0 port is up Optics QSFP Optics QSFP Optics QSFP Dell#reset stack-unit 2 Dell#Jun 24 15:19:52: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-5-STACKUNIT_RESET: stack-unit 2
PAGE 1218
show pe system Display information on all the system components of a port extender on a stack. C9000 Series Syntax show pe pe-id system [ brief | stack-port [status | topology] | stack-unit unit number ] Parameters pe-id Enter the port extender ID pe-id to view the port extender system status and details. Range is from 0 to 255. brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to view a short summary of the port extender system status.
PAGE 1219
-- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type ---- ---- ------- -------1 0 up AC 1 1 absent -- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus ----- ---- ---------1 0 up FanStatus ---------NA NA Fan0 -----up Speed -----9056 FanSpeed(rpm) -------------NA NA Fan1 ----up Speed -------9056 Speed in RPM Dell# Dell#show pe 1 system brief Stack MAC : 6c:c0:00:43:09:90 -- Stack Info -Unit UnitType Status ---- ---------- -----------0 Standby not present 1 Management online 2 Member not present 3 Member not present 4 Member not pr
PAGE 1220
4/1 4/2 5/1 5/2 6/1 6/2 7/1 7/2 Example: stack port topology Example: stackunit unit-number 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up Dell#show pe 253 system stack-ports topology Topology: Ring Interface Connection --------- ----------0/1 2/51 0/2 1/50 1/50 0/51 1/51 2/50 2/50 1/51 2/51 0/50 Dell#show pe 1 system stack-unit 1 -- Unit 1 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : C1048P - 48-port GE Current Type : C1048P - 48-port GE Mast
PAGE 1221
show hardware pe Display input and output traffic statistics and other operational information about a specified hardware component. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show hardware pe pe-id stack-unit unit number {cpu | drops | stack-port | unit} pe pe-id stack unit Enter pe pe-id stack-unit unit number parameters with a command option to unit-number display hardware statistics from the specified port extender (PE) and stack-unit.
PAGE 1222
Example (Port Extender Statistics) Example (PE Stack-Port: Drops) 1222 PE Stacking Dell>show hardware pe 0 stack-unit 0 cpu data-plane statistics bc pci driver statistics for device: rxHandle :15451 noMhdr :0 noMbuf :0 noClus :0 recvd :15451 dropped :0 recvToNet :15451 rxError :0 rxFwdError :0 rxDatapathErr :0 rxPkt(COS0 ) :0 rxPkt(COS1 ) :0 rxPkt(COS2 ) :0 rxPkt(COS3 ) :0 rxPkt(COS4 ) :0 rxPkt(COS5 ) :0 rxPkt(COS6 ) :9304 rxPkt(COS7 ) :3 rxPkt(COS8 ) :6144 rxPkt(COS9 ) :0 rxPkt(COS10) :0 rxPkt(COS11) :
PAGE 1223
HOL DROPS on COS3 HOL DROPS on COS4 HOL DROPS on COS5 Related Commands : 0 : 0 : 0 clear hardware system-flow — clears the statistics from selected hardware components. show system — displays the current status of all the stack members or a specific member. stack unit Pre-provision the specified port-extender stack unit.
PAGE 1224
N2048-PE N2048P-PE N3024-PE N3024F-PE N3024P-PE N3048-PE N3048P-PE Dell(conf-pe-201)# Example (stack unit type) 52-port 52-port 28-port 28-port 28-port 52-port 52-port GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE Dell(conf-pe-5)#stack-unit 4 type C1048P Dell(conf-pe-5)# show config ! pe provision 5 stack-unit 4 type C1048P Related Commands • • redundancy force-failover — Force the standby unit to become the primary or master unit reset — Reset or reboot the linecard, RPM, PE and PE stack-unit.
PAGE 1225
stack-unit 3 type N2024P-PE cascade interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 PE Stacking 1225
PAGE 1226
42 Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) The Dell Networking operating software implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line.
PAGE 1227
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree pvst — enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable PVST+ globally. C9000 Series Syntax disable To enable PVST+, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1228
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Dell(conf-pvst)#do show spanning-tree pvst vlan 5 brief VLAN 5 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32773, Address 0001.e832.73f7 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 32773 (priority 32768 sys-id-ext 5), Address 0001.e832.
PAGE 1229
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Example Dell#conf Dell(conf)#protocol spanning-tree pvst Dell(conf-pvst)#no disable Dell(conf-pvst)#vlan 2 bridge-priority 4096 Dell(conf-pvst)#vlan 3 bridge-priority 16384 Dell(conf-pvst)# Dell(conf-pvst)#show config ! protocol spanning-tree pvst no disable vlan 2 bridge-priority 4096 vlan 3 bridge-priority 16384 Dell# Usage Information After you enable PVST+, the device runs an STP instance for each VLAN it supports.
PAGE 1230
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1231
Example Dell#show spanning-tree pvst vlan 2 VLAN 2 Root Identifier has priority 4096, Address 0001.e805.e306 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge Identifier has priority 4096, Address 0001.e805.e306 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 We are the root of VLAN 2 Current root has priority 4096, Address 0001.e805.
PAGE 1232
Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID --------------------------------------------------------Te 1/0 128.1223 128 20000 EDS 0 32768 0001.e800.a12b 128.1223 Example (Guard) Related Commands Dell#show spanning-tree pvst vlan 5 guard Interface Name Instance Sts Guard type ----------------------------------Te 0/1 5 INCON(Root) Rootguard Te 0/2 5 FWD Loopguard Te 0/3 5 EDS(Shut) Bpduguard spanning-tree pvst — configure PVST+ on an interface.
PAGE 1233
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced the loopguard and rootguard options on the E-Series TeraScale, CSeries, and S-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced the hardware shutdown-on-violation option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1234
no shutdown Dell(conf-if-te-1/1)#end Related Commands show spanning-tree pvst — views the PVST+ configuration. spanning-tree pvst err-disable Place ports in an Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members an untagged VLAN. C9000 Series Syntax spanning-tree pvst err-disable cause invalid-pvst-bpdu Defaults Enabled; ports are placed in the Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members of an untagged VLAN.
PAGE 1235
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1236
Related Commands vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before the system transitions to the Forwarding state. vlan hello-time — change the time interval between BPDUs. vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes. show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration. vlan forward-delay Set the amount of time the interface waits in the Listening state and the Learning state before transitioning to the Forwarding state.
PAGE 1237
To return to the default value, use the no vlan hello-time command. Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. hello-time Enter the keywords hello-time then the time interval, in seconds, between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. seconds Defaults 2 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1238
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before the system transitions to the forwarding state.
PAGE 1239
43 PIM-Source Specific Mode (PIM-SSM) The protocol-independent multicast source-specific mode (PIM-SSM) commands in this section are supported in the Dell Networking operating system. Topics: • • IPv4 PIM Commands IPv4 PIM-Source Specific Mode Commands IPv4 PIM Commands The following commands apply to IPv4 PIM-SM, IPv4 PIM-SSM, and PIM-DM.
PAGE 1240
to download multicast routes learned by the peer. Both local and synced routes are removed from the local VLT node multicast route table. The peer VLT node clears synced routes from the node. If you use this command on a peer VLT node, only the synced routes are deleted from the multicast route table. debug ip pim View IP PIM debugging messages.
PAGE 1241
ip pim dr-priority Change the designated router (DR) priority for the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim dr-priority priority-value To remove the DR priority value assigned, use the no ip pim dr-priority command. Parameters priority-value Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Enter a number. Preference is given to larger/higher number. The range is from 0 to 4294967294. The default is 1. INTERFACE (BATCH Mode) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1242
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 1243
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the S-Series. show ip pim interface View information on the interfaces with IP PIM enabled. C9000 Series Syntax show ip pim interface Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1244
172.21.200.254 172.60.1.2 192.3.1.1 192.4.1.1 172.21.110.1 172.21.203.1 Te Te Te Te Te Te 0/9 0/11 0/16 1/5 1/6 1/7 v2/S v2/S v2/S v2/S v2/S v2/S 0 0 1 0 0 0 30 30 30 30 30 30 1 1 1 1 1 1 172.21.200.254 172.60.1.2 192.3.1.1 192.4.1.1 172.21.110.1 172.21.203.1 show ip pim neighbor View PIM neighbors. C9000 Series Syntax show ip pim neighbor Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1245
Address Prio/Mode↵ 127.87.3.4 Te 1/16 09:44:58/00:01:24 v2 1 / S↵ show ip pim tib View the PIM tree information base (TIB). C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip pim tib [group-address [source-address]] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). source-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the source address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1246
Field Description Incoming interface Displays the reverse path forwarding (RPF) interface towards the RP/ source. Example RPF neighbor Displays the next hop from this interface towards the RP/source.
PAGE 1247
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for VRF on S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000, Z9500, and S6000–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1248
Example 1248 Version Description 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for VRF on S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000, Z9500, and S6000–ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1249
44 PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) The protocol-independent multicast sparse-mode (PIM-SM) commands in this section are supported in the Dell Networking operating system. Topics: • • IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands IPv6 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ip pim rp-mapping The bootstrap router (BSR) feature uses this command to remove all or particular rendezvous point (RP) advertisement.
PAGE 1250
clear ip pim tib Clear PIM tree information from the PIM database. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip pim tib [group] Parameters group (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1251
state (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword state to view PIM state changes. timer [assert | hello | joinprune | register] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timer to view PIM timers. Enter one of the optional parameters: • • • • assert: to view the assertion timer hello: to view the PIM neighbor keepalive timer joinprune: to view the expiry timer (join/prune timer) register: to view the register suppression timer Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1252
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information This command is applied to the subsequent PIM-BSR. Existing BSR advertisements are cleaned up by time-out. To clean the candidate RP advertisements, use the clear ip pim rp-mapping command. ip pim bsr-candidate To join the Bootstrap election process, configure the PIM router.
PAGE 1253
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 6.1.1.0 Added support for the VLAN interface. ip pim dr-priority Change the designated router (DR) priority for the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim dr-priority priority-value To remove the DR priority value assigned, use the no ip pim dr-priority command. Parameters priority-value Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Enter a number. Preference is given to larger/higher number.
PAGE 1254
nsf Enter the keyword nsf to configure the non-stop forwarding capability. NOTE: ip pim graceful-restart nsf is applicable for the entire multicast sub-system. restart-time (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords restart-time followed by the number of seconds estimated for the PIM speaker to restart. The range is 30 to 300 seconds. The default is 180 seconds. stale-entry-time (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords stale-entry-time followed by the number of seconds for which entries are kept alive after restart.
PAGE 1255
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Removed the in and out parameters. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1256
ip pim neighbor-filter To prevent a router from participating in protocol independent multicast (PIM), configure this feature. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim neighbor-filter {access-list} To remove the restriction, use the no ip pim neighbor-filter {access-list} command. Parameters access-list Enter the name of a standard access list. Maximum 16 characters. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1257
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1258
ip pim rp-address Configure a static PIM rendezvous point (RP) address for a group or access-list. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim rp-address address {group-address group-address mask} [override] To remove an RP address, use the no ip pim rp-address address {group-address groupaddress mask} [vrf vrf-name] [override] command. Parameters address Enter the RP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
PAGE 1259
To return to the default value, use the no ip pim rp-candidate {interface [priority]}[vrf vrf-name] command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1260
Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH Mode) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1261
Usage Information This command is applicable to last hop routers on the shared tree towards the rendezvous point (RP). ip pim sparse-mode sg-expiry-timer Enable expiry timers globally for all sources. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim sparse-mode sg-expiry-timer seconds To disable configured timers and return to default mode, use the no ip pim sparse-mode sg-expirytimer command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the S, G entries are retained. The range is from 211 to 65535. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1262
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1263
Field Description Neighbor address Displays the IP address of the neighbor learned through PIM-SM snooping. Interface Displays the VLAN ID number and slot/port on which the PIM-SM-enabled neighbor was discovered. Uptime/expires Displays the amount of time the neighbor has been up then the amount of time until the neighbor is removed from the multicast routing table (that is, until the neighbor hold time expires).
PAGE 1264
Field Description Interface List the interface type, with either slot/port information or ID (VLAN or Port Channel), of the interfaces participating in PIM. Ver/Mode Displays the PIM version number and mode for each interface participating in PIM: • • v2 = PIM version 2 S = PIM Sparse mode Nbr Count Displays the number of PIM neighbors discovered over this interface. Query Intvl Displays the query interval for Router Query messages on that interface (configured with ip pim query-interval command).
PAGE 1265
Field Description Neighbor address Displays the IP address of the PIM neighbor. Interface List the interface type, with either slot/port information or ID (VLAN or Port Channel), on which the PIM neighbor was found. Uptime/expires Displays the amount of time the neighbor has been up then the amount of time until the neighbor is removed from the multicast routing table (that is, until the neighbor hold time expires). Ver Displays the PIM version number.
PAGE 1266
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Example Dell#show ip pim rp Group RP 224.2.197.115 165.87.20.4 224.2.217.146 165.87.20.4 224.3.3.3 165.87.20.4 225.1.2.1 165.87.20.4 225.1.2.2 165.87.20.4 229.1.2.1 165.87.20.4 229.1.2.2 165.87.20.4 Dell# Example (Mapping) Dell#show ip pim rp mapping PIM Group-to-RP Mappings Group(s): 224.0.0.0/4, Static RP: 50.40.4.4, v2 Dell# Example (Address) Dell#show ip pim rp 229.1.2.1 Group RP 229.1.2.1 165.87.20.
PAGE 1267
Field Description Ver/Mode Displays the PIM version number for each VLAN interface with PIM-SM snooping enabled: • • v2 = PIM version 2 S = PIM Sparse mode Nbr Count Displays the number of neighbors learned through PIM-SM snooping on the interface. DR Prio Displays the Designated Router priority value configured on the interface (ip pim drpriority command). DR Displays the IP address of the Designated Router for that interface.
PAGE 1268
PIM TIB version 495 Uptime 22:44:52 Entries in PIM-TIB/MFC : 2/2 Active Modes : PIM-SNOOPING Interface 1 0 3 summary: active PIM interface passive PIM interfaces active PIM neighbors TIB summary: 1/1 (*,G) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 1/1 (S,G) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 0/0 (S,G,Rpt) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 0 0 0 0 PIM nexthops RPs sources Register states Message summary: 2582/2583 Joins sent/received 5/0 Prunes sent/received 0/0 Candidate-RP advertisements sent/received 0/0 BSR messages sent/received 0/0 State-R
PAGE 1269
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip pim tib command shown in the following example. Field Description (S, G) Displays the entry in the multicast PIM database. uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the PIM route table.
PAGE 1270
Vlan 2006 Forward/Sparse 00:06:21/Never (20.10.4.9, 225.1.1.2), uptime 00:06:21, expires 00:02:06, flags: CT Incoming interface: Vlan 2007, RPF neighbor 20.30.124.4 Outgoing interface list: Vlan 2006 Forward/Sparse 00:06:21/Never show running-config pim Display the current configuration of PIM-SM snooping. C9000 Series Syntax show running-config pim Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1271
Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.11.3.0 Introduced on the Z9100-ON, S4048-ON, S6000-ON, S6100-ON, S4048T-ON, S3100, S6010-ON, S3048-ON, and C9010. show ipv6 pim tib – displays the IPv6 PIM tree information base (TIB) debug ipv6 pim Invoke IPv6 PIM debugging.
PAGE 1272
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. 9.14(1.0) Introduced on the C9010, S3048–ON, S3100 Series, S4048–ON, S4048T–ON, S6000– ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON. Usage Information This command is applied to the subsequent PIM-BSR. Existing BSR advertisements are cleaned up by time-out.
PAGE 1273
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.11.3.0 Introduced on the Z9100-ON, S4048-ON, S6000-ON, S6100-ON, S4048T-ON, S3100, S6010-ON, S3048-ON, and C9010. Usage Information The router with the largest value assigned to an interface becomes the designated router.
PAGE 1274
override (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword override to override the BSR updates with static RP. The override takes effect immediately during enable/disable. NOTE: This option is applicable to multicast group range. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1275
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(1.0) Introduced on the C9010, S3048–ON, S3100 Series, S4048–ON, S4048T–ON, S6000– ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON. Usage Information Priority is stored at BSR router when receiving a Candidate-RP-Advertisement. ipv6 pim sparse-mode Enable IPv6 PIM sparse mode and MLD on the interface.
PAGE 1276
Even though the FHR nodes act as RPs, these nodes still send Register encap messages to themselves and expect to receive a Register stop message (for Anycast RP support). As a result, if the DLT timer expires, SG is not deleted until the register state is deleted in the node. This register state expires 210 seconds after the last Null register is received. ipv6 pim spt-threshold Specifies when a PIM leaf router should join the shortest path tree.
PAGE 1277
This system is a candidate BSR Candidate BSR address: 100::1, priority: 0, hash mask length: 126 Next Cand_RP_advertisement in 00:00:25 RP: 100::1(Lo 0) DellEMC# show ipv6 pim interface Display IPv6 PIM enabled interfaces. Syntax Parameters show ipv6 pim [vrf vrf-name] interface vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view IP PIM debugging messages corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF.
PAGE 1278
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.11.3.0 Introduced on the Z9100-ON, S4048-ON, S6000-ON, S6100-ON, S4048T-ON, S3100, S6010-ON, S3048-ON, and C9010.
PAGE 1279
ipv6 pim vrf blue rp-candidate Loopback 2 60 blue_vrf_acl_dut DellEMC# Example (Mapping) DellEMC#show ipv6 pim rp mapping PIM Group-to-RP Mappings Group(s): ff0e::225:1:1:1/128 RP: 100::1, v2 Info source: 200::1, via bootstrap, expires: 00:01:50 RP: 150::1, v2 Info source: 200::1, via bootstrap, expires: 00:01:50 RP: 200::1, v2 Info source: 200::1, via bootstrap, expires: 00:01:57 Group(s): ff0e::225:1:1:2/128 RP: 100::1, v2 Info source: 200::1, via bootstrap, expires: 00:01:50 RP: 150::1, v2 Info source:
PAGE 1280
TIB summary: 12/12 (*,G) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 69/69 (S,G) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 24/0 (S,G,Rpt) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 8 PIM nexthops 1 RPs 7 sources 30 Register states Message summary: 47132/53793 Joins/Prunes sent/received 0/0 Candidate-RP advertisements sent/received 0/0 BSR messages sent/received 0/0 MSDP updates sent/received 243746/0 Null Register messages sent/received 0/973809 Register-stop messages sent/received Data path event summary: 222 no-cache messages received 281 last-hop switchover messa
PAGE 1281
K - Ack-Pending State Timers: Uptime/Expires Interface state: Interface, next-Hop, State/Mode (25::1, ff0e::225:1:2:1), uptime 00:09:53, expires 00:00:00,flags: CJ RPF neighbor: TenGigabitEthernet 1/3, fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:6265 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 2/11 (25::1, ff0e::225:1:2:2), uptime 00:09:54, expires 00:00:00,flags: CJ RPF neighbor: TenGigabitEthernet 1/3, fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:6265 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 1/11 (25::2, ff0e::225:1:2:2), uptime 00:09:54, expires 00:
PAGE 1282
45 Policy-based Routing (PBR) Policy-based routing (PBR) allows you to apply routing policies to specific interfaces. To enable PBR, create a redirect list and apply it to the interface. After the redirect list is applied to the interface, all traffic passing through the interface is subject to the rules defined in the redirect list. PBR is supported by the Dell Networking Operating System (OS).
PAGE 1283
Version Description 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Usage Information You can apply any number of redirect-groups to an interface. A redirect list can contain any number of configured rules. These rules include the next-hop IP address where the incoming traffic is redirected. If the next hop address is reachable, traffic is forwarded to the specified next hop. Otherwise, the normal routing table is used to forward traffic.
PAGE 1284
permit Configure a permit rule. A permit rule excludes the matching packets from PBR classification and routes them using conventional routing. C9000 Series Syntax permit {ip-protocol-number | protocol-type} {source mask | any | host ipaddress} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [bit] [operators] To remove the rule, use one of the following: • • Parameters If you know the filter sequence number, use the no seq sequence-number syntax command.
PAGE 1285
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. redirect Configure a rule for the redirect list.
PAGE 1286
source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all traffic is subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. operator (OPTIONAL) For TCP and UDP parameters only.
PAGE 1287
ip-address Enter the keyword IP address of the forwarding router. tunnel Enter the keyword tunnel to configure the tunnel setting. tunnel-id Enter the keyword tunnel-id to redirect the traffic. track Enter the keyword track to enable the tracking. track Enter the keyword track to track object-id. ip-protocolnumber Enter the keyword ip-protocol-number then the number from 0 to 255 for the protocol identified in the IP protocol header.
PAGE 1288
Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for the track-id on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. show cam pbr Display the PBR CAM content.
PAGE 1289
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.
PAGE 1290
46 Port Extenders (PE) To configure a C1048P port extender (PE) attached to a C9010, use the commands in this chapter from the C9010 console. Important Points to Remember • You can perform the following tasks using the commands described in this chapter: • • • Provisioning a Port Extender • Managing a Port Extender • PE Stacking You must configure the feature extended-bridge command to turn on support for PE configuration on a C9010. The GVRP and FRRP protocols are not supported on the PE ports.
PAGE 1291
Parameters interface interface Enter interface and specify the interface supported on the switch. The TenGigabit Ethernet interface is the only interface type supported for this feature. slot/port-range Enter the slot/port-range to specify a linecard and either a single port number, a port range, or a combination of both for auto-LAG configuration. Slot number range is from 0 to 9. In linecard slots 0 to 9, the range of port numbers is from 0 to 23.
PAGE 1292
Parameters pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender ID. Range is from 0 to 255. statistics Enter the keyword statistics to delete the statistics related to a specified PE from the system. Default None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1293
feature extended-bridge Enable 802.1BR (bridge port extender) support on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax [no] feature extended-bridge To disable 802.1BR support on the switch, use the no feature extended-bridge command. Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1294
linecard slot-id Enter the keyword linecard and the slot ID. The linecard slot-id range is from 0 to 9. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the PE ID. The range is from 0 to 255. stack-unit unit Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack unit number. The range is from 0 to 7. number rpm slot-id Enter the keyword rpm and specify the route processor slot ID. RPM slot-id values are rpm0 and rpm1 .
PAGE 1295
To remove a port extender, use the no pe pe-id command. Example Entering pe context DELL(conf)# pe 0 Removing pe 0 DELL(conf)# no pe 0 Entering port extender configuration mode: DELL(conf)#pe 10 DELL(conf-pe-10)# DELL(conf-pe-10)#stack-unit 0 type c1048P Related Commands • • stack-unit – add or delete a specified port extender stack-unit. show pe —display the port extender status and details. pe provision Logically provision or add a port extender (PE).
PAGE 1296
NOTE: You must ensure that the port extender units are offline before you issue the no pe provision command.
PAGE 1297
range pe-id-pe-id Command Modes • Usage Information • • Command History Enter the keyword range followed by the range of pe-ids that you want to schedule to reboot. The range is from 0 to 255. EXEC Privilege You can schedule a PE to reboot after a particular amount of time, in hours and minutes (HH:MM), from the current time. For example, you can schedule a PE to reset 10 minutes from the current time using the following command: reset pe schedule after 0:10 range 10-20.
PAGE 1298
Defaults None. Command Modes • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 1299
stack-unit 4 type C1048P Dell(conf)#pe 255 Dell(conf-pe-255)#show config ! pe provision 255 cascade interface TenGigabitEthernet 6/0 stack-unit 1 type C1048P show ecid Display the E-Channel identifier (ECID) information for all or any specified interfaces.
PAGE 1300
peGigE 255/0/1 peGigE 255/0/2 peGigE 255/0/3 peGigE 255/0/4 peGigE 255/0/5 peGigE 255/0/6 peGigE 255/0/7 peGigE 255/0/8 peGigE 255/0/9 peGigE 255/0/10 peGigE 255/0/11 peGigE 255/0/12 peGigE 255/0/13 peGigE 255/0/14 peGigE 255/0/15 peGigE 255/0/16 peGigE 255/0/17 peGigE 255/0/18 peGigE 255/0/19 peGigE 255/0/20 peGigE 255/0/21 peGigE 255/0/22 peGigE 255/0/23 peGigE 255/0/24 peGigE 255/0/25 peGigE 255/0/26 peGigE 255/0/27 peGigE 255/0/28 peGigE 255/0/29 peGigE 255/0/30 peGigE 255/0/31 peGigE 255/0/32 peGigE 25
PAGE 1301
peGigE 255/1/23 peGigE 255/1/24 peTenGigE 255/1/25 peTenGigE 255/1/26 peGigE 255/7/1 peGigE 255/7/2 peGigE 255/7/3 peGigE 255/7/4 peGigE 255/7/5 peGigE 255/7/6 peGigE 255/7/7 peGigE 255/7/8 peGigE 255/7/9 peGigE 255/7/10 peGigE 255/7/11 peGigE 255/7/12 peGigE 255/7/13 peGigE 255/7/14 peGigE 255/7/15 peGigE 255/7/16 peGigE 255/7/17 peGigE 255/7/18 peGigE 255/7/19 peGigE 255/7/20 peGigE 255/7/21 peGigE 255/7/22 peGigE 255/7/23 peGigE 255/7/24 peTenGigE 255/7/26 3741 3742 3757 3758 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 34
PAGE 1302
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Information This command shows the current number of PEs in the system that are online and the current number of PEs that are offline. This command also shows the port validation error (PVE) to indicate that the number of PEX ports have exceeded the maximum limit. The PVE error results from an incorrect provisioning of PEs or misconfiguration of converted uplink ports in the dual homed system.
PAGE 1303
1 online N2048P-PE f4:8e:38:04:f2:67 28 Second Dell# Dell#show pe 1 brief -- Port Extenders Information ----------------------------------------------------------------------------PE-id Status Stack-size Type System-MAC Description ---------------------------------------------------------------------------255 online 2 N3048-PE f8:b1:56:33:ee:f2 Dell#show pe statistics PE-ID: 0 PE-CSP Tx Message: 0 PE-CSP Rx Message: 0 ECP Tx: 0 ECP Rx Ack: 0 ECP Dropped: 0 ECP Rx: 0 ECP Tx Ack: 0 PE-ID: 1 PE-CSP Tx Message:
PAGE 1304
show pe csp Display the control and status protocol (CSP) session information for the port extenders. C9000 Series Syntax show pe CSP Default None Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privileged The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 1305
Example Dell#show pe errors PE-id: Not Assigned PE MAC: f8:b1:56:00:01:04 Interface Errors: TenGigabitEthernet 1/16 - Error State Dell#show pe 9 Codes: A - Active, I - Inactive SVC - Software Version Compatible Reason: CTM - Card Type Mismatch, CAM - CAM ACL Mismatch SVM - Software Version Mismatch, UE - Unknown Error Offline Reason: UNP - Unit Not Present, PVE - Port Validation Error ICE - IPC CP Error, IRE - IPC RP Error ISE - IPC Setup Error, CVE - Card Validation Error PE-ID assigned: 9 Status: online
PAGE 1306
Secondary VLT DellEMC#Dec 6 10:44:31 %RPM1-P:CP %CLIBATCH-6CLI_BATCH_CONFIG_IN_PROGRESS_TRAP: Batch configuration commit is in progress Dec 6 10:44:31 %RPM1-P:CP %CLIBATCH-6-CLI_BATCH_CONFIG_COMPLETE_TRAP: Batch configuration commit is success Dec 6 10:44:31 %RPM1-P:CP %FILEMGR-5-FILESAVED: Copied running-config to startup-config in flash by default Dec 6 10:46:08 %RPM1-P:CP %FILEMGR-5-FILESAVED: Copied running-config to startup-config in flash by default commit Use commit to apply the common configuration
PAGE 1307
commit write Use commit write to apply the common configurations made in the Configuration Terminal Batch mode and to save the running configuration in both VLT peers. C9000 Series Syntax commit write Parameters None Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1308
discard Use the discard command to cancel the uncommitted changes made to common configurations in the Configuration Terminal Batch mode. C9000 Series Syntax discard Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1309
show config-mismatch Use show config-mismatch to view the configurations that differ between the peer chassis. C9000 Series Syntax show config-mismatch Default None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 1310
! enable password 7 b125455cf679b208fcf9eeeed0cd6d84 ! username admin password 7 1d28e9f33f99cf5c ! linecard 0 provision C9000LC2410G ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 no ip address no shutdown ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/1 no ip address no shutdown ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/2 no shutdown ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/3 no ip address no shutdown ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/4 no ip address no shutdown ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/5 no shutdown ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/6 no ip
PAGE 1311
! feature extended-bridge ! pe provision 10 cascade interface TenGigabitEthernet cascade interface TenGigabitEthernet ! pe provision 11 cascade interface TenGigabitEthernet cascade interface TenGigabitEthernet ! interface peGigE 255/0/1 shutdown ! --More-- 0/2 0/2 peer 0/5 0/5 peer show config Display the configuration in the batch mode. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show config [common | user | local] common Displays the common configuration in the batch mode.
PAGE 1312
write memory local Use write memory local to save the local configurations to startup configuration. C9000 Series Syntax write memory local Default None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 1313
Example The example below is before and after clearing system-flow counters: Dell#show hardware system-flow pe 255 stack-unit 1 port-set 0 counters --------------------------------------------------------------------------EntryId Description #HITS --------------------------------------------------------------------------1024 IPC traffic coming on PE Access Port 0 1023 IPC traffic destined to stack_unit 0 PE CPU 0 1022 IPC traffic destined to stack_unit 1 PE CPU 1011 1021 IPC traffic destined to stack_unit
PAGE 1314
From a PE console, use show software pemgr{ipc-stats [message type 0–FFFFF | service— id 0–FFFF ]| pq-stats {High | Medium | Low}| reg-client} to view the PE manager software information. Parameters pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender ID. Range is from 0 to 255. ipc-stats Enter the keyword ipc-stats to display inter-module communication statistics. message type (Optional) Enter the keyword option message type to display the data in 0–FFFF message data format.
PAGE 1315
Serivce Name : PEMGR Service Id : 0x14e EndPoint : CB DeQCount : MType : 0x192 EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 38c packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 1 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 1 Service Id : 0x14e EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Serivce Name : PEMGR 38c MType : 0xb9f2 EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 486 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 3 0 ticks Max Proc
PAGE 1316
MType : 0x2a3c EndPoint : CB EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 0 packets DeQCount : : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 0 Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Serivce Name : IFMGR MType : 0x2a3d EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 0 Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCo
PAGE 1317
EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 0 packets DeQCount : : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 0 Service Id : 0x14e EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Serivce Name : PEMGR 0 MType : 0x1771 EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 4 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 0 Service Id : 0x10 EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Serivce Name : CLI
PAGE 1318
packets Messages in Q Example: show software pemgr pe pe-id pq-stats : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 0 Dell#show software pemgr pe-id 1 pq-stats Priority Queue Based Statistics ------------------------------End_Point Priority PE LOW PE Outstanding count Packets 0 0 MEDIUM 880 880 0 PE HIGH 180 180 0 CB LOW 0 0 0 CB MEDIUM 1146 1145 1 CB HIGH 769 769 0 messages messages messages messages
PAGE 1319
Example: show software pemgr pe 0 ipc-stats (PE Console) Dell#show software pemgr ipc-stats IPC Message Based Statistics ---------------------------Serivce Name : CLI Service Id : 0x10 EndPoint : CB DeQCount : MType : 0x1771 EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 0 Service Id : 0x21 EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Serivce Name : SYSADMTSK 0 MType : 0x1c29 EnQCount pack
PAGE 1320
ticks Serivce Name : IFMGR EndPoint : CB DeQCount : : 0x2a5c EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 0 Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCount : 0 MType : 0x2a3b EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 0 Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB De
PAGE 1321
Serivce Name : PEMGR MType : 0x1771 EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks Service Id : 0x14e EndPoint : CB DeQCount : 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 0 Service Id : 0x10 EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Serivce Name : CLI 0 MType : 0xb9f4 EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time :
PAGE 1322
MType : 0x12ce EndPoint : CB EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 0 packets DeQCount : : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 0 Service Id : 0xfb EndPoint : CB Serivce Name : POEMGR MType Example: show software pemgr pe-id 1 pq-stats (PE Console) Dell#show software pemgr pe-id 1 pq-stats Priority Queue Based Statistics ------------------------------End_Point Priority Enqueue count Packets Dequeue count Packets Ou
PAGE 1323
L2AGENT 144 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 PORTMIRR 191 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SFL_LP 194 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SFL_CP 195 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 POEMGR 251 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Power over Ethernet (PoE) Use the commands in this section to configure the Power over Ethernet (PoE) feature on a C1048P port-extender (PE). PoE is not supported on C9010 switches.
PAGE 1324
advertise med power-via-mdi Configure the system to advertise IEEE 802.1ab extended power-via— MDI TLV. C9000 Series Syntax [no] advertise med power-via-mdi To return to the default, use the no advertise med power-via-mdi command. Parameters power-via-mdi Enter the keyword power—via-mdi to advertise IEEE 802.1ab MED Extended powervia-mdi TLV. Defaults Disabled Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1325
Example Related Commands Dell#sh running-config interface tengigabitethernet 0/1 ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 10/1 no ip address switchport switchport mode private-vlan host ! protocol lldp on-disable transmit shutdown no shutdown show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. power budget global-threshold Set a global threshold limit for the PoE power budget on a specified port extender.
PAGE 1326
power inline Enable inline power and configure maximum power allocation with priority for the powered device connected to an interface. C9000 Series Syntax power inline {[max_milliwatts ]| priority {critical | high | low}} To disable a device that has been enabled for PoE power supply, use the no power inline command. Parameters max_milliwatts (OPTIONAL) Specify the maximum amount of inline power allocation to a powered device connected to the interface. Range is 440–30000 milliwatts (mWs).
PAGE 1327
Support -----------------PeGi 0/0/0 critical (Watts) -----------0 (Watts) ------------ 30.00/0.00 0.00 ------- ------ NO_PD - -------- power inline legacy Allocate inline power to the legacy devices on a Port Extender . C9000 Series Syntax power inline legacy {pe pe-id stack-unit unit number} To disable the detection of legacy powered devices in a port extender, use the no power inline legacy {pe pe-id stack-unit unit number} command.
PAGE 1328
static Defaults Static Command Modes CONFIGURATION Enter the keyword static to configure the static mode for the specified port extender. CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1329
Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Information The power inline restore pe command enables or restores the temporarily suspended PoE power supply to all the ports on a port extender unit.
PAGE 1330
stack-unit unit number Enter the keyword stack-unit and the unit number. Range is from 0 to 7. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 1331
Field Description Interface Displays the line card or the port extender interface slot and port number. Inline Power Allocated Displays the amount of power allocated to the port. Inline Power Consumed Displays the amount of power consumed by the connected device. Class Displays the power classification of the connected device. If the device is powered up properly, it displays Class 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4. Displays the following under different conditions: • • • • NO_DEVICE if no device is present.
PAGE 1332
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 1333
IAP FPGA CPLD IAP FPGA CPLD IAP FPGA CPLD IAP FPGA 1 CPLD FPGA 2 Backup FPGA IAP CPLD Boot Flash CPLD Boot Flash CPLD Boot Flash CPLD Boot Flash CPLD Boot Flash Exmaple (PE Console) 3.1 3.7 3.0 3.1 3.7 3.0 3.1 3.7 3.0 3.1 3.9 3.5 2.0 2.0 3.1 16 3.3.1.7 16 3.3.1.7 16 3.3.1.7 16 3.3.1.
PAGE 1334
47 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. Important Points to Remember • • • • • • • • Port monitoring is supported on physical ports and logical interfaces, such as port channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs). The monitoring (destination, “MG”) and monitored (source, “MD”) ports must be on the same switch.
PAGE 1335
Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. monitor session — enables a monitoring session. erpm Configure the source and destination IP address for ERPM traffic.
PAGE 1336
To delete all monitor sessions, use the no monitor session all command. Parameters session-ID Enter a session identification number. The range is from 0 to 65535. type rpm | erpm Specifies one of the following type: • • Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION rpm: to create remote port monitoring session. erpm: to create encapsulated remote port monitoring session. CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1337
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1338
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1339
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The monitoring command is saved in the running configuration at the Monitor Session mode level and can be restored after a chassis reload. Example Related Commands Dell(conf-mon-sess-0)#do show running-config monitor session ! monitor session 0 source Port-channel 10 destination TenGigabitEthernet 0/33 direction tx ! monitor session — creates a monitoring session. show monitor session — displays a monitoring session.
PAGE 1340
• • interface Enter the one of the following keywords and slot/port information: • • • • direction {rx | tx | both} For a port channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel and a the portchannel ID. For a remote VLAN interface, enter the keyword Remote-VLAN and a vlan-id number. Range is from 1 to 4094 For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1341
48 Private VLAN (PVLAN) The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell Networking operating software. Private VLANs extend the system security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair. The private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069. For more information, see the following commands. The command output is augmented in the Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1342
ip local-proxy-arp Enable/disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ip local-proxy-arp To disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN, use the no ip localproxy-arp command in INTERFACE VLAN mode for the primary VLAN. To disable Layer 3 communication in a particular secondary VLAN, use the no ip local-proxy-arp command in INTERFACE VLAN mode for the selected secondary VLAN.
PAGE 1343
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1344
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information The list of secondary VLANs can be: Related Commands • • • Specified in comma-delimited or hyphenated-range format. Specified with this command even before they have been created.
PAGE 1345
Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information This command has two types of display — a list of all PVLAN interfaces or for a specific interface. Examples of both types of output are shown below.
PAGE 1346
interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface and specify the interface type and slot/ port numbers or port-channel number to display the PVLAN configuration for a member interface. The valid values are: • • • • • For a port channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel and a port-channel ID. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1347
Example (All) Dell# show vlan private-vlan Primary Secondary Type Active ------- --------- --------- -----10 primary Yes 100 isolated Yes 101 community Yes 20 primary Yes 200 201 202 Example (Primary) Example (Isolated) Example (Community) Example (Interface) Example (Mapping) isolated Yes community No community Yes Ports ----------Te 2/1,3 Te 2/2 Te 2/10 Po 10, 12-13 Te 1/1 Te 1/2,4-6 Te 1/11-12 Dell# show vlan private-vlan primary Primary Secondary Type Active Ports ------- --------- --------- --
PAGE 1348
10 Primary 102 Related Commands Yes Isolated Yes Po 1 Te 0/2 Te 0/4 private-vlan mode – sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. show interfaces private-vlan – displays type and status of PVLAN interfaces. switchport mode private-vlan – sets PVLAN mode of the selected port. switchport mode private-vlan Set PVLAN mode of the selected port.
PAGE 1349
Dell(conf)#interface port-channel 10 Dell(conf-if-te-2/3)#switchport mode private-vlan promiscuous Related Commands • • • private-vlan mode — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to primary and then associates the secondary VLANs to it. show interfaces private-vlan — displays type and status of PVLAN interfaces.
PAGE 1350
49 Quality of Service (QoS) The Dell Networking operating software commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control.
PAGE 1351
Usage Information By default, when rate policing and shaping, the system does not include the Preamble, SFD, or the IFG fields. These fields are overhead; only the fields from MAC destination address to the CRC are used for forwarding and are included in these rate metering calculations. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to enable the QoS rate adjustment in a dual-homing setup. service-class bandwidth-percentage Specify a minimum bandwidth for queues.
PAGE 1352
Parameters Defaults dot1p0 value ... dot1p7 value For each dot1p Priority, the default CoS queue value is: • • Command Modes Enter a dot1p list number and value. The list number range is from 0 to 7. The range is from 0 to 7. Dot1p Priority: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Queue: 1 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1353
Command Modes dot1p Queue ID 6 6 7 7 INTERFACE CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 1354
Parameters service-class Define the mapping between the service class and policy-based QoS or routing. wred Specify WRED curve parameters for a queue green Specify green (low) drop precedence to a queue. weight Specify a weight factor to a queue. yellow Specify yellow (medium) drop precedence to a queue. queue 0 to queue 7 Specify the queue number to which the WRED parameters apply. number Enter a weight for the queue as a number in the range of 1 to 15.
PAGE 1355
wred Specify WRED curve parameters for a queue. green Specify green (low) drop precedence to a queue. weight Specify a weight factor to a queue yellow Specify yellow (medium) drop precedence to a queue pool0 Service-pool buffer 1 (default service-pool for PFC traffic) pool1 Service-pool buffer 0 (default service-pool for lossy traffic) number Enter a weight for the queue as a number in the range of 1 to 15. This parameter applies only if you specify the green or yellow drop precedence.
PAGE 1356
ecn Cause explicit congestion notification (ECN) to be used to indicate network congestion, rather than dropping packets, queues-list Enter the queue numbers, either as individual queue numbers separated by commas or as an inclusive list separating the starting and ending queue numbers with a hyphen queue-list Enter the port-queue numbers, either as individual queue numbers separated by commas or as an inclusive list separating the starting and ending queue numbers with a hyphen; for example, service-cla
PAGE 1357
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. service-class dot1p-mapping — Identifies the class map. Per-Port QoS Commands Per-port QoS (port-based QoS) allows you to define the QoS configuration on a per-physical-port basis. dot1p-priority Assign a value to the IEEE 802.
PAGE 1358
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The dot1p-priority command changes the priority of incoming traffic on the interface. The system places traffic marked with a priority in the correct queue and processes that traffic according to its queue. When you set the priority for a port channel, the physical interfaces assigned to the port channel are configured with the same value.
PAGE 1359
On one interface, you can configure the rate police command for a VLAN or you can configure the rate police command for an interface. For each physical interface, you can configure three rate police commands specifying different VLANS. Related Commands rate-police — specifies traffic policing on the selected interface. rate shape Shape the traffic output on the selected interface.
PAGE 1360
Policy-Based QoS Commands Policy-based traffic classification is handled with class maps. These maps classify unicast traffic into one of four classes. The system allows you to match multiple class maps and specify multiple match criteria. Policy-based QoS is not supported on logical interfaces, such as port-channels, VLANs, or loopbacks. bandwidth-percentage Assign a percentage of weight to the class/queue.
PAGE 1361
Command History Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the S6000 platform Usage Information Only the software-based trigger for retrieving and calculating the snapshots of the statistical counters of the buffer space is supported.
PAGE 1362
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Class-map names can be 32 characters. Layer2 available on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Expanded to add support for Layer 2.
PAGE 1363
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.18.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show qos statistics — displays the QoS statistics. description Add a description to the selected policy map or QoS policy.
PAGE 1364
match ip access-group Configure match criteria for a class map, based on the access control list (ACL). C9000 Series Syntax match ip access-group access-group-name [set-ip-dscp value] To remove ACL match criteria from a class map, use the no match ip access-group access-groupname [set-ip-dscp value] command. Parameters access-groupname Enter the ACL name whose contents are used as the match criteria in determining if packets belong to the class the class-map specifies.
PAGE 1365
Parameters ip Enter the keyword ip to support IPv4 traffic. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to support IPv6 traffic. ip-any Enter the keyword ip-any to support IPv4 and IPv6 traffic. dscp-list Enter the IP DSCP values that is to be the match criteria. Separate values by commas — no spaces ( 1,2,3 ) or indicate a list of values separated by a hyphen (1-3). The range is from 0 to 63. set-ip-dscp value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords set-ip-dscp then the IP DSCP value.
PAGE 1366
match ip precedence Use IP precedence values as a match criteria. C9000 Series Syntax match {ip | ipv6 | ip-any} precedence ip-precedence-list [set-ip-dscp value | set-color value ] To remove IP precedence as a match criteria, use the no match {ip | ipv6 | ip-any} precedence ip-precedence-list [[multicast] set-ip-dscp value| set-color value command. Parameters ip Enter the keyword ip to support IPv4 traffic. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to support IPv6 traffic.
PAGE 1367
Up to eight precedence values can be matched in one match statement. For example, to indicate the IP precedence values 0 1 2 3, enter either the match ip precedence 0-3 or match ip precedence 0,1,2,3 command. NOTE: Only one of the IP precedence values must be a successful match criterion, not all of the specified IP precedence values must match. Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. match ip vlan Uses a VLAN as the match criterion for an L3 class map.
PAGE 1368
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Available on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria.
PAGE 1369
match mac vlan Configure a match criterion for a class map based on VLAN ID. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters match mac vlan number number Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.
PAGE 1370
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information An aggregate output QoS policy applies to all outbound port traffic. An aggregate output QoS policy can coexist with per-queue output QoS policies. Related Commands policy-map-input — creates an input policy map.
PAGE 1371
Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The input policy map is used to classify incoming traffic to different flows using class-map, QoS policy, or incoming packets DSCP. This command enables Policy-Map-Input Configuration mode (conf-policy-map-in). When you configure an input policy map for CoPP, you must enter the keyword cpu-qos. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to create an input policy map in a dual-homing setup.
PAGE 1372
qos-policy-input Create a QoS input policy on the router. C9000 Series Syntax qos-policy-input qos-policy-name [layer2] [cpu-qos] To remove an existing input QoS policy from the router, use the no qos-policy-input qos-policyname [layer2] [cpu-qos] command. Parameters qos-policy-name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). layer2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3.
PAGE 1373
qos-policy-output Create a QoS output policy. C9000 Series Syntax qos-policy-output qos-policy-name To remove an existing output QoS policy, use the no qos-policy-output qos-policy-name command. Parameters qos-policy-name Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Enter your output QoS policy name in character format (32 characters maximum). CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1374
burst-KB (OPTIONAL) Enter the burst size in KB. The range is from 16 to 200000. The default is 100. peak peak-rate (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peak then a number to specify the peak rate in Mbps. The range is from 0 to 40000. The default is the same as designated for committedrate. Defaults Burst size is 100KB. peak-rate is by default the same as committed-rate. Granularity for committedrate and peak-rate is Mbps unless you use the kbps option.
PAGE 1375
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(1.0) Added support for packets-per-second and committed rate. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1376
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform Usage Information You can configure all the data queues. For S6000, you can configure queues 0-7.
PAGE 1377
Defaults Layer 3 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1378
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information A single policy-map can be attached to one or more interfaces to specify the service-policy for those interfaces. A policy map attached to an interface can be modified. Related Commands policy-map-output — creates an output policy map.
PAGE 1379
Usage Information This command assigns a class map or QoS policy to different queues. There are eight queues per interface on the Z9500. Related Commands • • • class-map— identifies the class map. service-policy input— applies an input policy map to the selected interface. service-policy output— applies an output policy map to the selected interface. set Mark outgoing traffic with a differentiated service code point (DSCP) or dot1p value.
PAGE 1380
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1381
• For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE. Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1382
Example (Summary IPv4) Dell#sho qos policy-map summary Interface policy-map-input policy-map-output Te 2/1 PM1 Te 2/2 PM2 PMOut Dell# show qos policy-map-input View the input QoS policy map details. C9000 Series Syntax show qos policy-map-input [policy-map-name] [class class-map-name] [qos-policyinput qos-policy-name] Parameters policy-map-name Enter the policy map name. class class-map- Enter the keyword class then the class map name.
PAGE 1383
Queue# 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Dell# Class-map-name c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 Qos-policy-name q0 q1 q2 q3 q4 q6 q7 show qos policy-map-output View the output QoS policy map details. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show qos policy-map-output [policy-map-name] [qos-policy-output qos-policyname] policy-map-name Enter the policy map name. qos-policy-output Enter the keyword qos-policy-output then the QoS policy name.
PAGE 1384
show qos qos-policy-input View the input QoS policy details. C9000 Series Syntax show qos qos-policy-input [qos-policy-name] Parameters qos-policy-name Enter the QoS policy name. Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1385
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show qos qos-policy-output Qos-policy-output qosOut Rate-limit 50 50 peak 50 50 Wred yellow 1 Wred green 1 show qos statistics View QoS statistics.
PAGE 1386
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1387
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1388
Table 9. Threshold Values for the Pre-defined WRED Profiles Related Commands Pre-Defined WRED Profile Name Minimum Threshold Maximum Threshold wred_drop 0 0 wred_ge_y 1024 2048 wred_ge_g 2048 4096 wred_teng_y 4096 8192 wred_teng_g 8192 16384 wred-profile — creates a WRED profile. trust Specify dynamic classification (DSCP) or dot1p to trust.
PAGE 1389
Table 10.
PAGE 1390
Related Commands wred-profile — creates a WRED profile and name that profile. trust — defines the dynamic classification to trust DSCP. wred weight Configure the weight factor used to determine the average-queue size for WRED and ECN operation. The weight value is used in an output QoS policy applied to a front-end or backplane port.
PAGE 1391
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information When you enable wred ecn, and the number of packets in the queue is below the minimum threshold, packets are transmitted per the usual WRED treatment.
PAGE 1392
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series Usage Information Use the default pre-defined profiles or configure your own profile. You cannot delete the pre-defined profiles or their default values. This command enables WRED configuration mode —(conf-wred). Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to create the WRED profile in a dual-homing setup.
PAGE 1393
DSCP Color Map Commands The DSCP color map allows you to set the number of specific DSCP values to yellow or red. Traffic marked as yellow delivers traffic to the egress queue which will either transmit the packet if it has available bandwidth or drop the packet due to no ability to send. Traffic marked as red (high drop precedence) is dropped. dscp Sets the number of specific DSCP values for a color map profile to yellow or red.
PAGE 1394
qos dscp-color-map Configure the DSCP color map. C9000 Series Syntax qos dscp-color-map map-name To remove a color map, use the no qos dscp-color-map map-name command. Parameters map-name Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Enter the name of the DSCP color map. The map name can have a maximum of 32 characters. CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1395
Command Modes CONFIG-INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL.
PAGE 1396
Dscp-color-map mapTWO yellow 16,55 Related Commands 1396 qos dscp-color-map— Configures a DSCP color map.
PAGE 1397
50 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) The Dell Networking operating software implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges.
PAGE 1398
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters rapid spanning tree mode. debug spanning-tree rstp Enable debugging of RSTP and view information on the protocol. C9000 Series Syntax debug spanning-tree rstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree rstp command. Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations.
PAGE 1399
Example Dell#debug spanning-tree rstp bpdu tengigabitethernet 2/0 ? in Receive (in) out Transmit (out) description Enter a description of the rapid spanning tree. C9000 Series Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the rapid spanning tree (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-rstp”.
PAGE 1400
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch.
PAGE 1401
hello-time Set the time interval between the generation of the RSTP bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). C9000 Series Syntax hello-time [milli-second] seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. milli-second Enter the keywords milli-second to configure a hello time on the order of milliseconds.
PAGE 1402
Parameters max-age Enter a number of seconds that the system waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40 seconds. The default is 20 seconds. Defaults 20 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1403
Usage Information RSTP is not enabled when you enter RSTP mode. To enable RSTP globally on the system, use the no disable command from RSTP mode. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)#protocol spanning-tree rstp Dell(config-rstp)##no disable disable — disables RSTP globally on the system. show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are displayed.
PAGE 1404
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.
PAGE 1405
Example (EDS, LBK) NOTE: “LBK_INC” (bold) means Loopback BPDU Inconsistency. Dell#show spanning-tree rstp br Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
PAGE 1406
bpduguard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into Forwarding mode immediately after the root fails. Enter the keyword bpduguard to disable the port when it receives a BPDU. shutdown-onviolation (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords shutdown-on-violation to hardware disable an interface when a BPDU is received and the port is disabled. priority priority Enter keyword priority then a value in increments of 16 as the priority. The range is from 0 to 240.
PAGE 1407
• • If a BPDU is received from a remote device, BPDU guard places the port in an Err-Disabled Blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port. If no BPDU is received from a remote device, loop guard places the port in a Loop-Inconsistent Blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port. On the port extender (PE) ports and on VP-LAGs (LAGs created with PE): • • Example Spanning-tree with BPDU guard shutdown-on-violation is enabled as a default setting. No spanning tree command is valid.
PAGE 1408
51 Remote Monitoring (RMON) Dell Networking operating software remote monitoring (RMON) is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
PAGE 1409
Parameters number Enter the alarm integer number from 1 to 65535. The value must be unique in the RMON alarm table. variable Enter the MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3. The object type must be a 32-bit integer. interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds. delta Enter the keyword delta to test the change between MIB variables.
PAGE 1410
Parameters controlEntry integer Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value. Then enter an integer value from 1 to 65535 that identifies the RMON group of statistics. The integer value must be a unique index in the RMON history table. owner name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword owner then the owner name to record the owner of the RMON group of statistics.
PAGE 1411
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon event Add an event in the RMON event table.
PAGE 1412
rmon hc-alarm Set an alarm on any MIB object. C9000 Series Syntax rmon hc-alarm number variable interval {delta | absolute} rising-threshold value event-number falling-threshold value event-number [owner string] To disable the alarm, use the no rmon hc-alarm number command. Parameters number Enter the alarm integer number from 1 to 65535. The value must be unique in the RMON alarm table. variable The MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.
PAGE 1413
show rmon Display the RMON running status including the memory usage. C9000 Series Syntax show rmon Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1414
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example (Index) Example (Brief) Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show rmon alarm 1 RMON alarm entry 1 sample Interval: 5 object: 1.3.6.1.
PAGE 1415
Example (Index) Example (Brief) Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show rmon event 1 RMON event entry 1 description: 1 event type: LOG and SNMP TRAP.
PAGE 1416
Example (Index) Example (Brief) Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show rmon hc-alarm 1 RMON high-capacity alarm entry 1 object: 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 sample interval: 5 sample type: absolute value. value: 185638 alarm type: rising or falling alarm. alarm rising threshold value: positive. rising threshold: 1001, RMON event index: 1 alarm falling threshold value: positive. falling threshold: 999, RMON event index: 6 alarm sampling failed 0 times.
PAGE 1417
Example (Index) Example (Brief) Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show rmon history 6001 RMON history control entry 6001 interface: ifIndex.
PAGE 1418
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The log table has a maximum of 500 entries. If the log exceeds that maximum, the oldest log entry is purged to allow room for the new entry.
PAGE 1419
packets dropped: 0 bytes received: 0 packets received: 0 broadcast packets: 0 multicast packets: 0 CRC error: 0 under-size packets: 0 over-size packets: 0 fragment errors: 0 jabber errors: 0 collision: 0 64bytes packets: 0 65-127 bytes packets: 0 128-255 bytes packets: 0 256-511 bytes packets: 0 512-1023 bytes packets: 0 1024-1518 bytes packets: 0 owner: 1 status: OK HC packets received overflow: 0 HC packets received: 0 HC bytes received overflow: 0 HC bytes received: 0 HC 64bytes pack
PAGE 1420
52 Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell Networking operating software supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2). The implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058. For more information about configuring RIP, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1421
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9.(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1422
To turn off debugging output, use the no debug ip rip command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and ID as one of the following: • • • • • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1423
route-map map- name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of a configured route-map. Defaults Disabled. Metric: 1. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.
PAGE 1424
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command ensures that route information being redistributed is converted to the same metric value. Related Commands redistribute — allows you to redistribute routes learned by other methods. description Enter a description of the RIP routing protocol. C9000 Series Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
PAGE 1425
ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address, in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D), of the host or network to receive the new distance metric. mask If you enter an IP address, also enter a mask for that IP address, in either dotted decimal format or /prefix format (/x). prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter a configured prefix list name. Defaults weight = 120 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1426
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.29.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip prefix-list — enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configures a prefix list.
PAGE 1427
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip prefix-list — enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configures a prefix list. ip poison-reverse Set the prefix of the RIP routing updates to the RIP infinity value.
PAGE 1428
To return to the default, use the no ip rip receive version command. Parameters 1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 1 for RIP version 1. 2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 2 for RIP version 2. Defaults RIPv1 and RIPv2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1429
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable the interface to send both version of RIP packets, use the ip rip send version 1 2 command. Related Commands ip rip receive version — sets the RIP version for the interface to receive traffic.
PAGE 1430
maximum-paths Set RIP to forward packets over multiple paths. C9000 Series Syntax maximum-paths number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths commands. Parameters number Enter the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 4 paths. Defaults 4 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1431
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When a neighbor router is identified, unicast data exchanges occur. Multiple neighbor routers are possible.
PAGE 1432
offset-list Specify a number to add to the incoming or outgoing route metrics learned using RIP. C9000 Series Syntax offset-list prefix-list-name {in | out} offset [interface] To delete an offset list, use the no offset-list prefix-list-name {in | out} offset [interface] command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of an established Prefix list to determine which incoming routes are modified.
PAGE 1433
output-delay Set the interpacket delay of successive packets to the same neighbor. C9000 Series Syntax output-delay delay To return to the switch software defaults for interpacket delay, use the no output-delay command. Parameters delay Specify a number of milliseconds as the delay interval. The range is from 8 to 50. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1434
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1435
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To redistribute the default route (0.0.0.0/0), configure the default-information originate command. Related Commands default-information originate — generates a default route for RIP traffic. redistribute isis Redistribute routing information from an IS-IS instance.
PAGE 1436
redistribute ospf Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [match external {1 | 2} | match internal | metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute ospf process-id [match external {1 | 2} | match internal | metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters process-id Enter a number that corresponds to the OSPF process ID to redistribute. The range is from 1 to 65355.
PAGE 1437
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1438
passive-interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/1 Dell(conf-router_rip)# show ip rip database Display the routes that RIP learns. If the switch learned no RIP routes, no output is generated. C9000 Series Syntax show ip rip database [ip-address mask] Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Specify an IP address in dotted decimal format to view RIP information on that network only. If you enter an IP address, also enter a mask for that IP address.
PAGE 1439
[50/2] via 210.250.40.0/24 207.250.53.0/24 [50/2] via [50/2] via [50/2] via 207.250.53.0/24 208.250.42.0/24 [50/2] via [50/2] via [50/2] via 208.250.42.0/24 1.1.130.2, 00:00:12, Port-channel 30 auto-summary 1.1.120.2, 00:00:55, Port-channel 20 1.1.130.2, 00:00:12, Port-channel 30 1.1.10.2, 00:00:18, Vlan 10 auto-summary 1.1.120.2, 00:00:55, Port-channel 20 1.1.130.2, 00:00:12, Port-channel 30 1.1.10.2, 00:00:18, Vlan 10 auto-summary show running-config rip Display the current RIP configuration.
PAGE 1440
timers basic Manipulate the RIP timers for routing updates, invalid, holddown times, and flush time. C9000 Series Syntax timers basic update invalid holddown flush To return to the default settings, use the no timers basic command. Parameters update Enter the number of seconds to specify the rate at which RIP routing updates are sent. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. The default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 1441
version Specify either RIP version 1 or RIP version 2. C9000 Series Syntax version {1 | 2} To return to the default version setting, use the no version command. Parameters 1 Enter the keyword 1 to specify RIP version 1. 2 Enter the keyword 2 to specify RIP version 2. Defaults The system sends RIPv1 and receives RIPv1 and RIPv2. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1442
53 Security This chapter contains various types of security commands offered in the Dell Networking operating software. The commands are listed in the following sections: • • • • • • • • • AAA Accounting Commands Authorization and Privilege Commands Obscure Password Command Authentication and Password Commands RADIUS Commands TACACS+ Commands Port Authentication (802.
PAGE 1443
aaa authorization role-only Configure authentication to use the user’s role only when determining if access to commands is permitted. C9000 Syntax aaa authorization role-only To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication role-only command. Parameters name Enter a text string for the name of the user up to 63 characters. It cannot be one of the system defined roles (sysadmin, secadmin, netadmin, netoperator).
PAGE 1444
deleterole Enter the keyword deleterole to remove access to the command. You cannot add or delete rights for the sysadmin role. role-name Enter a text string for the name of the user role up to 63 characters. These are 3 system defined roles you can modify: secadmin, netadmin, and netoperator. reset Enter the keyword reset to reset all roles back to default for that command. command Enter the command’s keywords to assign the command to a certain access level. You can enter one or more keywords.
PAGE 1445
show userroles Display information on all defined user roles. C9000 Syntax show userroles Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL.
PAGE 1446
Consider the following when creating a user role: • • Only the system administrator and user-defined roles inherited from the system administrator can create roles and usernames. Only the system administrator, security administrator, and roles inherited from these can use the role command to modify command permissions. The security administrator and roles inherited by security administrator can only modify permissions for commands they already have access to.
PAGE 1447
tacacs+ Enter the keyword tacacs+ to use TACACS+ service for accounting. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.14(1.5) Added support for RADIUS accounting. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1448
To permit accounting records to users with user name value of NULL, use the no aaa accounting suppress null-username command. Defaults Accounting records are recorded for all users. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1449
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following example configures accounting for the role secadmin using default Dell(conf-vty-0)# accounting commands role secadmin default Related Commands aaa accounting — enables AAA Accounting and creates a record for monitoring the accounting function.
PAGE 1450
Related Commands aaa accounting — enables AAA Accounting and creates a record for monitoring the accounting function. Authorization and Privilege Commands To set command line authorization and privilege levels, use the following commands. authorization Apply an authorization method list to terminal lines. C9000 Series Syntax authorization {exec | commands {level | role role-name}} method-list Parameters exec Enter the keyword exec to apply an EXEC level authorization method list.
PAGE 1451
aaa authorization commands Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC and CONFIGURATION level commands. C9000 Series Syntax aaa authorization commands {level | role role-name}{name|default} {local | tacacs+| none} Undo a configuration with the no aaa authorization commands {level | role role-name} {name|default} {local | tacacs+ | none} command. Parameters commands level Enter the keyword commands then the command privilege level for command level authorization.
PAGE 1452
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1453
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Added support for RADIUS. privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) Change the access or privilege level of one or more commands. C9000 Series Syntax privilege mode {level level command | reset command} To delete access to a level and command, use the no privilege mode level level command command.
PAGE 1454
privilege level (LINE mode) Change the access level for users on the terminal lines. C9000 Series Syntax privilege level level To delete access to a terminal line, use the no privilege level level command. Parameters level level Enter the keyword level then a number for the access level. The range is from 0 to 15. Level 1 is EXEC mode and Level 15 allows access to all CLI modes. Defaults level = 15 Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1455
• • • • ... method2 line: use the password the password command defines in LINE mode. none: no authentication. radius: use the RADIUS servers configured with the radius-server host command. tacacs+: use the TACACS+ server(s) configured with the tacacs-server host command. (OPTIONAL) In the event of a “no response” from the first method, the system applies the next configured method. Defaults Use the enable password. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1456
Parameters method-list-name Enter a text string (up to 16 characters long) as the name of a user-configured method list that can be applied to different lines. default Enter the keyword default to specify that the method list specified is the default method for all terminal lines. method Enter one of the following methods: • • • • • • ... method4 enable: use the password the enable password command defines in CONFIGURATION mode. Not available if role-only is in use.
PAGE 1457
Connections to the SSH server work with the following login mechanisms: local, radius, and tacacs. Related Commands login authentication — enables AAA login authentication on the terminal lines. password — creates a password. radius-server host — specifies a RADIUS server host. tacacs-server host — specifies a TACACS+ server host. aaa reauthenticate enable Enable re-authentication of user whenever there is a change in the authenticators.
PAGE 1458
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1459
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To control access to command modes, use this command to define a password for a level and use the privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) command. Passwords must meet the following criteria: • • Start with a letter, not a number.
PAGE 1460
enable restricted Allows Dell Networking technical support to access restricted commands. C9000 Series Syntax enable restricted [encryption-type] password To disallow access to restricted commands, use the no enable restricted command. Parameters encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 7 as the encryption type. Enter 7 followed a text string as the hidden password. The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Networking router.
PAGE 1461
password Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long, as the clear text password. Defaults No password is configured. level = 15. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 1462
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1463
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The software prompts users for these passwords when the method for authentication or authorization used is "line". Related Commands enable password — sets the password for the enable command. login authentication — configures an authentication method to log in to the switch. service password-encryption — encrypts all passwords configured in the system.
PAGE 1464
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced the lockout-period option on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced the lockout-period option on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 1465
passwords and keys, including RADIUS, TACACS+ keys, router authentication strings, VRRP authentication by obscuring this information. Passwords and keys are stored encrypted in the configuration file and by default are displayed in the encrypted form when the configuration is displayed. Enabling the service obscurepasswords command displays asterisks instead of the encrypted passwords and keys. This command prevents a user from reading these passwords and keys by obscuring this information with asterisks.
PAGE 1466
secure-cli enable Enable the secured CLI mode. Syntax secure-cli enable Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced this command. Usage Information The secured CLI mode prevents the users from enhancing the permissions or promoting the privilege levels. After entering the command, save the running-configuration.
PAGE 1467
Related Commands privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) — assigns access control to different command modes. show users Allows you to view information on all users logged into the switch, including privilege level and or user role. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show users [all] all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all terminal lines in the switch. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1468
timeout login response Specify how long the software waits for the login input (for example, the user name and password) before timing out. C9000 Series Syntax timeout login response seconds To return to the default values, use the no timeout login response command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds the software waits before logging you out. The range is: • • • VTY: the range is from 1 to 30 seconds, the default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 1469
• • • • 0 directs the system to store the password as clear text. It is the default encryption type when using the password option. 8 to indicate that a password encrypted using a sha256 hashing algorithm follows. This encryption type is available with the sha256-password option only, and is the default encryption type for this option. 7 to indicate that a password encrypted using a DES hashing algorithm follows. This encryption type is available with the password option only.
PAGE 1470
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To view the defined user names, use the show running-config user command. You can use the dynamic-salt option only under the secret and the password options. When you configure the password, the system alerts if your password does not match the following criteria. The system accepts your password even if these conditions are not met.
PAGE 1471
client Configures trusted DAC clients. Syntax client {ipv4-addr | ipv6-addr | hostname} [vrf vrf-name] [key [encryption-type] key] To undo the DAC client configuration, enter the no client host command. Defaults If VRF is not configured, default VRF is considered. Parameters ipv4–addr Enter the keyword ipv4–addr to specify the IPv4 address of the DAC. ipv6–addr Enter the keyword ipv6–addr to specify the IPv6 address of the DAC. hostname Enter the keyword hostname to enter the name of the host.
PAGE 1472
Usage Information • Command History Configure global shared key applicable for DA clients. If client configuration has shared key configured, that will take precedence. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell EMC Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13(0.
PAGE 1473
coa-reauthenticate Configure NAS to re-authenticate dot1x user session requests from DAC. Syntax coa-reauthenticate To ignore re-authentication requests, enter the no coa-reauthenticate command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. CONF-DYNAMIC-AUTH The following is a list of the Dell EMC Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1474
Parameters Command Modes minutes • Usage Information • Command History Enter the time out value. CONF-DYNAMIC-AUTH Time for DAS to wait before the back end response is received. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell EMC Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13(0.
PAGE 1475
ip radius source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for RADIUS connections. C9000 Series Syntax ip radius source-interface interface To delete a source interface, use the no ip radius source-interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16838. For the Null interface, enter the keywords null 0.
PAGE 1476
Usage Information • Command History Optionally specify dynamic authorization port number. Default port is 3799. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell EMC Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13(0.
PAGE 1477
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. radius-server host Configure a RADIUS server host.
PAGE 1478
Version Description 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To configure any number of RADIUS server hosts for each server host that is configured, use this command. The system searches for the RADIUS hosts in the order they are configured in the software.
PAGE 1479
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The key configured on the switch must match the key configured on the RADIUS server daemon. If you configure the key parameter in the radius-server host command, the key configured with the radius-server key command is the default key for all RADIUS communications.
PAGE 1480
radius-server timeout To reply to a request, configure the amount of time the RADIUS client (the switch) waits for a RADIUS host server . C9000 Series Syntax radius-server timeout seconds To return to the default value, use the no radius-server timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds between an unsuccessful attempt and when the system times out. The range is from zero (0) to 1000 seconds. The default is 5 seconds.
PAGE 1481
Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, S3100, S3048–ON, S4048T-ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6010– ON, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, S6000, Z9100–ON, Z9500, FN-IOM, and MXL. replay-protection-window Configure replay protection window period to drop the duplicate packets. Syntax replay-protection-window minutes To undo the configuration, enter the no replay-protection-window command. Defaults Parameters Command Modes 5 Minutes.
PAGE 1482
TACACS+ Commands The Dell Networking OS supports TACACS+ as an alternate method for login authentication. debug tacacs+ To assist with troubleshooting, view TACACS+ transactions. C9000 Series Syntax debug tacacs+ To disable debugging of TACACS+, use the no debug tacacs+ command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1483
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale.
PAGE 1484
Version Description 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To list multiple TACACS+ servers to be used by the aaa authentication login command, configure this command multiple times.
PAGE 1485
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The key configured with this command must match the key configured on the TACACS+ daemon. Port Authentication (802.1X) Commands An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only Extensible Authentication Protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected.
PAGE 1486
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. dot1x authentication (Interface) dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface; dot1x must be enabled both globally and at the interface level.
PAGE 1487
max-attempts number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts then number of attempts desired before authentication fails. The range is from 1 to 5. The default is 3. Defaults 3 attempts Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1488
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1489
dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass. If 802.1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame, the system attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address. C9000 Series Syntax [no] dot1x mac-auth-bypass Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1490
Related Commands Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. interface range — configures a range of interfaces. dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | force-unauthorized} Parameters force-authorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result.
PAGE 1491
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1492
dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can re-authenticate before the port becomes unauthorized. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x reauth-max number To return to the default, use the no dot1x reauth-max command. Parameters number Enter the permitted number of re-authentications. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1493
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x supplicant-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time-out. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x supplicant-timeout seconds To return to the default, use theno dot1x supplicant-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant.
PAGE 1494
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X information on an interface.
PAGE 1495
Guest VLAN id: Auth-Fail VLAN: Auth-Fail VLAN id: Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Auth Type: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# 10 Enable 11 3 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 3600 seconds 2 SINGLE_HOST Initialize Initialize SSH Server and SCP Commands The Dell Networking OS supports secure shell (SSH) protocol versions 1.5 and 2.0.
PAGE 1496
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the S -Series and Z-Series switches. Usage Information The maximum number of characters allowed for the parameters, except the county-name, is 64.
PAGE 1497
NOTE: Only a user with superuser permissions should generate host-keys. Example Dell#conf Dell(conf)#crypto key generate rsa1 Enter key size <1024-2048>. Default<1024>: 1024 Host key already exists. Do you want to replace. [y/n] :y Dell(conf)# Related Commands ip ssh server — enables the SSH server. show crypto — displays the SSH host public keys. crypto key zeroize rsa Removes the generated RSA host keys and zeroize the key storage location.
PAGE 1498
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Debug information includes details for key-exchange, authentication, and established session for each connection.
PAGE 1499
ip ssh authentication-retries Configure the maximum number of attempts that should be used to authenticate a user. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters ip ssh authentication-retries 1-10 1-10 Enter the number of maximum retries to authenticate a user. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 3. Defaults 3 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1500
NOTE: SSHv1 does not support challenge response authentication. ip ssh cipher Configure the list of ciphers supported on both SSH client and SCP. Syntax ip ssh cipher cipher-list Parameters cipher cipher-list Enter the keyword cipher and then a space-delimited list of ciphers that the SSH client supports. The following ciphers are available.
PAGE 1501
Defaults 10 per minute Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.
PAGE 1502
• checking client host-keys is done with the file specified in the ip ssh pub-key-file command. NOTE: Administrators must specify the two files (rhosts and pub-key-file) to configure hostbased authentication. Related Commands ip ssh pub-key-file — public keys of trusted hosts from a file. ip ssh rhostsfile — trusted hosts and users for rhost authentication. ip ssh key-size Configure the size of the server-generated RSA SSHv1 key.
PAGE 1503
• • • • • Defaults hmac-sha2-256 hmac-sha1 hmac-sha1–96 hmac-md5 hmac-md5-96 The default list of MAC algorithm is in the order as shown below: When FIPS mode is enabled: • • • hmac-sha2–256 hmac-sha1 hmac-sha1–96 When FIPS mode is disabled: • • • • • hmac-sha2-256 hmac-sha1 hmac-sha1–96 hmac-md5 hmac-md5-96 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1504
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information With password authentication enabled, you can authenticate using the local, RADIUS, or TACACS+ password fallback order as configured. ip ssh pub-key-file Specify the file used for host-based authentication.
PAGE 1505
Example Related Commands Dell#conf Dell(conf)# ip ssh pub-key-file flash://knownhosts Dell(conf)# show ip ssh client-pub-keys — displays the client-public keys used for the host-based authentication. ip ssh mac Configure the list of MAC algorithms supported on both SSH client and SCP. Syntax Parameters ip ssh mac mac-list mac mac-list Enter the keyword mac then a space-delimited list of message authentication code (MAC) algorithms supported by the SSH client. The following MAC algorithms are available.
PAGE 1506
ip ssh rekey Configures the time rekey-interval or volume rekey-limit threshold at which to re-generate the SSH key during an SSH session. C9000 Series Syntax ip ssh rekey [time rekey-interval] [volume rekey-limit] To reset to the default, use no ip ssh rekey [time rekey-interval] [volume rekey-limit] command. Parameters time minutes Enter the keywords time then the amount of time in minutes. The range is from 10 to 1440 minutes.
PAGE 1507
Example Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#conf Dell(conf)# ip ssh rhostsfile flash://shosts Dell(conf)# Usage Information This command specifies the rhost file used for host-based authentication. This creates/ file overwrites the flash:/ADMIN_DIR/ssh/shosts file and deletes the user-specified file. Even though this command is a global configuration command, it does not appear in the running configuration because you only need to run this command once.
PAGE 1508
ip ssh rsa-authentication (EXEC) Add keys for the RSA authentication. C9000 Series Syntax ip ssh rsa-authentication {my-authorized-keys WORD} To delete the authorized keys, use the no ip ssh rsa-authentication {my-authorized-keys} command. Parameters my-authorizedkeys WORD Enter the keywords my-authorized-keys then the filename of the RSA authorizedkeys. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1509
To disable SSH server functions, use the no ip ssh server {ciphers cipher-list} {enable | port port-number} [kex key-exchange-algorithm] [mac hmac-algorithm] [version {1 | 2}] command. Parameters enable Enter the key word enable to start the SSH server. ciphers cipher-list Enter the keyword ciphers and then a space-delimited list of ciphers that the SSH server supports. The following ciphers are available.
PAGE 1510
• diffie-hellman-group14-sha1 port port-number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword port then the port number of the listening port of the SSH server. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 22. [version {1 | 2}] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword version then the SSH version 1 or 2 to specify only SSHv1 or SSHv2. NOTE: If you enable FIPS mode, you can only select version 2. Defaults • • • Default listening port is 22.
PAGE 1511
To disable the DNS in SSH server configuration, use the no ip ssh server dns enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.13.0.1 Introduced on the MXL, C9010, S3048–ON, S3100 series, S4810, S4820T, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, S6010–ON, Z9500, Z9100–ON and FN-IOM.
PAGE 1512
Example Dell(conf)#ip ssh source-interface tengigabitethernet 0/36 Dell(conf)#do ssh 10.10.10.2 -l admin Dell(conf)#no ip ssh source-interface show crypto Display the public part of the SSH host-keys. C9000 Series Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. show crypto key mypubkey {rsa | rsa1} Parameters Key Enter the keyword key to display the host public key.
PAGE 1513
47431553750501676929660273790601494434 050000015179864425629613385774919236081 771341059533760063913083 Dell# Related Commands crypto key generate — generates the SSH keys. show ip ssh Display information about established SSH sessions. C9000 Series Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. show ip ssh Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1514
show ip ssh client-pub-keys — displays the client-public keys. show ip ssh client-pub-keys Display the client public keys used in host-based authentication. C9000 Series Syntax show ip ssh client-pub-keys Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1515
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.
PAGE 1516
vrf instance (OPTIONAL) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF Instance name to open an SSH connection to that instance. ipv4 address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format A.B.C.D. ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 1517
Version Description • hmac-sha2-256-96 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Added support for the -c and -m parameters on the S4810. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 support. Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1518
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP Snooping globally. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1519
vlan-id vlan-id Enter the keywords vlan-id then the VLAN to which the host belongs. The range is from 2 to 4094. ip ip-address Enter the keyword ip then the IP address that the server is leasing. interface type Enter the keyword interface then the type of interface to which the host is connected. • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE. slot/port Enter the slot and port number of the interface.
PAGE 1520
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. C9000 Series Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1521
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable IP source guard. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ip dhcp source-address-validation Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH Mode) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1522
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information When enabled, the system begins creating entries in the binding table for the specified VLANs. NOTE: Learning only happens if there is a trusted port in the VLAN. Related Commands ip dhcp snooping trust — configures an interface as trusted. show ip dhcp snooping Display the contents of the DHCP binding table.
PAGE 1523
Table 11. Suppressed ICMPv4 message types ICMPv4 Message Types Echo reply (0) All sub types of destination unreachable (3) Source quench (4) Redirect (5) Router advertisement (9) Router solicitation (10) Time exceeded (11) IP header bad (12) Timestamp request (13) Timestamp reply (14) Information request (15) Information reply (16) Address mask request (17) Address mask reply (18) NOTE: The Dell Networking OS does not suppress the ICMPv4 message type Echo request (8). Table 12.
PAGE 1524
• Duplicate Address Confirmation (158) drop icmp Drops the ICMPv4 and ICMPv6 packets. Syntax drop {icmp | icmp6} Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other Platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S3100 Series, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, S6010–ON, S4048T–ON, C9000, and MXL.
PAGE 1525
• A minimum of one special character including a space (" !"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[\]^_`{|}~") If your password does not meet the criteria, the system does not accept your password. When you upgrade the Dell EMC Networking OS image, ensure that you upgrade the boot loader. CAUTION: After configuring the boot access password, save it to a secure location. If you forget it, you will not be able to access the options in the startup menu.
PAGE 1526
• • root-password Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History 7 directs the system to store the password with a dynamic salt. 9 directs the system to encrypt the clear text password and store the encrypted password in an inaccessible location. Enter the root password. Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, Z9500, C9010, MXL, and FN-IOM.
PAGE 1527
verified startup-config Enable hash validation for the startup configuration during system startup. Syntax verified startup-config To disable hash validation for the startup configuration, use the no verified startup-config command. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Example Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, Z9500, C9010, MXL, and FN-IOM.
PAGE 1528
54 Service Provider Bridging Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging chapter. This chapter includes command line information (CLI) for the Dell Networking operating software Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel.
PAGE 1529
count value Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 100. Defaults Debug disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1530
Example Dell#conf Dell(conf)#interface vlan 2 Dell(conf-if-vl-2)#vlan-stack compatible Dell(conf-if-vl-2)#member Te 1/2-3 Dell(conf-if-vl-2)#protocol-tunnel stp Dell(conf-if-vl-2)#protocol-tunnel enable Related Command show protocol-tunnel — displays tunneling information for all VLANs. protocol-tunnel destination-mac Overwrite the BPDU destination MAC address with a specific value.
PAGE 1531
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The system must have the default CAM profile with the default microcode before you enable L2PT. protocol-tunnel rate-limit Enable traffic rate limiting per box.
PAGE 1532
show protocol-tunnel Display protocol tunnel information for all or a specified VLAN-Stack VLAN. C9000 Series Syntax show protocol-tunnel [vlan vlan-id] Parameters vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display information for the one VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1533
55 sFlow The Dell Networking operating software (OS) supports sFlow commands on Dell Networking OS. Dell Networking operating software sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. • • The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a network-wide view of traffic flows.
PAGE 1534
sflow collector Configure a collector device to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded. C9000 Series Syntax sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ip-address | ipv6address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] To delete a configured collector, use the no sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] command.
PAGE 1535
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded the no form of the command to mirror the syntax used to configure. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can configure up to two sFlow collectors (IPv4 or IPv6). If two collectors are configured, traffic samples are sent to both.
PAGE 1536
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information sFlow is disabled by default.
PAGE 1537
sflow ingress-enable Enable sFlow ingress on interfaces. C9000 Series Syntax sflow ingress-enable To disable sFlow, use the no sflow ingress enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1538
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1539
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S Series and Z Series switches. Dell(conf)#sflow max-header-size extended sflow polling-interval (Global) Set the sFlow polling interval at a global level. C9000 Series Syntax sflow polling-interval interval value To return to the default, use the no sflow polling-interval interval command.
PAGE 1540
Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to set the sFlow polling interval in a dual-homing setup. Related Commands sflow polling-interval (Interface) — sets the polling interval for an interface. sflow polling-interval (Interface) Set the sFlow polling interval at an interface (overrides the global-level setting.) C9000 Series Syntax sflow polling-interval interval value To return to the default, use the no sflow polling-interval interval command.
PAGE 1541
Parameters value Defaults 32768 packets Command Modes CONFIGURATION Enter the sampling rate value. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is from 256 to 8388608 packets Enter values in powers of 2 only; for example, 4096, 8192, 16384, and so on. The default is 32768 packets. CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1542
Defaults The Global default sampling. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1543
• For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1544
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1545
56 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This chapter contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. The chapter contains the following sections: • • SNMP Commands Syslog Commands Topics: • • SNMP Commands Syslog Commands SNMP Commands The following SNMP commands are available in the Dell Networking operating software.
PAGE 1546
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1547
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Example Dell#show snmp engineID Local SNMP engineID: 0000178B02000001E80214A8 Remote Engine ID IP-addr Port 80001F88043132333435 172.31.1.3 5009 80001F88043938373635 172.31.1.3 5008 Dell# Related Commands snmp-server engineID — configures local and remote SNMP engines on the router. show snmp group Display the group name, security model, status, and storage type of each group.
PAGE 1548
show snmp supported-mibs Display the list of SNMP MIBs supported by the platform. Syntax show snmp supported-mibs Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.14(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, FN-IOM, MIOA, MXL, S3048–ON, S3100, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5048F-ON, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON and Z9100–ON.
PAGE 1549
LINKDOWN LINKUP Authenticationfailure dellNetIfAlarmHighBer dellNetIfAlarmHighBerClr dellNetSysAlarmCardDown dellNetSysAlarmCardUp dellNetSysAlarmCardOffline dellNetSysAlarmCardMismatch dellNetSysAlarmRpmUp dellNetSysAlarmRpmDown dellNetSysAlarmPowersupplyDown dellNetSysAlarmMinorTemperatureHigh dellNetSysAlarmMajorTemperatureHigh dellNetSysAlarmFanTrayDown dellNetSysAlarmPowersupplyClear dellNetSysAlarmMinorTemperatureClear dellNetSysAlarmMajorTemperatureClear dellNetSysAlarmFanTrayClear --More— 1.3.6.1.
PAGE 1550
snmp context Enables you to map a bgp vrf instance within a SNMP context through community mapping, in SNMPv2c and SNMPv3. Syntax [no] snmp context [context name] Parameters context name Enter a unique name for the context. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on all DNOS platforms.
PAGE 1551
IF-MIB::ifAlias.134530304 = STRING: This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. IF-MIB::ifAlias.134792448 = STRING: snmp mib community-map Associate an SNMP community context (string) with an SNMP context community-map C9000 Series Syntax snmp mib community-map name context name Defaults Community name is limited to 20 characters.
PAGE 1552
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. snmp-server context Configure a new context string for SNMP (SNMPv3) server. C9000 Series Syntax snmp-server context {line} To remove a user from the SNMP group, use the no snmp-server context {line} command.
PAGE 1553
rw Enter the keyword rw to specify read-write permission. ipv6 access-list- (Optional) Enter the keyword ipv6 then an IPv6 ACL name (a string up to 16 characters long). name security-name name (Optional) Enter the keywords security-name then the security name as defined by the community MIB. access-list-name (Optional) Enter a standard IPv4 access list name (a string up to 16 characters long). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1554
Dell(conf)#snmp-server community guest ro snmp-ro-acl Dell(conf)# Related Commands ip access-list standard — names (or selects) a standard access list to filter based on IP address. ipv6 access-list — configures an access list based on IPv6 addresses or protocols. show running-config — displays the current SNMP configuration and defaults. snmp-server enable traps Enable SNMP traps.
PAGE 1555
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Added support for copy-config and ecmp traps. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1556
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1557
noauth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword noauth to specify no authentication of a packet. priv (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword priv to specify both authentication and then scrambling of the packet. read name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword read then a name (a string of up to 20 characters long) as the read view name. The default is GlobalView and is assumed to be every object belonging to the internet (1.3.6.1) OID space.
PAGE 1558
snmp-server host Configure the recipient of an SNMP trap operation.
PAGE 1559
• • • • • • • • • • • ecmp — ecmp and link bundling traffic imbalance traps. entity — Entity state change. envmon — Environment monitor trap. hg-lbm — HiGig link bundle state change. isis — ISIS adjacency state change. lacp — LACP state change. snmp — SNMP notification (RFC 1157). stp — Spanning tree protocol notification (RFC 1493). vlt — VLT state change. vrrp — State change in a VRRP group. xstp — State change in MSTP (802.1s), RSTP (802.1w), and PVST+.
PAGE 1560
To send an inform, use the following steps: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Related Commands Configure a remote engine ID. Configure a remote user. Configure a group for this user with access rights. Enable traps. Configure a host to receive informs. snmp-server enable traps — enables SNMP traps. snmp-server community — configures a new community SNMPv1 or SNMPv2c. snmp-server location Configure the location of the SNMP server.
PAGE 1561
snmp-server packetsize Set the largest SNMP packet size permitted. Wen the SNMP server is receiving a request or generating a reply, use the snmp-server packetsize global configuration command. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters snmp-server packetsize byte-count byte-count Enter one of the following values 8, 16, 24 or 32. Packet sizes are 8000 bytes, 16000 bytes, 32000 bytes, and 64000 bytes. Defaults 8 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1562
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To enable this snmp-server trap-source command, configure an IP address on the interface and enable the interface configured as an SNMP trap source.
PAGE 1563
auth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword auth to specify authentication of a packet without encryption. md5 | sha (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword md5 or sha to designate the authentication level. • • md5 — Message Digest Algorithm sha — Secure Hash Algorithm auth-password (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) password that enables the agent to receive packets from the host. Minimum: eight characters long.
PAGE 1564
an encrypted cypher-text password. In either case, the password is stored in the configuration in an encrypted form and displayed as encrypted in the show running-config command. If you have an encrypted password, you can specify the encrypted string instead of the plain-text password. The following command is an Example of how to specify the command with an encrypted string. NOTE: The number of configurable users is limited to 16.
PAGE 1565
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The oid-tree variable is a full sub-tree starting from 1.3.6 and cannot specify the name of a sub-tree or a MIB. The following Example configures a view named rview that allows access to all objects under 1.3.6.1. Example Related Commands Dell# conf Dell#(conf) snmp-server view rview 1.3.6.
PAGE 1566
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1567
clear logging auditlog Clears audit log. C9000 Series Syntax clear logging auditlog Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1568
default logging console Return the default settings for messages logged to the console. C9000 Series Syntax default logging console Defaults level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1569
default logging trap Return to the default settings for logging messages to the Syslog servers. C9000 Series Syntax default logging trap Defaults level = 6 or informational Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1570
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.x.x.x Introduced on the C9000. 9.5(0.1) Added udp and tcp keywords for the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added udp and tcp keywords for the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1571
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information When you decrease the buffer size, all messages stored in the buffer are lost. Increasing the buffer size does not affect messages stored in the buffer. Related Commands clear logging — clears the logging buffer. default logging buffered — returns the logging buffered parameters to the default setting. show logging — displays the logging setting and system messages in the internal buffer.
PAGE 1572
Parameters stack-unit 0–5 Enter the stack-unit id. all Enable coredump on all stack-unit. Defaults Enabled by default on customer builds. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The Kernel core dump can be large and may take up to 5 to 30 minutes to upload.
PAGE 1573
logging facility Configure the Syslog facility used for error messages sent to Syslog servers. C9000 Series Syntax logging facility [facility-type] To return to the default values, use the no logging facility command.
PAGE 1574
logging on — enables logging. logging history Specify which messages are logged to the history table of the switch and the SNMP network management station (if configured). C9000 Series Syntax logging history level To return to the default values, use the no logging history command. Parameters level Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following equivalent words: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 4 or warnings.
PAGE 1575
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information When the number of messages reach the limit you set with the logging history size command, older messages are deleted as newer ones are added to the table. Related Commands show logging — displays information logged to the history buffer.
PAGE 1576
logging on Specify that debug or error messages are asynchronously logged to multiple destinations, such as the logging buffer, Syslog server, or terminal lines. C9000 Series Syntax logging on To disable logging to logging buffer, Syslog server and terminal lines, use the no logging on command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1577
• • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.
PAGE 1578
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information When you enable logging synchronous, unsolicited messages appear between software prompts and outputs. Only the messages with a severity at or below the set level are sent to the console.
PAGE 1579
logging version Displays syslog messages in a RFC 3164 or RFC 5424 format. C9000 Series Syntax logging version {0|1} Defaults 0 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1580
Example (Partial) Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1581
password authentication success on vty0 ( 10.16.127.145 ) Feb 18 00:42:38: %SYSTEM:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user admin on line vty0 ( 10.16.127.
PAGE 1582
console Jul 30 16:33:03: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %SEC-3-AUTHENTICATION_FAILURE: Authentication failure on console for method "local" user "" Jul 30 16:33:03: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %RAM-5-STACKUNIT_STATE: Stack-unit 1 is in Active State. Jul 30 16:33:02: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %RAM-5-HOT_FAILOVER: Stack-unit Failover Completed.
PAGE 1583
Console logging: level debugging Monitor logging: level debugging Buffer logging: level debugging, 33 Messages Logged, Size (40960 bytes) Trap logging: level informational Jul 7 14:20:19: %PE1-UNIT1-M:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful on console show logging auditlog Displays an audit log. C9000 Series Syntax show logging auditlog Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1584
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1585
4:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 50]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom, failed to get any good block 5:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 74]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Main block failed checksum calulated checksum 0x1d32 actual chksum 0x0 6:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 55]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Main block failed errcode 6 7:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 60]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Redundant block failed checksum calulated checksum 0x3e4b actual chksum 0x0 8:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 55]EEPROM LIB ER
PAGE 1586
28:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 53]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Redundant block failed errcode 6 29:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 49]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom, failed to get any good block 30:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 61]EEPROM LIB ERR: decipherPpId:371 Invalid ppId[] size[0] 31:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 9251]31:SS DRV DEBUG: bcmDrvCardShortId is 0x8880 32:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 479623]32:SS DRV DEBUG: No.
PAGE 1587
show logging kernellog Display the kernel log for the specified hardware component. C9000 Series Syntax show logging kernellog {cp | rp | linecard slot-id | pe pe-id stack unit unitnumber} From a PE console, use show logging kernellog stack-unit unit number to display the kernel logging information for a specified stack-unit. Parameters cp Enter the keyword cp to display the kernel log for the Control Processor on the switch.
PAGE 1588
00:00:43:418671:PCI BCM56850_A0 00:00:43:418687:PCI BCM56850_A0 00:00:43:418702:PCI BCM56850_A0 00:00:43:418718:PCI BCM56850_A0 00:00:43:418732:PCI BCM56634_B0 unit 2: Dev 0xb852, Rev 0x03, Chip BCM56852_A2, Driver unit 3: Dev 0xb852, Rev 0x03, Chip BCM56852_A2, Driver unit 4: Dev 0xb852, Rev 0x03, Chip BCM56852_A2, Driver unit 5: Dev 0xb852, Rev 0x03, Chip BCM56852_A2, Driver unit 6: Dev 0xb636, Rev 0x11, Chip BCM56636_B0, Driver Dell#show logging kernellog rp 00:00:01:918834:ahcisata0 port 0: device pre
PAGE 1589
terminal monitor Configure the system to display messages on the monitor/terminal. C9000 Series Syntax terminal monitor To return to default settings, use the terminal no monitor command. defaults Disabled. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1590
57 SNMP Traps This chapter lists the traps sent by the Dell Networking operating software. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option. Table 13.
PAGE 1591
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option BER_ERR_CLR SNMP NONE SNMP NONE NONE NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE CHM_CARD_PROBLEM ENVMON NONE CHM_ALARM_CUTOFF ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_UP ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_DOWN ENVMON NONE CHM_RPM_UP ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE %IFMGR-5-BER_ERR_CLR: High Ber cleared on interface : %s FAST_RETRAIN %IFMGR-5-FAST_RETRAIN: Retrain event detected on interface : %s RESV N/A
PAGE 1592
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON NONE ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN %CHMGR-2-MINOR_SFM: MInor alarm: No working standby SFM CHM_MIN_SFM_DOWN_CLR %CHMGR-5-MINOR_SFM_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: Working standby SFM present CHM_PWRSRC_DOWN %CHMGR-2-PEM_PRBLM: Major alarm: problem with power entry module %s CHM_PWRSRC_CLR %CHMGR-5-PEM_OK: Major alarm cleare
PAGE 1593
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE PROTO NONE For the E600 and E300: %CHMGR-5-FANTRAYOK: Major alarm cleared: fan tray present CHM_MIN_FANBAD For the E1200: %CHMGR-2-FAN_BAD: Minor alarm: some fans in fan tray %d are down For the E600 and E300: %CHMGR- 2-1FANBAD: Minor alarm: fan in fan tray is down CHM_MIN_FANBAD_CLR For E1200: %CHMGR-2-FAN
PAGE 1594
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option VRRP_GO_MASTER PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVOM NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE DOT1BR NONE DOT1BR NONE DOT1BR NONE DOT1BR NONE %VRRP-6-VRRP_MASTER: vrid-%d on %s entering MASTER VRRP_PROTOCOL_ERROR VRRP_PROTOERR: VRRP protocol error on %S BGP4_ESTABLISHED %TRAP-5-PEER_ESTABLISHED: Neighbor %a, state %s BGP4_BACKW_XSITION %TRAP-5-BACKWARD_STATE_TRANS: Neighbor %a, state %s CH_ALAR
PAGE 1595
58 Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) The commands in this chapter configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP). Topics: • • • • • • • • • • • • bpdu-destination-mac-address bridge-priority debug spanning-tree description disable forward-delay hello-time max-age protocol spanning-tree show config show spanning-tree 0 spanning-tree 0 bpdu-destination-mac-address Use the Provider Bridge Group address in Spanning Tree or GVRP PDUs.
PAGE 1596
bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.1D spanning tree. C9000 Series Syntax bridge-priority {priority-value | primary | secondary} To return to the default value, use the no bridge-priority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a number as the bridge priority value. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 32768. primary Enter the keyword primary to designate the bridge as the root bridge.
PAGE 1597
general (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword general to debug general STP operations. root (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword root to debug STP root transactions. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1598
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable the spanning tree protocol globally on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax disable To enable Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled (that is, the spanning tree protocol is disabled.) Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1599
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. max-age — changes the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs.
PAGE 1600
max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the spanning tree bridge. C9000 Series Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds the system waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40. The default is 20 seconds. Defaults 20 seconds Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1601
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information STP is not enabled when you enter SPANNING TREE mode. To enable STP globally on the switch, use the no disable command from SPANNING TREE mode.
PAGE 1602
show spanning-tree 0 Display the spanning tree group configuration and status of interfaces in the spanning tree group. C9000 Series Syntax show spanning-tree 0 [active | brief | guard | interface interface | root | summary] Parameters 0 Enter 0 (zero) to display information about that specific spanning tree group. active (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword active to display only active interfaces in spanning tree group 0.
PAGE 1603
Field Description “Bridge Identifier...” Lists the bridge priority and the MAC address for this STP bridge. “Configured hello...” Displays the settings for hello time, max age, and forward delay. “We are...” States whether this bridge is the root bridge for the STG. “Current root...” Lists the bridge priority and MAC address for the root bridge. “Topology flag...” States whether the topology flag and the detected flag were set. “Number of...
PAGE 1604
Designated port id is 8.26, designated path cost 0 Timers: message age 0, forward_delay 0, hold 0 Number of transitions to forwarding state 1 BPDU: sent:18, received 0 The port is not in the portfast mode Port 27 (TenGigabitEthernet 1/2) is Forwarding Port path cost 4, Port priority 8, Port Identifier 8.27 Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated port id is 8.
PAGE 1605
Parameters stp-id Enter the STP instance ID. The range is 0. cost cost Enter the keyword cost then a number as the cost. The range is from 1 to 65535. The defaults are: • • 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface = 2. Port Channel interface with 10-Gigabit Ethernet = 1. portfast Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into Forwarding [bpduguard mode immediately after the root fails. [shutdown-on-viol Enter the optional keyword bpduguard to disable the port when it receives a BPDU.
PAGE 1606
• • If a BPDU is received from a remote device, BPDU guard places the port in an Err-Disabled Blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port. If no BPDU is received from a remote device, loop guard places the port in a Loop-Inconsistent Blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port. To display the type of STP guard (Portfast BPDU, root, or loop guard) enabled on a port, enter the show spanning-tree 0 command.
PAGE 1607
59 Storm Control The Dell Networking operating software storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/ Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and S-Series). Storm control is supported on Dell Networking OS. Important Points to Remember • • • • • • • • Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces (virtual local area networks [VLANs] and link aggregation group [LAG] interfaces are not supported).
PAGE 1608
show storm-control broadcast Display the storm control broadcast configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show storm-control broadcast [interface] Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface-specific storm control configuration: • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information.
PAGE 1609
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 1610
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. storm-control broadcast (Configuration) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed in the network.
PAGE 1611
storm-control broadcast (Interface) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). C9000 Series Syntax storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] To disable broadcast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] command. Parameters packets_per_seco Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is nd in from 0 to 33554368.
PAGE 1612
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-series and S-Series. Usage Information Broadcast traffic (all 0xFs) should be counted against the broadcast storm control meter, not against the multicast storm control meter.
PAGE 1613
shutdown Enter the keyword shutdown to shut down the port when flow-control traffic exceeds the configured rate. Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9500, S3048-ON, S4048-ON, and S6000-ON.
PAGE 1614
storm-control unknown-unicast (Interface) Configure percentage of unknown-unicast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). C9000 Series Syntax storm-control unknown-unicast [percentage decimal_value in] | [wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] To disable unknown-unicast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control unknown-unicast [percentage decimal_value in] | [wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] command.
PAGE 1615
60 SupportAssist SupportAssist sends troubleshooting data securely to Dell. SupportAssist in this Dell Networking OS release does not support automated email notification at the time of hardware fault alert, automatic case creation, automatic part dispatch, or reports. SupportAssist requires Dell Networking OS 9.9(0.0) and SmartScripts 9.7 or later to be installed on the Dell Networking device. For more information on SmartScripts, see Dell Networking Open Automation guide.
PAGE 1616
• Even before you accept or reject the EULA, the configuration data is sent to the default centrally deployed SupportAssist Server. If you reject the EULA, the configuration data is not transmitted to the SupportAssist server. If there is an existing SupportAssist configuration, the configuration is not removed and the feature is disabled. • Example Accept the EULA: Dell(conf)# eula-consent support-assist accept I accept the terms of the license agreement.
PAGE 1617
support-assist Move to the SupportAssist configuration mode. Syntax support-assist To remove all the configuration of the SupportAssist service, use the no support-assist command. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.
PAGE 1618
core-transfer Enter the keyword core-transfer to specify transfer of core files. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.
PAGE 1619
contact-company Configure the contact information for the company. Syntax contact-company name {company-name}[company-next-name] ... [company-next-name] To remove the contact company information, use the no contact-company command. Parameters company-name Enter the name for the company. If there are multiple words in the name, use optional additional fields. company-nextname (OPTIONAL) Enter the next components of the company name, up to 5 components are allowed.
PAGE 1620
It is not possible to remove the first name or last name. The no form of the command removes the entire contactperson entry. This command is optional for SupportAssist service configuration. enable Enable all activities and severs for the SupportAssist service. Syntax enable all To disable the SupportAssist activities temporarily, use the no enable all command. Parameters all Enter the keyword all to enable all SupportAssist service activities.
PAGE 1621
SupportAssist Activity Commands Dell Networking OS supports the following SupportAssist Activity mode commands. action-manifest get Copy an action-manifest file for an activity to the system. Syntax Parameters action-manifest get tftp | ftp | flash file-specification Enter the full file specification for the action-manifest file.
PAGE 1622
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL.
PAGE 1623
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL.
PAGE 1624
To remove the complete company contact information, use the no address command. Parameters city company-city (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword city then the city or town for the company site. To include a space, enter a space within double quotes. province | region | (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword province, region or state then the name of state name province, region or state for the company site. To include a space, enter a space within double quotes.
PAGE 1625
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. Usage Information This command is optional for SupportAssist service configuration. territory Configure the territory and set the coverage for the company site. Syntax territory company-territory To remove the company territory information, use the no territory command. Parameters company-territory Enter the territory name for the company.
PAGE 1626
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. Usage Information The email addresses must have the standard form of @ to be considered valid. This command is optional for SupportAssist service configuration. Related Commands • preferred-method — configure the preferred method for contacting the person. phone Configure phone numbers to reach the contact person.
PAGE 1627
Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. • • email-address — configure email addresses to reach the contact person. phone — configure phone numbers to reach the contact person. time-zone Configure the time zone for contacting the person.
PAGE 1628
NOTE: To use the IPv6 address, the Open Automation package should also support IPv6 communications. For this purpose, SupportAssist requires Dell Networking Open Automation 9.10(0.0) package or later. port port-number Enter the keyword port then the TCP/IP port number. The port number range is from 1024 to 65534. username userid (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword username then the user ID used for the proxy server. password Enter the keyword password then the encryption-type or the user password.
PAGE 1629
url Configure the URL to reach the SupportAssist remote server. Syntax url uniform-resource-locator To delete the URL for the server, use the no url command. Parameters uniform-resource- Enter a text string for the URL using one of the following formats: locator • http://[username:password@]:/ • https://[username:password@]:/ NOTE: The host IP for the server may be specified as an IPv4 address, an IPv6 address or as a DNS hostname.
PAGE 1630
Dell SupportAssist also collects and stores machine diagnostic information, which may include but is not limited to configuration information, user supplied contact information, names of data volumes, IP addresses, access control lists, diagnostics & performance information, network configuration information, host/server configuration & performance information and related data (Collected Data) and transmits this information to Dell.
PAGE 1631
Example Dell# show running-config support-assist ! support-assist enable all ! activity event-transfer enable action-manifest install default ! activity core-transfer enable ! contact-company name Dell street-address F lane , Sector 30 address city Brussels state HeadState country Belgium postalcode S328J3 ! contact-person first Fred last Nash email-address primary des@sed.com alternate sed@dol.
PAGE 1632
09:38:27 IST Dell# 1632 SupportAssist
PAGE 1633
61 System Time and Date The commands in this chapter configure time values on the system, either using the Dell Networking operating software, or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For more information, refer to the “Network Time Protocol” section of the Management chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1634
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can change the order of the month and day parameters to enter the time and date as time day month year. You cannot delete the software clock.
PAGE 1635
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1636
• last: enter the keyword last to end daylight saving time in the last week of the month. end-day Enter the weekday name that you want daylight saving time to end. Enter the weekdays using the three letter abbreviations; for example Sun, Sat, Mon, and so on. The range is from Sun to Sat. end-month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. end-time Enter the time in hours:minutes:seconds. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15:00 is 5:15 pm.
PAGE 1637
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1638
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1639
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Added options [0 | 7] for entering the authentication key. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
PAGE 1640
Version Description 9.14(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, FN–IOM, MIOA, MXL, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T–ON, S5048F–ON, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, and Z9100–ON. Usage Information NTP control key is not configured by default. If the encryption–type (0 or 7) is not specified, then 0 is selected by default. ntp broadcast client Set up the interface to receive NTP broadcasts from an NTP server. C9000 Series Syntax ntp broadcast client To disable broadcast, use the no ntp broadcast client command.
PAGE 1641
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp master Configure the switch as NTP Server. Syntax Parameters ntp master ntp master Enter the stratum number to identify the NTP Server's hierarchy.
PAGE 1642
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3038–ON, S4048-ON, S3100 Series, S4810P, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, Z9500, and Z9100–ON.
PAGE 1643
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added IPv6 support. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1644
• • • • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then slot/port information. For a port-channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then the portchannel ID. For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1645
Version Description 9.14(2.3) Introduced on the C9000, S3048-ON, S3100 series, S4048-ON, S4048T-ON, S5048FON, S6000, S6000-ON, S6010-ON, S6100-ON, and Z9100-ON. Usage Information The ntp step-threshold command is used to configure a step threshold value from 128 to 5000 milliseconds (5 seconds). You can use the no form of the command to reset to the default value of 128 milliseconds.
PAGE 1646
show clock Display the current clock settings. C9000 Series Syntax show clock [detail] From a PE console, use show clock. Parameters detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view the source information of the clock. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1647
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1648
Example (without ntp master configuration) DellEMC# show ntp associations remote vrf-Id ref clock st when poll reach delay offset disp =============================================================================== *10.16.151.117 0 45.127.112.2 3 8 16 17 1.383 362.704 0.
PAGE 1649
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ntp status command shown in the Example below. Field Description “Clock is...” States whether or not the switch clock is synchronized, which NTP stratum the system is assigned and the IP address of the NTP peer. “frequency is...” Displays the frequency (in ppm), stability (in ppm) and precision (in Hertz) of the clock in this system. “reference time is..
PAGE 1650
Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added IPv6 support. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1651
62 Tunneling Commands Tunnel interfaces create a logical tunnel for IPv4 or IPv6 traffic. You can configure DCSP, hop-limits and flow-labels. To enable a tunnel interface, use the following commands.
PAGE 1652
NOTE: The ip unnumbered command can specify an interface name that does not exist or does not have a configured IPv6 address. The tunnel interface is not changed to operationally up until the logical ip address is identified from one of the address family. ipv6 unnumbered Configure a tunnel interface to operate without a unique IPv6 address and select the interface from which the tunnel borrows its address.
PAGE 1653
Parameters ip-address Enter the source IPv4 address in A.B.C.D format. ipv6–address Enter the source IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D to match a range of remote addresses. The default mask is /32 for IPv4 addresses and /128 for IPv6 addresses, which match only the specified address. Defaults If you do not configure tunnel allow remote , all traffic which is destined to tunnel source address is decapsulated.
PAGE 1654
tunnel dscp Configure the method to set the DSCP in the outer tunnel header. C9000 Series Syntax tunnel dscp {mapped | value} To use the default tunnel mapping behavior, use the no tunnel dscp value command. Parameters mapped Enter the keyword mapped to map the original packet DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) to the tunnel header DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) depending on the mode of tunnel. value Enter a value to set the DSCP value in the tunnel header. The range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 1655
tunnel hop-limit Configure the method to set the IPv4 time-to-live or the IPv6 hop limit value in the outer tunnel header. C9000 Series Syntax tunnel hop-limit value To restore the default tunnel hop-limit, use the no tunnel hop-limit command. Parameters value Enter the hop limit (ipv6) or time-to-live (ipv4) value to include in the tunnel header. The range is from 0 to 255. The default is 64.
PAGE 1656
Version Description 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z9000. Usage Information Enabling tunnel keepalive causes ICMP echo packets to be sent to the keepalive target. The ICMP echo will be sourced from the tunnel interface logical IPv4 or IPv6 address and will be tunnel encapsulated. The response will be accepted whether it returns tunnel encapsulated or not.
PAGE 1657
tunnel source Set a source address for the tunnel. C9000 Series Syntax tunnel source {ip-address | ipv6–address | interface-type-number | anylocal} To delete the current tunnel source address, use the no tunnel source command. Parameters ip-address Enter the source IPv4 address in A.B.C.D format. ipv6–address Enter the source IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. interface-typenumber • • • anylocal For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1658
63 Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) Uplink failure detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if you use this with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link.
PAGE 1659
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. • • downstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. debug uplink-state-group Enable debug messages for events related to a specified uplink-state group or all groups.
PAGE 1660
Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.
PAGE 1661
Usage Information You can assign physical port or port-channel interfaces to an uplink-state group. You can assign an interface to only one uplink-state group. Configure each interface assigned to an uplink-state group as either an upstream or downstream interface, but not both. You can assign individual member ports of a port channel to the group. An uplink-state group can contain either the member ports of a port channel or the port channel itself, but not both.
PAGE 1662
Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50.
PAGE 1663
show running-config uplink-state-group Display the current configuration of one or more uplink-state groups. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show running-config uplink-state-group [group-id] group-id Displays the current configuration of all uplink-state groups or a specified group. The valid group-id values are from 1 to 16. Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1664
Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.
PAGE 1665
uplink-state-group Create an uplink-state group and enable the tracking of upstream links on a switch/ router. C9000 Series Syntax uplink-state-group group-id To delete an uplink-state group, enter the no uplink-state-group group-id command. Parameters group-id Enter the ID number of an uplink-state group. The range is from 1 to 16. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1666
Parameters interface Enter one of the following interface types: • • • 10-Gigabit Ethernet: tengigabitethernet {slot/port | slot/portrange} 40-Gigabit Ethernet: fortyGigE {slot/port | slot/port-range} Port channel: port-channel {1-512 | port-channel-range} Where port-range and port-channel-range specify a range of ports separated by a dash (-) and/or individual ports/port channels in any order; for example: tengigabitethernet 1/1-2,5,9,11-12 port-channel 1-3,5.
PAGE 1667
64 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) Virtual link trunking (VLT) allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core. VLT eliminates the requirement for Spanning Tree protocols by allowing link aggregation group (LAG) terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop-free topology.
PAGE 1668
back-up destination Configure the IPv4 or IPv6 address of the management interface on the remote VLT peer to be used as the endpoint of the VLT backup link for sending out-of-band hello messages. C9000 Series Syntax back-up destination {[ipv4–address] | [ipv6 ipv6–address] [interval seconds]} Parameters ipv4–address Enter the IPv4 address of the backup destination. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 then an IPv6 address in the X:X:X:X::X format.
PAGE 1669
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.2(0.
PAGE 1670
Usage Information To delay the system from bringing up the VLT port for a brief period to allow IGMP Snooping and Layer 3 routing protocols to converge, use the delay-restore parameter. Use this feature: • • Related Commands after a VLT device is reloaded. after the time when active VLTi link failed and restored. show vlt statistics — displays statistics on VLT operations.
PAGE 1671
multicast peer-routing timeout Configure the time for a VLT node to retain synced multicast routes or synced multicast outgoing interface (OIF) after a VLT peer node failure. C9000 Series Syntax multicast peer-routing timeout value To restore the default value, use the no multicast peer-routing timeout command. Parameters value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 1200. The default is 150.
PAGE 1672
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added support for the peer-down-vlan parameter. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information To configure the VLAN from where the VLT peer forwards packets received over the VLTi from an adjacent VLT peer that is down, use the peer-down-vlan parameter.
PAGE 1673
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added the support for IPV6 / IPV4. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1674
show vlt brief Displays summarized status information about VLT domains currently configured on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show vlt brief Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1675
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1676
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information If you do not add a parameter such as arp or mac, the output displays all of the counters.
PAGE 1677
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1678
show vlt mismatch Display mismatches in VLT parameters. C9000 Series Syntax show vlt mismatch Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1679
stack Vlan-ID ------- Local ----- 100 Peer ---- N M Port-type-config ---------------Codes:: p - PVLAN Promiscuous port, h - PVLAN Host port, t - PVLAN Trunk port, mt - Vlan-stack trunk port, mu - Vlan-stack access port, n - Normal port Vlt Lag ------128 Local ----mt Peer ---mu Vlan-stack protocol-type -----------------------Local ----0x4100 Peer ---0x8100 VLT-VLAN config --------------Local Lag --------128 Peer Lag -------128 Local VLANs ----------4094 Peer VLANs ---------100 Dell# show vlt
PAGE 1680
20(C) 30 (I) 40 50(C) 60 (I) V V T T T show vlt role Displays the VLT peer status, role of the local VLT switch, VLT system MAC address and system priority, and the MAC address and priority of the local VLT device. C9000 Series Syntax show vlt role Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1681
show vlt statistics Displays statistics on VLT operations. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show vlt statistics [arp | domain | igmp-snoop | mac | multicast | ndp] domain Display the VLT statistics for the domain. multicast Display the VLT statistics for multicast. mac Display the VLT statistics for the MAC address. arp Display the VLT statistics for ARP. igmp-snoop Display the VLT statistics for IGMP snooping. ndp Display the VLT statistics for NDP. Default Not configured.
PAGE 1682
L2 Reg Response sent:1 L2 Reg Response rcvd:1 VLT Igmp-Snooping Statistics ------------------------------IGMP Info Pkts sent: 4 IGMP Info Pkts Rcvd: 1 IGMP Reg Request sent: 1 IGMP Reg Request rcvd: 2 IGMP Reg Response sent: 1 IGMP Reg Response rcvd: 1 IGMP PDU Tunnel Pkt sent: 5 IGMP PDU Tunnel Pkt rcvd: 10 IGMP Tunnel PDUs sent: 10 IGMP Tunnel PDUs rcvd: 19 VLT Multicast Statistics ------------------------------Info Pkts Sent: 4 Info Pkts Rcvd: 2 Reg Request Sent: 2 Reg Request Rcvd: 2 Reg Response Sent:
PAGE 1683
Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information When you create a VLT domain on a switch, Dell Networking OS automatically creates a VLT-system MAC address used for internal system operations. To reconfigure the default MAC address for the domain by entering a new MAC address in the format nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn, use the system-mac command. You must also reconfigure the same MAC address on the VLT peer switch.
PAGE 1684
vlt domain Enable VLT on a switch, configure a VLT domain, and enter VLT-domain configuration mode. C9000 Series Syntax vlt domain domain-id Parameters domain-id Enter the Domain ID number. Configure the same domain ID on the peer switch. The range of domain IDs is from 1 to 1000. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1685
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. VLT Proxy Gateway The Virtual link trucking (VLT) proxy gateway feature allows a VLT domain to locally terminate and route L3 packets that are destined to a L3 end point in another VLT domain.
PAGE 1686
proxy-gateway lldp Enables the proxy-gateway feature using LLDP protocol. C9000 Series Syntax [no] proxy-gateway lldp Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
PAGE 1687
proxy-gateway static Enable the proxy-gateway feature using static configurations. C9000 Series Syntax [no] proxy-gateway static Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000. Usage Information When proxy-gateway static configuration is added, the setting is saved in the Layer 2 module.
PAGE 1688
Example Dell(conf)#vlt-domain 1 Dell(conf-vlt-domain#proxy-gateway static Dell(conf-vlt-domain-proxy-gw-static)#remote-mac-address 00:01:e8:06:95:ac exclude-vlan 3 show vlt-proxy-gateway Display the VLT proxy gateway configuration.
PAGE 1689
Po 55 00:01:e8:8b:1c:c0 3,7-8 vlt-peer-mac transmit Enable the device to transmit peer MAC address along with its own mac-address (in LLDP TLV packets) to the remote VLT Domain. C9000 Series Syntax [no] vlt-peer-mac transmit Command Modes VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW LLDP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5.(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500 9.4(0.
PAGE 1690
65 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell Networking operating system. Topics: • • IPv4 VRRP Commands IPv6 VRRP Commands IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. C9000 Series Syntax advertise-interval {seconds | centisecs centisecs } To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command.
PAGE 1691
Usage Information Dell Networking recommends keeping the default setting for this command. If you do change the time interval between VRRP advertisements on one router, change it on all routers. authentication-type Enable authentication of VRRP data exchanges. C9000 Series Syntax authentication-type simple [encryption-type] password To delete an authentication type and password, use the no authentication-type command. Parameters simple Enter the keyword simple to specify simple authentication.
PAGE 1692
vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear counters that are maintained on the VRRP operations corresponding to that VRF. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1693
bfd Enter the keyword bfd to enable debugging of VRRP BFD interactions. database Enter the keyword database to enable debugging of configuration changes. interface Enter the keyword interface to enable debugging of interface state changes.. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to enable debugging for IPv6. packets Enter the keyword packets to enable debugging of VRRP control packets. state Enter the keyword state to enable debugging of VRRP state changes.
PAGE 1694
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. disable Disable a VRRP group. C9000 Series Syntax disable To re-enable a disabled VRRP group, use the no disable command. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1695
Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is zero (0) seconds. centisecs Enter the keyword centisecs then the number of centisecs in units of 25 centisecs . The range is from 0 to 65525 in units of 25 centisecs. centisecs Defaults zero (0) seconds or or (0) centiseconds Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1696
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. priority Specify a VRRP priority value for the VRRP group. The VRRP protocol uses this value during the MASTER election process. C9000 Series Syntax priority priority To return to the default value, use the no priority command. Parameters priority Enter a number as the priority.
PAGE 1697
Parameters verbose (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword verbose to view all VRRP group configuration information, including defaults. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1698
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1699
Field Description • • • Adv rcvd:... This line displays counters for the following: • • • Example (Brief) Example (C9000) Adv rcvd displays the number of VRRP advertisements received on the interface. Adv sent displays the number of VRRP advertisements sent on the interface. Gratuitous ARP sent displays the number of gratuitous ARPs sent. Virtual MAC address Displays the virtual MAC address of the VRRP group.
PAGE 1700
Dell#show run int te 1/20 ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/20 ip vrf forwarding indus ip address 2.1.1.1/24 ! vrrp-group 10 authentication-type simple 7 7ba207e73007dfaf priority 200 virtual-address 2.1.1.20 no shutdown Dell#show vrrp vrf indus -----------------TenGigabitEthernet 1/20, IPv4 VRID: 10, Version: 2, Net: 2.1.1.1 VRF: 1 indus State: Master, Priority: 200, Master: 2.1.1.
PAGE 1701
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. Usage Information You can use the version both command to migrate from VRRPv2 to VRRPv3. When you set the VRRP protocol version to both, the switch sends only VRRPv3 advertisements but can receive either VRRPv2 or VRRPv3 packets. To migrate an IPv4 VRRP group from VRRPv2 to VRRPv3: 1. Set the switches with the lowest priority to “both”. 2.
PAGE 1702
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced support for telnetting to the VRRP group IP address assigned using this command. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The VRRP group only becomes active and sends VRRP packets when a virtual IP address is configured. When you delete the virtual address, the VRRP group stops sending VRRP packets. A system message appears after you enter or delete the virtual-address command.
PAGE 1703
vrrp delay reload Set the delay time for VRRP initialization after a system reboot. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters vrrp delay reload seconds seconds Enter the number of seconds for the delay. The range is from 0 to 900 (0 indicates no delay). Defaults 0 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1704
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The VRRP group only becomes active and sends VRRP packets when a virtual IP address is configured. When you delete the virtual address, the VRRP group stops sending VRRP packets.
PAGE 1705
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2.(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series (S50 only). 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1706
Version Description 9.2.(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale, C-Series, and S-Series. Support was added for IPv6 VRRP groups in non-default VRF instances. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. debug vrrp ipv6 Enable debugging of VRRP.
PAGE 1707
Usage Information If no options are specified, debug is active on all interfaces and all VRRP groups. show vrrp ipv6 View the IPv6 VRRP groups that are active. If no VRRP groups are active, the Dell Networking OS returns No Active VRRP group. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show vrrp ipv6 [vrid] [interface] [brief][vrf vrf-name] vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter the virtual router identifier for the VRRP group to view only that group. The range is from 1 to 255.
PAGE 1708
Line Beginning Description with • • master (MASTER virtual router). backup (BACKUP virtual router). the interface’s priority and the IP address of the MASTER. Hold Down:... This line displays additional VRRP configuration information: • • • Adv rcvd:... This line displays counters for the following: • • • Adv rcvd displays the number of VRRP advertisements received on the interface. Adv sent displays the number of VRRP advertisements sent on the interface.
PAGE 1709
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2.(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.4.2.1 The range of valid VRID values on the E-Series when VRF microcode is loaded in CAM changed from 1 to 15. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale, C-Series, and S-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1710
66 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) ip unknown-unicast Enable IPv4 catch-all route. C9000 Series Syntax ip unknown-unicast [vrf vrf-name] To remove the IPv4 catch-all route (0.0.0.0/0) from the LPM route forwarding table in hardware which gets added as a default configuration after the initialization of FIB Agent module, use the no ip unknown-unicast command.
PAGE 1711
Usage Information All the default catch-all entries in the longest prefix match (LPM) table collect and transmit all unresolved IPv6 packets to the CPU, even if they are destined for unknown destinations. description Enter a descriptive name for a customer VRF. C9000 Series Syntax description string To delete the descriptive name for a customer VRF, use the no description string command. Parameters string Enter a descriptive name for the VRF. Defaults None.
PAGE 1712
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Usage Information Use this command to attach an interface to a configured VRF. You can attach an interface to either a non-default VRF or a management VRF. To assign a port-back to a default VRF, remove VRF association from the interface.
PAGE 1713
Only active routes are eligible for sharing. For example, if one VRF has two routes corresponding to BGP and OSPF, and the BGP route is inactive, the OSPF route takes precedence over BGP. The inactive BGP route is not shared even when the target VRF has the filtering options enabled to match BGP. Related Commands ip route-import – imports routes from another VRF. ip route-import Import IPv4 routes leaked by another VRF using the tag specified by that VRF during route-export process.
PAGE 1714
tag Enter a tag (ASN number) as the export route target to expose routes to other VRFs. This tag acts as an identifier for exported routes. You can use this identifier while importing these routes into another non-default VRF. route-map-name (Optional) Enter the name of the route-map to filter the exported routes. You can leak global routes to be made available to VRFs.
PAGE 1715
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500. Usage Information It is possible to configure multiple import conditions per VRF depending on the exporting VRF. The export-target and import-target support only the match protocol and match prefix-list options. Other options that are configured in the route-maps are ignored.
PAGE 1716
Parameters Command Modes Command History Related Commands imported-bgp Enter the keyword imported-bgp to redistribute leaked routes that are learnt using the BGP protocol. imported-ospf Enter the keyword imported-ospf to redistribute leaked routes that are learnt using the OSPF protocol. imported-isis Enter the keyword imported-isis to redistribute leaked routes that are learnt using the ISIS protocol. route-map Enter the name of the route-map to specify the filtering criteria for imported routes.
PAGE 1717
maximum dynamic-routes Specify the maximum number of dynamic (protocol) routes a VRF can have. C9000 Series Syntax maximum dynamic-routes limit {warn-threshold threshold-value | warning-only} To remove the limit on the maximum number of routes used, use the no maximum dynamic-routes command. Parameters limit Maximum number of routes allowed in a VRF. Valid range is from 1 to 16,000 (or maximum allowable for that platform if smaller value).
PAGE 1718
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000.
PAGE 1719
Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Usage Information Use this command to display information from the running-config corresponding to either a specific VRF or all the VRFs in the system.
PAGE 1720
67 VLAN Stacking With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. For more information about basic VLAN commands, see the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in the Layer 2 chapter.
PAGE 1721
• • • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1722
Usage Information Prior to enabling this command, to place the interface in Layer 2 mode, enter the switchport command. To remove the access port designation, remove the port (using the no member interface command) from all stackable VLAN enabled VLANs. vlan-stack compatible Enable the stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN. C9000 Series Syntax vlan-stack compatible To disable the Stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN, use the no vlan-stack compatible command. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1723
vlan-stack dot1p-mapping Map C-Tag dot1p values to a S-Tag dot1p value. You can separate the C-Tag values by commas and dashed ranges are permitted. Dynamic mode CoS overrides any Layer 2 QoS configuration in case of conflicts. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters vlan-stack dot1p-mapping c-tag-dot1p values sp-tag-dot1p value c-tag-dot1p value Enter the keyword c-tag-dot1p then the customer dot1p value that is mapped to a service provider do1p value. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1724
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. C-Series and S-Series accept both bytes of the 2byte S-Tag TPID. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information For specific interoperability limitations regarding the S-Tag TPID, see the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1725
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information Prior to using this command, to place the interface in Layer 2 mode, execute the switchport command. To remove the trunk port designation, first remove the port (using the no member interface command) from all stackable VLAN-enabled VLANs. A VLAN-Stack trunk port is also allowed to be configured as a tagged port and as an untagged port for singletagged VLANs.
PAGE 1726
Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#portmode hybrid Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#switchport Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#vlan-stack trunk Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#exit Dell(config)#interface vlan 10 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#vlan-stack compatible Dell(conf-if-vlan)#member Te 0/0, Te 1/0, Te 2/10 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#exit Dell(config)#interface vlan 30 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#untagged TenGi 1/0 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#exit Dell(config)# Dell(config)#interface vlan 40 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#tagged TenGi 1/0 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#exit Dell(config)# 1726 VLAN Stacking
PAGE 1727
68 X.509v3 X.509v3 is a standard for public key infrastructure (PKI) to manage digital certificates and public key encryption. This standard specifies a format for public-key certificates or digital certificates. Dell Networking OS supports X.509v3 standards.
PAGE 1728
crypto ca-cert install Downloads and installs the certificate of a Certificate Authority (CA) on to the device. Syntax crypto ca-cert install path Parameters path Enter the path where the CA certificate is available for download. The format that you use to specify the location of the CA certificate also includes the protocol that is used to contact the CA.
PAGE 1729
The certificate matching the current FIPS state is deleted. If the system is in FIPS mode, the FIPS certificate is deleted. If the system is in non-FIPS mode, the non-FIPS certificate is deleted. Before deleting the system’s trusted certificate, the system prompts you to specify whether to proceed with deletion. If you proceed, the system deletes the certificate and also the private key.
PAGE 1730
validity days (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword validity followed by the number of days for which the certificate is valid. NOTE: For CSRs, validity has no effect. For self-signed certificates, if validity is not specified, it defaults to 3650 days, or 10 years. length length (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword length followed by a bit length value. The default key length for both FIPS and non-FIPS mode is 2048. Minimum key length value for FIPS mode is 2048. The range is from 2048 to 4096.
PAGE 1731
where the certificate file is stored. Following are example of a path that you can specify: flash://certs/s4810-001-request.crtand usbflash:/certs/ s4810-001-cert.pem NOTE: Before installing a trusted certificate, you first need to download it from a remote CA using the copy command. . key-file Enter the keyword key-file to specify the private key. private Enter the keyword private to specify that the key is stored in a hidden location in the NVRAM.
PAGE 1732
Related Commands • crypto ca-cert install crypto x509 ocsp Configures the OCSP behavior. Syntax crypto x509 ocsp [nonce] [sign-requests] Parameters nonce Enter the keyword nonce to use the nonce feature for the OCSP requests to OCSP responder communication. This is a one-time value that must be returned in the OCSP response. If the OCSP responder is using precomputed responses, then it does not reply with the nonce. The nonce feature is off by default.
PAGE 1733
Related Commands Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced this command. • crypto x509 ocsp debug crypto This command allows you to test a certificate chain file for validity and checking revocation outside of its use in TLS communication. Syntax Parameters debug crypto {flash://path} path Enter the path to a local file where a certificate chain is stored in PEM format. Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1734
the received certificate’s sha-1 fingerprint against this configured sha-1 fingerprint. If present, only the fingerprint is used for certificate revocation validation. port port-number Enter the keyword port followed by the port number. The default port number is 6514 for secure logging. Defaults None. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1735
When you use this command, the device maps the current certificate context in the certificate store to a CA certificate through the subject key identifier field. The subject key identifier field contains the SHA-1 hash of the CA’s public key. This configuration provides a way to uniquely identify a CA and associate it with any CA-specific settings. This context is used to store certificate-specific settings such as alternate CRL and OCSP locations. Incoming X.
PAGE 1736
Defaults None. Command Modes CERTIFICATE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command: Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced this command.
PAGE 1737
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command: Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced this command. Usage Information The following RBAC roles are allowed to issue this command: Related Commands • • sysadmin secadmin • crypto cert install X.